US20080039618A1 - Polycyclic sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation - Google Patents
Polycyclic sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20080039618A1 US20080039618A1 US11/871,436 US87143607A US2008039618A1 US 20080039618 A1 US20080039618 A1 US 20080039618A1 US 87143607 A US87143607 A US 87143607A US 2008039618 A1 US2008039618 A1 US 2008039618A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- nucleoside
- alkyl
- oligonucleotide
- oligomeric compound
- rna
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 0 [3*]C(C(=O)N([4*])C(C)C)N(CCC(C)C)C(=O)CC Chemical compound [3*]C(C(=O)N([4*])C(C)C)N(CCC(C)C)C(=O)CC 0.000 description 33
- YGAYJZAHCJLRDX-JLSHEFACSA-N CC(C)OC[C@@]12CCC([C@H](C)O1)[C@H]2OC(C)C Chemical compound CC(C)OC[C@@]12CCC([C@H](C)O1)[C@H]2OC(C)C YGAYJZAHCJLRDX-JLSHEFACSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RULFANNPQSOJRB-ZAQQFOKRSA-N CC(C)OC[C@]12CCC[C@H](C1OC(C)C)[C@H](C)O2 Chemical compound CC(C)OC[C@]12CCC[C@H](C1OC(C)C)[C@H](C)O2 RULFANNPQSOJRB-ZAQQFOKRSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XDLHLBYIEHXJJS-XZBKPIIZSA-N B[C@@H]1O[C@@]2(CO)CCO[C@@H]1[C@@H]2O Chemical compound B[C@@H]1O[C@@]2(CO)CCO[C@@H]1[C@@H]2O XDLHLBYIEHXJJS-XZBKPIIZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CKRVOKCTLONLQN-VPENINKCSA-N B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)C[C@H]1O Chemical compound B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)C[C@H]1O CKRVOKCTLONLQN-VPENINKCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BZICSHMQIVNPCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)([Rh])C1([Rf])CC(C)([RaH])C(C)([Rb])C1(C)[Re] Chemical compound CC(C)([Rh])C1([Rf])CC(C)([RaH])C(C)([Rb])C1(C)[Re] BZICSHMQIVNPCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YGAYJZAHCJLRDX-FTKZKSHWSA-N CC(C)OC[C@]12CCC([C@H](C)O1)[C@@H]2OC(C)C Chemical compound CC(C)OC[C@]12CCC([C@H](C)O1)[C@@H]2OC(C)C YGAYJZAHCJLRDX-FTKZKSHWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TYSFTMWKPILFLT-KVHVJOKZSA-N CC1O[C@@]2(COC(C)(C)C)CCCC2C1OC(C)(C)C Chemical compound CC1O[C@@]2(COC(C)(C)C)CCCC2C1OC(C)(C)C TYSFTMWKPILFLT-KVHVJOKZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IFUSURYWKYGUIA-XLFYLAOCSA-N [3H]OC1[C@H]2CCC[C@]1(COC)O[C@H]2C.[3H][3H][3H] Chemical compound [3H]OC1[C@H]2CCC[C@]1(COC)O[C@H]2C.[3H][3H][3H] IFUSURYWKYGUIA-XLFYLAOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UVCABFHOPPRJRA-OSMVPFSASA-N B[C@@H]1C(=C)[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@]1(C)O Chemical compound B[C@@H]1C(=C)[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@]1(C)O UVCABFHOPPRJRA-OSMVPFSASA-N 0.000 description 1
- SSSSYPRSMYLLDU-GBNDHIKLSA-N B[C@@H]1C[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@]1(C)O Chemical compound B[C@@H]1C[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@]1(C)O SSSSYPRSMYLLDU-GBNDHIKLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YUSUEZUYDZRPEE-MOJAZDJTSA-N B[C@@H]1O[C@@]2(CO)CO[C@@H]1[C@@H]2O Chemical compound B[C@@H]1O[C@@]2(CO)CO[C@@H]1[C@@H]2O YUSUEZUYDZRPEE-MOJAZDJTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HRJMMKAAUHCKJT-KVTDHHQDSA-N B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@]1(C)O Chemical compound B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@]1(C)O HRJMMKAAUHCKJT-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HMUJIOIVTXODPI-ARQDHWQXSA-N B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1C Chemical compound B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1C HMUJIOIVTXODPI-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LYEIRZUWKDAAGD-TXICZTDVSA-N B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1Cl Chemical compound B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1Cl LYEIRZUWKDAAGD-TXICZTDVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UAINLKOGZMDKIO-TXICZTDVSA-N B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1N Chemical compound B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1N UAINLKOGZMDKIO-TXICZTDVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBFXUCRZYOZSNQ-TXICZTDVSA-N B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1N=[N+]=[N-] Chemical compound B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1N=[N+]=[N-] WBFXUCRZYOZSNQ-TXICZTDVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHIUPXDSYOEWEI-KVTDHHQDSA-N B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC Chemical compound B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC WHIUPXDSYOEWEI-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WATGYSWGUHZQJC-TXICZTDVSA-N B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@]1(O)C(F)(F)F Chemical compound B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@]1(O)C(F)(F)F WATGYSWGUHZQJC-TXICZTDVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WAQAKFCMKBLEBH-KVTDHHQDSA-N B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@]1(O)CF Chemical compound B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@]1(O)CF WAQAKFCMKBLEBH-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KCPWBUVRMVJTSS-KKQCNMDGSA-N B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O Chemical compound B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O KCPWBUVRMVJTSS-KKQCNMDGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AOLFFSUDGDVOQH-MOJAZDJTSA-N B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@](C)(O)[C@H]1O Chemical compound B[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@](C)(O)[C@H]1O AOLFFSUDGDVOQH-MOJAZDJTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHGMAYJFHXVFRJ-DBRKOABJSA-N B[C@@H]1O[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@]1(C)O Chemical compound B[C@@H]1O[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@]1(C)O WHGMAYJFHXVFRJ-DBRKOABJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DJRRFVBQOSROJK-KKQCNMDGSA-N B[C@@H]1O[C@](F)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O Chemical compound B[C@@H]1O[C@](F)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O DJRRFVBQOSROJK-KKQCNMDGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WWSOPZQUSLFWLK-KVTDHHQDSA-N B[C@@H]1S[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@]1(C)O Chemical compound B[C@@H]1S[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@]1(C)O WWSOPZQUSLFWLK-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GQLREEQJGAPCMO-ULQPCXBYSA-N B[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@]2(CO)C[C@H]12 Chemical compound B[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@]2(CO)C[C@H]12 GQLREEQJGAPCMO-ULQPCXBYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LKCPCGCFSBCNOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N C/N=C(/N(C)C)N(C)[Ru] Chemical compound C/N=C(/N(C)C)N(C)[Ru] LKCPCGCFSBCNOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWWTXDGPUZLWJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CC[Rf][Rb]C.C[Rb]CON(C)CC[Re].[Rh] Chemical compound CC.CC[Rf][Rb]C.C[Rb]CON(C)CC[Re].[Rh] RWWTXDGPUZLWJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJNBXXQVXGPXTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1(C)CO12CC2(C)C.CC1(C)CO12CC2(C)C Chemical compound CC1(C)CO12CC2(C)C.CC1(C)CO12CC2(C)C FJNBXXQVXGPXTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DQFPUWYQSYUPRO-LOKLDPHHSA-N CN1OC[C@]2(CO)O[C@@H](N3C=CC(=O)NC3=O)[C@H]1[C@@H]2O Chemical compound CN1OC[C@]2(CO)O[C@@H](N3C=CC(=O)NC3=O)[C@H]1[C@@H]2O DQFPUWYQSYUPRO-LOKLDPHHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZMXJNZBDGYYWSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N COCON(C)CC[Re] Chemical compound COCON(C)CC[Re] ZMXJNZBDGYYWSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NXTWARSZIDLICY-UMOKIPAFSA-N [3H]C(=O)CN(CCNC(=O)CN(CCNC)C(=O)CC)C(=O)CC.[3H][3H].[3H][3H] Chemical compound [3H]C(=O)CN(CCNC(=O)CN(CCNC)C(=O)CC)C(=O)CC.[3H][3H].[3H][3H] NXTWARSZIDLICY-UMOKIPAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZQHLJVMICHTLTH-SEAIMGNUSA-N [3H]C1C(CC)OC(C)C1C.[3H][3H].[3H][3H][3H] Chemical compound [3H]C1C(CC)OC(C)C1C.[3H][3H].[3H][3H][3H] ZQHLJVMICHTLTH-SEAIMGNUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQISWNWUIKZONF-OLFBIVBRSA-N [3H]N1CC(C)OC(CCN2CC(C)OC(CC)C2)C1.[3H][3H].[3H][3H] Chemical compound [3H]N1CC(C)OC(CCN2CC(C)OC(CC)C2)C1.[3H][3H].[3H][3H] LQISWNWUIKZONF-OLFBIVBRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HFKXQTBOYYUKIZ-YLFWFOPQSA-N [3H][3H]C1CC(C)C=CC1CC1CC(C)C=CC1[3H] Chemical compound [3H][3H]C1CC(C)C=CC1CC1CC(C)C=CC1[3H] HFKXQTBOYYUKIZ-YLFWFOPQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FDFLBQUHUCCBFF-CMSWKTDVSA-N [H][C@]12O[C@@H](C)C[C@@]1(OC(C)(C)C)C[C@@H]1C[C@@]12OC(C)(C)C Chemical compound [H][C@]12O[C@@H](C)C[C@@]1(OC(C)(C)C)C[C@@H]1C[C@@]12OC(C)(C)C FDFLBQUHUCCBFF-CMSWKTDVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UNELNYXEEIJNBG-BOQPVQDFSA-N [H][C@]12O[C@@H](N3C=C(C)C(=O)NC3=S)C[C@@]1(OP(C)OCC[N+]#[C-])CC[C@H]2C.[H][C@]12O[C@@H](N3C=C(C)C(=O)NC3=S)C[C@@]1(OP(C)OCC[N+]#[C-])C[C@@H]1C[C@@]12C Chemical compound [H][C@]12O[C@@H](N3C=C(C)C(=O)NC3=S)C[C@@]1(OP(C)OCC[N+]#[C-])CC[C@H]2C.[H][C@]12O[C@@H](N3C=C(C)C(=O)NC3=S)C[C@@]1(OP(C)OCC[N+]#[C-])C[C@@H]1C[C@@]12C UNELNYXEEIJNBG-BOQPVQDFSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H21/00—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H21/00—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
- C07H21/04—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids with deoxyribosyl as saccharide radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
- C12N15/111—General methods applicable to biologically active non-coding nucleic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
- C12N15/113—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
- C12N2310/14—Type of nucleic acid interfering N.A.
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/32—Chemical structure of the sugar
- C12N2310/321—2'-O-R Modification
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/32—Chemical structure of the sugar
- C12N2310/322—2'-R Modification
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/32—Chemical structure of the sugar
- C12N2310/323—Chemical structure of the sugar modified ring structure
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/34—Spatial arrangement of the modifications
- C12N2310/343—Spatial arrangement of the modifications having patterns, e.g. ==--==--==--
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/35—Nature of the modification
- C12N2310/352—Nature of the modification linked to the nucleic acid via a carbon atom
- C12N2310/3521—Methyl
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/35—Nature of the modification
- C12N2310/353—Nature of the modification linked to the nucleic acid via an atom other than carbon
- C12N2310/3533—Halogen
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2320/00—Applications; Uses
- C12N2320/50—Methods for regulating/modulating their activity
- C12N2320/51—Methods for regulating/modulating their activity modulating the chemical stability, e.g. nuclease-resistance
Definitions
- the present invention provides modified oligomers that modulate gene expression via a RNA interference pathway.
- the oligomers of the invention include one or more modifications thereon resulting in differences in various physical properties and attributes compared to wild type nucleic acids.
- the modified oligomers are used alone or in compositions to modulate the targeted nucleic acids.
- the modifications include replacement of the sugar moiety with a polycyclic sugar surrogate.
- dsRNA double-stranded RNA
- Cosuppression has since been found to occur in many species of plants, fungi, and has been particularly well characterized in Neurospora crassa , where it is known as “quelling” (Cogoni and Macino, Genes Dev. 2000, 10, 638-643; Guru, Nature, 2000, 404, 804-808).
- Timmons and Fire led Timmons and Fire to explore the limits of the dsRNA effects by feeding nematodes bacteria that had been engineered to express dsRNA homologous to the C. elegans unc-22 gene.
- these worms developed an unc-22 null-like phenotype (Timmons and Fire, Nature 1998, 395, 854; Timmons et al., Gene, 2001, 263, 103-112).
- Further work showed that soaking worms in dsRNA was also able to induce silencing (Tabara et al., Science, 1998, 282, 430-431).
- PCT publication WO 01/48183 discloses methods of inhibiting expression of a target gene in a nematode worm involving feeding to the worm a food organism which is capable of producing a double-stranded RNA structure having a nucleotide sequence substantially identical to a portion of the target gene following ingestion of the food organism by the nematode, or by introducing a DNA capable of producing the double-stranded RNA structure (Bogaert et al., 2001).
- RNA interference The posttranscriptional gene silencing defined in Caenorhabditis elegans resulting from exposure to double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) has since been designated as RNA interference (RNAi). This term has come to generalize all forms of gene silencing involving dsRNA leading to the sequence-specific reduction of endogenous targeted mRNA levels; unlike co-suppression, in which transgenic DNA leads to silencing of both the transgene and the endogenous gene.
- dsRNA double-stranded RNA
- Montgomery et al. suggests that the primary interference affects of dsRNA are post-transcriptional. This conclusion being derived from examination of the primary DNA sequence after dsRNA-mediated interference and a finding of no evidence of alterations, followed by studies involving alteration of an upstream operon having no effect on the activity of its downstream gene. These results argue against an effect on initiation or elongation of transcription.
- dsRNA-mediated interference produced a substantial, although not complete, reduction in accumulation of nascent transcripts in the nucleus, while cytoplasmic accumulation of transcripts was virtually eliminated.
- endogenous mRNA is the primary target for interference and suggest a mechanism that degrades the targeted mRNA before translation can occur. It was also found that this mechanism is not dependent on the SMG system, an mRNA surveillance system in C. elegans responsible for targeting and destroying aberrant messages.
- the authors further suggest a model of how dsRNA might function as a catalytic mechanism to target homologous mRNAs for degradation. (Montgomery et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1998, 95, 15502-15507).
- RNAi RNA-free system from syncytial blastoderm Drosophila embryos
- the interference observed in this reaction is sequence specific, is promoted by dsRNA but not single-stranded RNA, functions by specific mRNA degradation, and requires a minimum length of dsRNA.
- preincubation of dsRNA potentiates its activity demonstrating that RNAi can be mediated by sequence-specific processes in soluble reactions (Tuschl et al., Genes Dev., 1999, 13, 3191-3197).
- RNAi short interfering RNAs
- siRNAs short interfering RNAs
- the Drosophila embryo extract system has been exploited, using green fluorescent protein and luciferase tagged siRNAs, to demonstrate that siRNAs can serve as primers to transform the target mRNA into dsRNA.
- the nascent dsRNA is degraded to eliminate the incorporated target mRNA while generating new siRNAs in a cycle of dsRNA synthesis and degradation.
- Evidence is also presented that mRNA-dependent siRNA incorporation to form dsRNA is carried out by an RNA-dependent RNA polymerase activity (RdRP) (Lipardi et al., Cell, 2001, 107, 297-307).
- RdRP RNA-dependent RNA polymerase activity
- RNA-directed RNA polymerase and siRNA primers as reported by Lipardi et al. (Lipardi et al., Cell, 2001, 107, 297-307) is one of the many interesting features of gene silencing by RNA interference. This suggests an apparent catalytic nature to the phenomenon. New biochemical and genetic evidence reported by Nishikura et al. also shows that an RNA-directed RNA polymerase chain reaction, primed by siRNA, amplifies the interference caused by a small amount of “trigger” dsRNA (Nishikura, Cell, 2001, 107, 415-418).
- RNA interference RNA interference
- Sijen et al revealed a substantial fraction of siRNAs that cannot derive directly from input dsRNA. Instead, a population of siRNAs (termed secondary siRNAs) appeared to derive from the action of the previously reported cellular RNA-directed RNA polymerase (RdRP) on mRNAs that are being targeted by the RNAi mechanism.
- RdRP RNA-directed RNA polymerase
- the distribution of secondary siRNAs exhibited a distinct polarity (5′-3′; on the antisense strand), suggesting a cyclic amplification process in which RdRP is primed by existing siRNAs.
- This amplification mechanism substantially augmented the potency of RNAi-based surveillance, while ensuring that the RNAi machinery will focus on expressed mRNAs (Sijen et al., Cell, 2001, 107, 465-476).
- RNA oligomers of antisense polarity can be potent inducers of gene silencing.
- antisense RNAs act independently of the RNAi genes rde-1 and rde-4 but require the mutator/RNAi gene mut-7 and a putative DEAD box RNA helicase, mut-14.
- RNA silencing in C. elegans has demonstrated modification of the internucleotide linkage (phosphorothioate) to not interfere with activity (Parrish et al., Molecular Cell, 2000, 6, 1077-1087.) It was also shown by Parrish et al., that chemical modification like 2′-amino or 5-iodouridine are well tolerated in the sense strand but not the antisense strand of the dsRNA suggesting differing roles for the 2 strands in RNAi. Base modification such as guanine to inosine (where one hydrogen bond is lost) has been demonstrated to decrease RNAi activity independently of the position of the modification (sense or antisense).
- RNA-DNA heteroduplexes did not serve as triggers for RNAi.
- dsRNA containing 2′-F-2′-deoxynucleosides appeared to be efficient in triggering RNAi response independent of the position (sense or antisense) of the 2′-F-2′-deoxynucleosides.
- PCT applications have recently been published that relate to the RNAi phenomenon. These include: PCT publication WO 00/44895; PCT publication WO 00/49035; PCT publication WO 00/63364; PCT publication WO 01/36641; PCT publication WO 01/36646; PCT publication WO 99/32619; PCT publication WO 00/44914; PCT publication WO 01/29058; and PCT publication WO 01/75164.
- the RNA interference pathway for modulation of gene expression is an effective means for modulating the levels of specific gene products and, thus, would be useful in a number of therapeutic, diagnostic, and research applications involving gene silencing.
- the present invention therefore provides oligomeric compounds useful for modulating gene expression pathways, including those relying on mechanisms of action such as RNA interference and dsRNA enzymes, as well as antisense and non-antisense mechanisms.
- RNA interference and dsRNA enzymes as well as antisense and non-antisense mechanisms.
- nucleoside compounds having bicyclic sugar moieties are known as locked nucleic acids or LNA (Koshkin et al., Tetrahedron 1998, 54, 3607-3630). These compounds are also referred to in the literature as bicyclic nucleotide analogs (Imanishi et al., International Patent Application WO 98/39352), but this term is also applicable to a genus of compounds that includes other analogs in addition to LNAs. Such modified nucleosides mimic the 3′-endo sugar conformation of native ribonucleosides with the advantage of having enhanced binding affinity and increased resistance to nucleases.
- LNA locked nucleic acids
- LNAs have a 2′-hydroxyl group linked to the 4′ carbon atom of the sugar ring thereby forming a bicyclic sugar moiety.
- the linkage may be a methylene (—CH 2 —) n group bridging the 2′ oxygen atom and the 4′ carbon atom wherein n is 1 or 2 (Singh et al., Chem. Commun., 1998, 4, 455-456; Kaneko et al., United States Patent Application Publication No.: US 2002/0147332, also see Japanese Patent Application HEI-11-33863, Feb. 12, 1999).
- U.S. Patent Application Publication No.: U.S. 2002/0068708 discloses a number of nucleosides having a variety of bicyclic sugar moieties with the various bridges creating the bicyclic sugar having a variety of configurations and chemical composition.
- compositions comprising
- first oligomer and a second oligomer where at least a portion of the first oligomer is capable of hybridizing with at least a portion of said second oligomer.
- at least a portion of the first oligomer is complementary to and capable of hybridizing to a selected target nucleic acid
- at least one of the first and second oligomers includes at least one polycyclic sugar surrogate.
- the first and second oligomers comprise a complementary pair of siRNA oligomers.
- the first and second oligomers comprise an antisense/sense pair of oligomers.
- Each of the first and second oligomers have about 10 to about 40 nucleotides in some preferred embodiments. In other embodiments, each of the first and second oligomers have about 18 to about 30 nucleotides. In yet other embodiments, the first and second oligomers have about 21 to 24 nucleotides.
- the second oligomer is a sense oligomer.
- the second oligomer has a plurality of ribose nucleoside units.
- the at least one polycyclic sugar surrogate can be in the first oligomer. In other compounds, the at least one polycyclic sugar surrogate can be in the second oligomer. In yet other aspects, the at least one polycyclic sugar surrogate can appear in both the first and second oligomers.
- the polycyclic sugar surrogate is an a locked nucleic acid (LNA), bicyclic sugar moiety (BSM), or a tricyclic sugar moiety (TSM).
- LNA locked nucleic acid
- BSM bicyclic sugar moiety
- TMS tricyclic sugar moiety
- the BSM can, for example, be of the formula: wherein
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
- -Q 1 -Q 2 -Q 3 - is —CH 2 —N(R 1 )—CH 2 —, —C( ⁇ O)—N(R 1 )—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —O—N(R 1 )— or N(R 1 )—O—CH 2 —;
- R 1 is C 1 -C 12 alkyl or an amino protecting group
- T 3 and T 4 is an internucleoside linkage attached to a nucleoside, a nucleotide, a nucleoside mimic, an oligonucleoside, an oligonucleotide or an oligonucleotide mimic and the other of T 3 and T 4 is H, a hydroxyl protecting group, a conjugate group, an activated phosphorus moiety, a covalent attachment to a support medium or an internucleoside linkage attached to a nucleoside, a nucleotide, a nucleoside mimic, an oligonucleoside, an oligonucleotide or an oligonucleotide mimic; and
- R 1 is C 1 -C 12 alkyl or an amino protecting group.
- -Q 1 -Q 2 -Q 3 - is —CH 2 —N(R 1 )—CH 2 —. In other embodiments, -Q 1 -Q 2 -Q 3 - is —C( ⁇ O)—N(R 1 )—CH 2 —. Some compositions have -Q 1 -Q 2 -Q 3 - being —CH 2 —O—N(R 1 )—. In yet other compositions, -Q 1 -Q 2 -Q 3 - is N(R 1 )—O—CH 2 —.
- one of T 3 or T 4 is 4,4′-dimethoxytrityl, monomethoxytrityl, 9-phenylxanthen-9-yl, 9-(p-methoxyphenyl)xanthen-9-yl, t-butyl, t-butoxymethyl, methoxymethyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, 1-(2-chloroethoxy)ethyl, 2-trimethylsilylethyl, p-chlorophenyl, 2,4-dinitrophenyl, benzyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzyl, diphenylmethyl, p,p-dinitrobenzhydryl, p-nitrobenzyl, triphenylmethyl, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, triphenylsilyl, benzoylformat
- one of T 3 and T 4 is a covalent attachment to a support medium.
- Preferred support medium include controlled pore glass, oxalyl-controlled pore glass, silica-containing particles, polymers of polystyrene, copolymers of polystyrene, copolymers of styrene and divinylbenzene, copolymers of dimethylacrylamide and N,N′-bisacryloylethylenediamine, soluble support medium, or PEPS.
- the internucleoside linking groups are selected from phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, chiral phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphotriester, aminoalkylphosphotriester, methyl and other alkyl phosphonate, chiral phosphonate, phosphinate, phosphoramidate, thionophosphoramidate, thionoalkylphosphonate, thionoalkylphosphotriester, selenophosphate, boranophosphate and methylene (methylimino).
- the internucleoside linking groups are selected from phosphodiester, phosphorothioate and chiral phosphorothioate.
- compositions comprise at least one bicyclic monomer of the formula:
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
- -Q 1 -Q 2 -Q 3 - is —CH 2 —N(R 1 )—CH 2 —, —C( ⁇ O)—N(R 1 )—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —O—N(R 1 )— or N(R 1 )—O—CH 2 —;
- R 1 is C 1 -C 12 alkyl or an amino protecting group.
- PNA peptide nucleic acid
- R 3 is H or an amino acid side chain
- R 4 is H, hydroxyl, protected hydroxyl or a sugar substituent group
- nucleosides are joined by internucleoside linking groups.
- the curved line notation indicates binding to another monomeric unit by way of a linking group or binding to a terminal group.
- the present invention also provides oligomeric compounds comprising at least one nucleoside having a bicyclic sugar moiety of the structure:
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
- -Q 1 -Q 2 -Q 3 - is —CH 2 —N(R 1 )—CH 2 —, —C( ⁇ O)—N(R 1 )—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —O—N(R 1 )— or N(R 1 )—O—CH 2 —;
- R 1 is C 1 -C 12 alkyl or an amino protecting group.
- R 2 is H, hydroxyl, protected hydroxyl or a sugar substituent group
- nucleosides are joined by internucleoside linking groups.
- compositions comprise at least one monomer of the formula: wherein:
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
- P 4 is an internucleoside linkage to an adjacent monomer, OH or a protected hydroxyl group
- X 1 is O, S, NR 40 , C(R 40 ) 2 , —NR 40 —C(R 40 ) 2 —, —C(R 40 ) 2 —NR 40 —, —O—C(R 40 ) 2 —, —(CR 40 ) 2 —O—, —S—C(R 40 ) 2 —, —C(R 40 ) 2 —S—, or —C(R 40 ) 2 —C(R 40 ) 2 —;
- one of the substituents R b , R c , R d , and R e is an internucleoside linkage to an adjacent monomer or is a terminal group;
- Z 4 is selected from O, S, and N(R a );
- R 40 , R 41 and R 42 are each independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 12 alkyl, C 2 -C 12 alkenyl, C 2 -C 12 alkynyl, hydroxy, C 1 -C 12 alkoxy, C 2 -C 12 alkenyloxy, carboxy, C 1 -C 12 alkoxycarbonyl, C 1 -C 12 alkylcarbonyl, formyl, aryl, aryloxy-carbonyl, aryloxy, arylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, amino, mono- and di(C 1 -C 6 alkyl)amino, carbamoyl, mono- and di(C 1 -C 6 alkyl)-amino-carbonyl, amino-C 1 -C 6 alkyl-aminocarbonyl, mono- and di(C 1 -C 6 alkyl)amino-carbonyl-aminocarbonyl, mono- and di(
- each of R a , R f , R g , and R h that is not part of said second ring system is H;
- each of R b , R c , R d , and R e that is not part of said second ring system is independently H, OH, protected hydroxy, a sugar substituent group or an internucleoside linkage; provided that at least one of R b , R c , R d , and R e is an internucleoside linkage.
- R c and R f together designate a biradical selected from —O—, —S—, —N(R*)—, —(CR*R*) r+s+l —, —(CR*R*) r —O—(CR*R*) s —, —(CR*R*) r —S—(CR*R*) s —, —(CR*R*) r —N(R*)—(CR*R*) s —, —O—(CR*R*) r+s —O—, —S—(CR*R*) r+s —O—, —O—(CR*R*) r+s —S—, —N(R*)—(CR*R*) r+s —O—, —O—(CR*R*) r+s —S—, —N(R*)—(CR*R*) r+s —O—,
- R b and R e together designate a biradical selected from —O—, —(CR*R*) r+s —, —(CR*R*) r —O—(CR*R*) r —, —(CR*R*) r —S—(CR*R*) s —, and —(CR*R*) r —N(R*)—(CR*R*) s —;
- R c , and R e together designate a biradical selected from —O—, —(CR*R*) r+s —, —(CR*R*) r —O—(CR*R*) s —, —(CR*R*) r —S—(CR*R*) s — and —(CR*R*) r —N(R*)—(CR*R*) s —;
- R e and R f together designate a biradical selected from —(CR*R*) r —O—(CR*R*) s —, —(CR*R*) r —S—(CR*R*) s —, and —(CR*R*) r —N(R*)—(CR*R*) s —;
- R e and R h together designate a biradical selected from —(CR*R*) r —O—(CR*R*) s —, —(CR*R*) r —S—(CR*R*) s —, and —(CR*R*) r —N(R*)—(CR*R*) s —;
- R a and R f together designate a biradical selected from —(CR*R*) r —O—(CR*R*) s —, —(CR*R*) r —S—(CR*R*) s —, and —(CR*R*) r —N(R*)—(CR*R*) s —; or
- R a and R c together designate a biradical selected from —(CR*R*) r —O—(CR*R*) s —, —(CR*R*) r —S—(CR*R*) s —, and —(CR*R*) r —N(R*) r —(CR*R*) s —;
- r and s are each 0 or an integer from 1-3 and the sum of r+s is an integer from 1-4;
- each R* is independently hydrogen, halogen, azido, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, mono- or di(C 1 -C 6 alkyl)amino, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or two adjacent non-geminal R* groups may together designate a double bond.
- X 1 is O, S, NR 40 or C(R 40 ) 2 . In other preferred embodiments, X 1 is O. In yet other embodiments X 1 is S. In certain embodiments, R 40 is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In some compositions, R 40 is H or C 1 -C 3 alkyl.
- the BSM may be of the formula: wherein Bx is as defined above, X is O, S, NH, or N(R 1 ), and R 1 is C 1 -C 12 alkyl or an amino protecting group.
- X is O. In other embodiments, X is S. In yet other embodiments, X is NH. In still further embodiments, X is N(R 1 ).
- the BSM may be of the formula: wherein Bx is as defined above; X is O, S, NH, or N(R 1 ), and R 1 is C 1 -C 12 alkyl or an amino protecting group.
- X is O. In other embodiments, X is S. In yet other embodiments, X is NH. In still further embodiments, X is N(R 1 ).
- Certain BSM compositions comprise at least one monomer of the formula: wherein: Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety; n is 0 or 1; X 5 and Y 5 are each independently O, S, CH 2 , C ⁇ O, C ⁇ S, C ⁇ CH 2 , CHF, or CF 2 ; provided that when one of X 5 and Y 5 is O or S, the other of X 5 and Y 5 is other than O or S; and provided that when one of X 5 and Y 5 is C ⁇ O or C ⁇ S, the other of X 5 and Y 5 is other than C ⁇ O or C ⁇ S.
- Some BSMs are of the formula: where Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety; and R 20 is H, OH, protected OH, or a sugar substituent group.
- BSMs are of the formula: where Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety; and R 20 is H, OH, protected OH, or a sugar substituent group.
- BSMs are of the formula: where Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety; and R 20 is H, OH, protected OH, or a sugar substituent group.
- a BSM containing portion of the composition is of the formula: 5′-U—(O—Y—O—V) y O—Y—O—W-3′(V) wherein:
- U, V and W each are identical or different radicals of natural or synthetic nucleosides and at least one of the radicals U, V, and/or W is a radical of the formulae:
- y is a number from 0 to 20
- Y is a nucleoside bridge group
- B is a heterocyclic base moiety
- A is —CH 2 — or —CH 2 CH 2 —.
- R 30 and R 31 independently of one another are hydrogen, a protective group for hydroxyl or an internucleoside linkage
- B is a heterocyclic base moiety.
- the invention concerns compositions in which the polycyclic sugar surrogate is a tricyclic nucleic acid.
- composition comprising an oligonucleotide complementary to and capable of hybridizing to a selected target nucleic acid and at least one protein, said protein comprising at least a portion of a RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC), wherein said oligonucleotide includes at least one nucleoside having a modification discussed above.
- RISC RNA-induced silencing complex
- the oligomer is an antisense oligomer. In some compositions the oligomer has 10 to 40 nucleotides. Other compositions have an oligomer with 18 to 30 nucleotides. Yet other compositions have an oligomer with 21 to 24 nucleotides.
- compositions have a further oligomer which is complementary to and hydrizable to the oligomer.
- the further oligomer is a sense oligomer.
- the further oligomer is an oligomer having a plurality of ribose nucleoside units.
- the invention relates to an oligonucleotide having at least a first region and a second region,
- oligonucleotide complementary to and capable of hybridizing to a selected target nucleic acid
- said oligonucleotide further including at least one nucleoside having a modification disclosed above.
- each of the first and second regions have at least 10 nucleotides.
- the first region is in a 5′ to 3′ direction is complementary to the second region in a 3′ to 5′ direction.
- Some compounds of the invention include a hairpin structure.
- the first region of the oligonucleotide can, for example, be spaced from the second region of the oligonucleotide by a third region and where the third region comprises at least two nucleotides.
- each of the first and second regions has at least 10 nucleotides. In certain embodiments, the first regions in a 5′ to 3′ direction and is complementary to said second region in a 3′ to 5′ direction.
- the oligomer includes a hairpin structure.
- the first region of said oligomer is spaced from the second region of said oligomer by a third region and where the third region comprises at least two nucleotides.
- the third region comprises a non-nucleotide.
- compositions comprising any of the disclosed compositions or oligomeric compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- Methods for modulating the expression of a target nucleic acid in a cell are also provided, such methods preferably comprise contacting the cell with any of the disclosed compositions or oligomeric compounds.
- Methods of treating or preventing a disease or condition associated with a target nucleic acid are also provided. These generally comprise administering to a patient having or predisposed to the disease or condition a therapeutically effective amount of any of the disclosed compositions or oligomeric compounds.
- FIG. 1 shows the synthesis of nucleoside intermediates.
- FIG. 2 shows the synthesis of further nucleoside intermediates.
- FIG. 3 shows the synthesis of a nucleoside having a bicyclic sugar moiety.
- FIG. 4 shows the synthesis of a nucleoside having a bicyclic sugar moiety.
- FIG. 5 shows the synthesis of nucleoside intermediates.
- FIG. 6 shows the synthesis of a nucleoside having a bicyclic sugar moiety.
- FIG. 7 shows the synthesis of a nucleoside having a bicyclic sugar moiety.
- oligomeric compounds of the invention modulate gene expression by hybridizing to a nucleic acid target resulting in loss of normal function of the target nucleic acid.
- target nucleic acid or “nucleic acid target” is used for convenience to encompass any nucleic acid capable of being targeted including without limitation DNA, RNA (including pre-mRNA and mRNA or portions thereof) transcribed from such DNA, and also cDNA derived from such RNA.
- modulation of gene expression is effected via modulation of a RNA associated with the particular gene RNA.
- the invention provides for modulation of a target nucleic acid that is a messenger RNA.
- the messenger RNA is degraded by the RNA interference mechanism as well as other mechanisms in which double stranded RNA/RNA structures are recognized and degraded, cleaved or otherwise rendered inoperable.
- RNA to be interfered with can include replication and transcription.
- Replication and transcription for example, can be from an endogenous cellular template, a vector, a plasmid construct or otherwise.
- the functions of RNA to be interfered with can include functions such as translocation of the RNA to a site of protein translation, translocation of the RNA to sites within the cell which are distant from the site of RNA synthesis, translation of protein from the RNA, splicing of the RNA to yield one or more RNA species, and catalytic activity or complex formation involving the RNA which may be engaged in or facilitated by the RNA.
- modulation and “modulation of expression” mean either an increase (stimulation) or a decrease (inhibition) in the amount or levels of a nucleic acid molecule encoding the gene, e.g., DNA or RNA. Inhibition is often the preferred form of modulation of expression and mRNA is often a preferred target nucleic acid.
- This invention is directed to certain molecular species which are related to oligonucleotides or oligonucleotide mimetics in which at least one of the naturally occurring sugar moieties, ribose or deoxyribose, is replaced with non-naturally occurring sugars or non-sugar moieties.
- compositions comprise a polycyclic sugar surrogate.
- polycyclic sugar surrogates are moieties that comprise at least two rings and are used in place of the sugar ring that is found in naturally occurring nucleosides.
- the polycyclic ring is capable of supporting a nucleobase.
- the polycyclic sugar surrogate is a locked nucleic acid (LNA), bicyclic sugar moiety (BSM), or a tricyclic sugar moiety (TSM).
- LNA locked nucleic acid
- BSM bicyclic sugar moiety
- TMS tricyclic sugar moiety
- the polycyclic sugar moieties are believed to have a locked 3′-endo sugar conformation which provides nucleosides having A-form, RNA-like conformation without having some of the undesirable properties associated with native RNA nucleosides.
- One of the potential advantages of such a structure is the nuclease stability gained by replacing RNA nucleosides with locked, e.g. bicyclic, sugar nucleosides.
- the bicyclic sugar modified nucleosides are also expected to have enhanced binding affinity that has been previously reported for LNA (3-8° C. per modification).
- One preferred modification is the inclusion of at least one LNA in which the 2′-hydroxyl group is linked to the 3′ or 4′ carbon atom of the sugar ring thereby forming a bicyclic sugar moiety.
- the linkage is a methylene (—CH 2 —) n group bridging the 2′ oxygen atom and the 4′ carbon atom wherein n is 1 or 2.
- LNAs and preparation thereof are described in WO 98/39352 and WO 99/14226, which are incorporated herein in their entirety. For more information of the synthesis and properties of LNA compositions, see Petersen et al., J. Mol.
- compositions comprising:
- first oligomer and a second oligomer at least a portion of said first oligomer capable of hybridizing with at least a portion of said second oligomer
- first oligomer complementary to and capable of hybridizing to a selected target nucleic acid
- at least one of said first or said second oligomers including at least one nucleoside having a polycyclic sugar surrogate.
- the first and second oligomers comprise a complementary pair of siRNA oligomers.
- the first and second oligomers comprise an antisense/sense pair of oligomers.
- Each of the first and second oligomers have 10 to 40 nucleotides in some preferred embodiments. In other embodiments, each of the first and second oligomers have 18 to 30 nucleotides. In yet other embodiments, the first and second oligomers have 21 to 24 nucleotides.
- the second oligomer is a sense oligomer.
- the second oligomer has a plurality of ribose nucleoside units.
- the modification can be in the first oligomer. In other compounds, the modification can be in the second oligomer. In yet other aspects, the modification can appear in both the first and second oligomers.
- the polycyclic sugar surrogate is a LNA, BNA, or a TSM.
- the BSM is of the formula: wherein
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
- -Q 1 -Q 2 -Q 3 - is —CH 2 —N(R 1 )—CH 2 —, —C( ⁇ O)—N(R 1 )—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —O—N(R 1 )— or N(R 1 )—O—CH 2 —;
- R 1 is C 1 -C 12 alkyl or an amino protecting group
- T 3 and T 4 is an internucleoside linkage attached to a nucleoside, a nucleotide, a nucleoside mimic, an oligonucleoside, an oligonucleotide or an oligonucleotide mimic and the other of T 3 and T 4 is H, a hydroxyl protecting group, a conjugate group, an activated phosphorus moiety, a covalent attachment to a support medium or an internucleoside linkage attached to a nucleoside, a nucleotide, a nucleoside mimic, an oligonucleoside, an oligonucleotide or an oligonucleotide mimic; and
- R 1 is C 1 -C 12 alkyl or an amino protecting group.
- -Q 1 -Q 2 -Q 3 - is —CH 2 —N(R 1 )—CH 2 —. In other embodiments, -Q 1 -Q 2 -Q 3 - is —C( ⁇ O)—N(R 1 )—CH 2 —. Some compositions have -Q 1 -Q 2 -Q 3 - being —CH 2 —O—N(R 1 )—. In yet other compositions, -Q 1 -Q 2 -Q 3 - is N(R 1 )—O—CH 2 —.
- one of T 3 or T 4 is 4,4′-dimethoxytrityl, monomethoxytrityl, 9-phenylxanthen-9-yl, 9-(p-methoxyphenyl)xanthen-9-yl, t-butyl, t-butoxymethyl, methoxymethyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, 1-(2-chloroethoxy)ethyl, 2-trimethylsilylethyl, p-chlorophenyl, 2,4-dinitrophenyl, benzyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzyl, diphenylmethyl, p,p-dinitrobenzhydryl, p-nitrobenzyl, triphenylmethyl, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, triphenylsilyl, benzoylformat
- one of T 3 and T 4 is a covalent attachment to a support medium.
- Preferred support medium include controlled pore glass, oxalyl-controlled pore glass, silica-containing particles, polymers of polystyrene, copolymers of polystyrene, copolymers of styrene and divinylbenzene, copolymers of dimethylacrylamide and N,N′-bisacryloylethylenediamine, soluble support medium, or PEPS.
- the internucleoside linking groups are selected from phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, chiral phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphotriester, aminoalkylphosphotriester, methyl and other alkyl phosphonate, chiral phosphonate, phosphinate, phosphoramidate, thionophosphoramidate, thionoalkylphosphonate, thionoalkylphosphotriester, selenophosphate, boranophosphate and methylene (methylimino).
- the internucleoside linking groups are selected from phosphodiester, phosphorothioate and chiral phosphorothioate.
- compositions comprise at least one bicyclic monomer of the formula:
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
- -Q 1 -Q 2 -Q 3 - is —CH 2 —N(R 1 )—CH 2 —, —C( ⁇ O)—N(R 1 )—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —O—N(R 1 )— or N(R 1 )—O—CH 2 —;
- R 1 is C 1 -C 12 alkyl or an amino protecting group.
- R 3 is H or an amino acid side chain
- R 4 is H, hydroxyl, protected hydroxyl or a sugar substituent group
- nucleosides are joined by internucleoside linking groups.
- the present invention also provides oligomeric compounds compound comprising at least one nucleoside having a bicyclic sugar moiety of the structure:
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
- -Q 1 -Q 2 -Q 3 - is —CH 2 —N(R 1 )—CH 2 —, —C( ⁇ O)—N(R 1 )—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —O—N(R 1 )— or N(R 1 )—O—CH 2 —;
- R 1 is C 1 -C 12 alkyl or an amino protecting group.
- R 2 is H, hydroxyl, protected hydroxyl or a sugar substituent group
- nucleosides are joined by internucleoside linking groups.
- compositions comprise at least one monomer of the formula: wherein:
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
- P 4 is an internucleoside linkage to an adjacent monomer, OH or a protected hydroxyl group
- X 1 is O, S, NR 40 , C(R 40 ) 2 , —NR 40 —C(R 40 ) 2 —, —C(R 40 ) 2 —NR 40 —, —O—C(R 40 ) 2 —, —(CR 40 ) 2 —O—, —S—C(R 40 ) 2 —, —C(R 40 ) 2 —S—, or —C(R 40 ) 2 —C(R 40 ) 2 —;
- one of the substituents R b , R c , R d , and R e is an internucleoside linkage to an adjacent monomer or is a terminal group;
- one or two pairs of non-geminal substituents selected from R a , R b , R c , R d , R e , R f , R g , and R h form a second ring system with the atoms to which said substituents are attached and any intervening atoms, wherein said pair of substituents comprise a biradical of 1-8 groups or atoms which are —C(R a R b )—,
- Z 4 is selected from O, S, and N(R a );
- R 40 , R a and R b are each independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 12 alkyl, C 2 -C 12 alkenyl, C 2 -C 12 alkynyl, hydroxy, C 1 -C 12 alkoxy, C 2 -C 12 alkenyloxy, carboxy, C 1 -C 12 alkoxycarbonyl, C 1 -C 12 alkylcarbonyl, formyl, aryl, aryloxy-carbonyl, aryloxy, arylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, amino, mono- and di(C 1 -C 6 alkyl)amino, carbamoyl, mono- and di(C 1 -C 6 alkyl)-amino-carbonyl, amino-C 1 -C 6 alkyl-aminocarbonyl, mono- and di(C 1 -C 6 alkyl)amino-carbonyl-, amino-C 1 -C 6 al
- each of R a , R f , R g , and R h that is not part of said second ring system is H;
- each of R b , R c , R d , and R e that is not part of said second ring system is independently H, OH, protected hydroxy, a sugar substituent group or an internucleoside linkage; provided that at least one of R b , R c , R d , and R e is an internucleoside linkage.
- said second ring system being formed by one of:
- R c , and R f together designate a biradical selected from —O—, —S—, —N(R*)—, —(CR*R*) r+s+l —, —(CR*R*) r —O—(CR*R*) s —, —(CR*R*) r —S—(CR*R*) s —, —(CR*R*) r —N(R*)—(CR*R*) s —, —O—(CR*R*) r+s —O—, —S—(CR*R*) r+s —O—, —O—(CR*R*) r+s —S—, —N(R*)—(CR*R*) r+s —O—, —O—(CR*R*) r+s —S—, —N(R*)—(CR*R*) r+s —O
- R b and R e together designate a biradical selected from —O—, —(CR*R*) r+s —, —(CR*R*) r —O—(CR*R*) s —, —(CR*R*) r —S—(CR*R*) s —, and —(CR*R*) r —N(R*)—(CR*R*) s —;
- R c and R e together designate a biradical selected from —O—, —(CR*R*) r+s —, —(CR*R*) s —O—(CR*R*) s —, —(CR*R*) r —S—(CR*R*) s — and —(CR*R*) r —N(R*)—(CR*R*) s —;
- R e and R f together designate a biradical selected from —(CR*R*) r —O—(CR*R*) s —, —(CR*R*) r —S—(CR*R*) s , and —(CR*R*) r —N(R*)—(CR*R*) s —;
- R e and R h together designate a biradical selected from —(CR*R*) r —O—(CR*R*) s —, —(CR*R*) r —S—(CR*R*) s —, and —(CR*R*) r —N(R*)—(CR*R*) s —;
- R a and R f together designate a biradical selected from —(CR*R*) r —O—(CR*R*) s —, —(CR*R*) r —S—(CR*R*) s , and —(CR*R*) r —N(R*)—(CR*R*) s —; or
- R a and R c together designate a biradical selected from —(CR*R*) r —O—(CR*R*) s —, —(CR*R*) r —S—(CR*R*) s —, and —(CR*R*) r —N(R*)—(CR*R*) s —;
- r and s are each 0 or an integer from 1-3 and the sum of r+s is an integer from 1-4;
- each R* is independently hydrogen, halogen, azido, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, mono- or di(C 1 -C 6 alkyl)amino, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or two adjacent non-geminal R* groups may together designate a double bond.
- X 1 is O, S, NR 40 or C(R 40 ) 2 . In other preferred embodiments, X 1 is O. In yet other embodiments X 1 is S. In certain embodiments, R 40 is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In some compositions, R 40 is H or C 1 -C 3 alkyl.
- the BSM may also be of the formula: wherein X is O, S, NH, or N(R 1 ), and R 1 is C 1 -C 12 alkyl or an amino protecting group.
- X is O.
- This composition is a ⁇ -D-BSM.
- X is S.
- X is NH.
- X is N(R 1 ).
- the BSM may be of the formula: wherein Bx is as defined above; X is O, S, NH, or N(R 1 ), and R 1 is C 1 -C 12 alkyl or an amino protecting group.
- X is O. This is an ⁇ -L-LNA composition. Synthesis of ⁇ -D-LNA and ⁇ -L-LNA can be performed by methods found in Friedent et al., Nucleic acids Research 2003, 31, 6365-72. In other embodiments, X is S. In yet other embodiments, X is NH. In still further embodiments, X is N(R 1 ).
- Certain BSM compositions comprise at least one monomer of the formula: wherein: Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety; n is 0 or 1; X 5 and Y 5 are each independently O, S, CH 2 , C ⁇ O, C ⁇ S, C ⁇ CH 2 , CHF, or CF 2 . In some preferred embodiments, when one of X 5 and Y 5 is O or S, the other of X 5 and Y 5 is other than O or S. In other preferred embodiments, when one of X 5 and Y 5 is C ⁇ O or C ⁇ S, the other of X 5 and Y 5 is other than C ⁇ O or C ⁇ S.
- Such monomers can be made by the methods of U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,043,060 and 6,083,482, which are incorporated herein in their entirety.
- Some BSMs are of the formula: where Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety; and R 20 is H, OH, protected OH, or a sugar substituent group.
- BSMs are of the formula: where Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety; and R 20 is H, OH, protected OH, or a sugar substituent group.
- BSMs are of the formula: where Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety; and R 20 is H, OH, protected OH, or a sugar substituent group.
- a BSM containing portion of the composition is of the formula: 5′-U—(O—Y—O—V) y O—Y—O—W-3′(V) wherein:
- U, V and W each are identical or different radicals of natural or synthetic nucleosides and at least one of the radicals U, V, and/or W is a radical of the formulae:
- y is a number from 0 to 20
- Y is a nucleoside bridge group
- B is a heterocyclic base moiety
- A is —CH 2 — or —CH 2 CH 2 —.
- R 30 and R 31 independently of one another are hydrogen, a protective group for hydroxyl or an internucleoside linkage
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety.
- amidite monomers are: (see Steffens et al., Helv. Chim. Acta, 1997, 80, 2426-2439; Steffens et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1999, 121, 3249-3255; and Renneberg et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2002, 124, 5993-6002).
- Such compositions can be represented with a structure such as wherein Bx is a heterocyclic base.
- modified nucleoside analogs have been oligomerized using the phosphoramidite approach and the resulting oligomeric compounds containing tricyclic nucleoside analogs have shown increased thermal stabilities (Tm's) when hybridized to DNA, RNA and itself. Oligomeric compounds containing bicyclic nucleoside analogs have shown thermal stabilities approaching that of DNA duplexes.
- the invention concerns compositions where the polycyclic sugar surrogate is a tricyclic nucleic acid.
- composition comprising an oligonucleotide complementary to and capable of hybridizing to a selected target nucleic acid and at least one protein, said protein comprising at least a portion of a RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC), wherein said oligonucleotide includes at least one nucleoside having a modification discussed above.
- RISC RNA-induced silencing complex
- the invention relates to an oligonucleotide having at least a first region and a second region,
- oligonucleotide complementary to and capable of hybridizing to a selected target nucleic acid
- said oligonucleotide further including at least one nucleoside having a modification disclosed above.
- each of the first and second regions have at least 10 nucleotides.
- the first region is in a 5′ to 3′ direction is complementary to the second region in a 3′ to 5′ direction.
- Some compounds of the invention include a hairpin structure.
- Certain aspects of the invention concern the first region of the oligonucleotide being spaced from the second region of the oligonucleotide by a third region and where the third region comprises at least two nucleotides.
- the first region of the oligonucleotide is spaced from the second region of the oligonucleotide by a third region and where the third region comprises a non-nucleotide region.
- Further compounds of the invention include chimeric oligomeric compounds having a central region comprising a phosphodiester or a phosphorothioate oligodeoxynucleotide interspaced between flanking regions comprising the above-described monomeric or oligomeric structures.
- compositions comprising any of the disclosed compositions or oligomeric compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- hybridization means the pairing of complementary strands of oligomeric compounds.
- the preferred mechanism of pairing involves hydrogen bonding, which may be Watson-Crick, Hoogsteen or reversed Hoogsteen hydrogen bonding, between complementary nucleoside or nucleotide bases (nucleobases) of the strands of oligomeric compounds.
- nucleobases complementary nucleoside or nucleotide bases
- adenine and thymine are complementary nucleobases that pair through the formation of hydrogen bonds.
- Hybridization can occur under varying circumstances.
- An oligomeric compound of the invention is believed to specifically hybridize to the target nucleic acid and interfere with its normal function to cause a loss of activity.
- stringent hybridization conditions or “stringent conditions” refers to conditions under which an oligomeric compound of the invention will hybridize to its target sequence, but to a minimal number of other sequences. Stringent conditions are sequence-dependent and will vary with different circumstances and in the context of this invention; “stringent conditions” under which oligomeric compounds hybridize to a target sequence are determined by the nature and composition of the oligomeric compounds and the assays in which they are being investigated.
- “Complementary,” as used herein, refers to the capacity for precise pairing of two nucleobases regardless of where the two are located. For example, if a nucleobase at a certain position of an oligomeric compound is capable of hydrogen bonding with a nucleobase at a certain position of a target nucleic acid, then the position of hydrogen bonding between the oligonucleotide and the target nucleic acid is considered to be a complementary position.
- the oligomeric compound and the target nucleic acid are complementary to each other when a sufficient number of complementary positions in each molecule are occupied by nucleobases that can hydrogen bond with each other.
- “specifically hybridizable” and “complementary” are terms which are used to indicate a sufficient degree of precise pairing or complementarity over a sufficient number of nucleobases such that stable and specific binding occurs between the oligonucleotide and a target nucleic acid.
- the sequence of the oligomeric compound need not be 100% complementary to that of its target nucleic acid to be specifically hybridizable. Moreover, an oligomeric compound may hybridize over one or more segments such that intervening or adjacent segments are not involved in the hybridization event (e.g., a loop structure or hairpin structure). It is preferred that the oligomeric compounds of the present invention comprise at least 70% sequence complementarity to a target region within the target nucleic acid, more preferably that they comprise 90% sequence complementarity and even more preferably comprise 95% sequence complementarity to the target region within the target nucleic acid sequence to which they are targeted.
- an oligomeric compound in which 18 of 20 nucleobases of the oligomeric compound are complementary to a target region, and would therefore specifically hybridize would represent 90 percent complementarity.
- the remaining noncomplementary nucleobases may be clustered or interspersed with complementary nucleobases and need not be contiguous to each other or to complementary nucleobases.
- an oligomeric compound which is 18 nucleobases in length having 4 (four) noncomplementary nucleobases which are flanked by two regions of complete complementarity with the target nucleic acid would have 77.8% overall complementarity with the target nucleic acid and would thus fall within the scope of the present invention.
- Percent complementarity of an oligomeric compound with a region of a target nucleic acid can be determined routinely using BLAST programs (basic local alignment search tools) and PowerBLAST programs known in the art (Altschul et al., J. Mol. Biol., 1990, 215, 403-410; Zhang and Madden, Genome Res., 1997, 7, 649-656).
- Targeting an oligomeric compound to a particular nucleic acid molecule, in the context of this invention, can be a multistep process. The process usually begins with the identification of a target nucleic acid whose function is to be modulated.
- This target nucleic acid may be, for example, a mRNA transcribed from a cellular gene whose expression is associated with a particular disorder or disease state, or a nucleic acid molecule from an infectious agent.
- the targeting process usually also includes determination of at least one target region, segment, or site within the target nucleic acid for the interaction to occur such that the desired effect, e.g., modulation of expression, will result.
- region is defined as a portion of the target nucleic acid having at least one identifiable structure, function, or characteristic.
- segments are defined as smaller or sub-portions of regions within a target nucleic acid.
- Sites are defined as positions within a target nucleic acid.
- region, segment, and site can also be used to describe an oligomeric compound of the invention such as for example a gapped oligomeric compound having 3 separate segments.
- the translation initiation codon is typically 5′-AUG (in transcribed mRNA molecules; 5′-ATG in the corresponding DNA molecule), the translation initiation codon is also referred to as the “AUG codon,” the “start codon” or the “AUG start codon”.
- a minority of genes have a translation initiation codon having the RNA sequence 5′-GUG, 5′-UUG or 5′-CUG, and 5′-AUA, 5′-ACG and 5′-CUG have been shown to function in vivo.
- translation initiation codon and “start codon” can encompass many codon sequences, even though the initiator amino acid in each instance is typically methionine (in eukaryotes) or formylmethionine (in prokaryotes). It is also known in the art that eukaryotic and prokaryotic genes may have two or more alternative start codons, any one of which may be preferentially utilized for translation initiation in a particular cell type or tissue, or under a particular set of conditions.
- start codon and “translation initiation codon” refer to the codon or codons that are used in vivo to initiate translation of an mRNA transcribed from a gene encoding a nucleic acid target, regardless of the sequence(s) of such codons. It is also known in the art that a translation termination codon (or “stop codon”) of a gene may have one of three sequences, i.e., 5′-UAA, 5′-UAG and 5′-UGA (the corresponding DNA sequences are 5′-TAA, 5′-TAG and 5′-TGA, respectively).
- start codon region and “translation initiation codon region” refer to a portion of such an mRNA or gene that encompasses from about 25 to about 50 contiguous nucleotides in either direction (i.e., 5′ or 3′) from a translation initiation codon.
- stop codon region and “translation termination codon region” refer to a portion of such an mRNA or gene that encompasses from about 25 to about 50 contiguous nucleotides in either direction (i.e., 5′ or 3′) from a translation termination codon. Consequently, the “start codon region” (or “translation initiation codon region”) and the “stop codon region” (or “translation termination codon region”) are all regions which may be targeted effectively with the antisense oligomeric compounds of the present invention.
- a preferred region is the intragenic region encompassing the translation initiation or termination codon of the open reading frame (ORF) of a gene.
- target regions include the 5′ untranslated region (5′UTR), known in the art to refer to the portion of an mRNA in the 5′ direction from the translation initiation codon, and thus including nucleotides between the 5′ cap site and the translation initiation codon of an mRNA (or corresponding nucleotides on the gene), and the 3′ untranslated region (3′UTR), known in the art to refer to the portion of an mRNA in the 3′ direction from the translation termination codon, and thus including nucleotides between the translation termination codon and 3′ end of an mRNA (or corresponding nucleotides on the gene).
- 5′UTR 5′ untranslated region
- 3′UTR 3′ untranslated region
- the 5′ cap site of an mRNA comprises an N7-methylated guanosine residue joined to the 5′-most residue of the mRNA via a 5′-5′ triphosphate linkage.
- the 5′ cap region of an mRNA is considered to include the 5′ cap structure itself as well as the first 50 nucleotides adjacent to the cap site. It is also preferred to target the 5′ cap region.
- introns regions that are excised from a transcript before it is translated.
- exons regions that are excised from a transcript before it is translated.
- targeting splice sites i.e., intron-exon junctions or exon-intron junctions, may also be particularly useful in situations where aberrant splicing is implicated in disease, or where an overproduction of a particular splice product is implicated in disease. Aberrant fusion junctions due to rearrangements or deletions are also preferred target sites.
- fusion transcripts produced via the process of splicing of two (or more) mRNAs from different gene sources are known as “fusion transcripts”. It is also known that introns can be effectively targeted using oligomeric compounds targeted to, for example, pre-mRNA.
- RNA transcripts can be produced from the same genomic region of DNA. These alternative transcripts are generally known as “variants”. More specifically, “pre-mRNA variants” are transcripts produced from the same genomic DNA that differ from other transcripts produced from the same genomic DNA in either their start or stop position and contain both intronic and exonic sequences.
- pre-mRNA variants Upon excision of one or more exon or intron regions, or portions thereof during splicing, pre-mRNA variants produce smaller “mRNA variants”. Consequently, mRNA variants are processed pre-mRNA variants and each unique pre-mRNA variant must always produce a unique mRNA variant as a result of splicing. These mRNA variants are also known as “alternative splice variants”. If no splicing of the pre-mRNA variant occurs then the pre-mRNA variant is identical to the mRNA variant.
- variants can be produced through the use of alternative signals to start or stop transcription and that pre-mRNAs and mRNAs can possess more that one start codon or stop codon.
- Variants that originate from a pre-mRNA or mRNA that use alternative start codons are known as “alternative start variants” of that pre-mRNA or mRNA.
- Those transcripts that use an alternative stop codon are known as “alternative stop variants” of that pre-mRNA or mRNA.
- One specific type of alternative stop variant is the “polyA variant” in which the multiple transcripts produced result from the alternative selection of one of the “polyA stop signals” by the transcription machinery, thereby producing transcripts that terminate at unique polyA sites.
- the types of variants described herein are also preferred target nucleic acids.
- preferred target segments The locations on the target nucleic acid to which preferred compounds and compositions of the invention hybridize are herein below referred to as “preferred target segments.”
- preferred target segment is defined as at least an 8-nucleobase portion of a target region to which an active antisense oligomeric compound is targeted. While not wishing to be bound by theory, it is presently believed that these target segments represent portions of the target nucleic acid that are accessible for hybridization.
- oligomeric compounds are chosen which are sufficiently complementary to the target, i.e., hybridize sufficiently well and with sufficient specificity, to give the desired effect.
- a series of nucleic acid duplexes comprising the antisense strand oligomeric compounds of the present invention and their representative complement sense strand compounds can be designed for a specific target or targets.
- the ends of the strands may be modified by the addition of one or more natural or modified nucleobases to form an overhang.
- the sense strand of the duplex is designed and synthesized as the complement of the antisense strand and may also contain modifications or additions to either terminus.
- both strands of the duplex would be complementary over the central nucleobases, each having overhangs at one or both termini.
- the combination of an antisense strand and a sense strand each of can be of a specified length, for example from 18 to 29 nucleotides long, is identified as a complementary pair of siRNA oligonucleotides.
- This complementary pair of siRNA oligonucleotides can include additional nucleotides on either of their 5′ or 3′ ends. Further they can include other molecules or molecular structures on their 3′ or 5′ ends such as a phosphate group on the 5′ end.
- a preferred group of compounds of the invention include a phosphate group on the 5′ end of the antisense strand compound. Other preferred compounds also include a phosphate group on the 5′ end of the sense strand compound. An even further preferred compounds would include additional nucleotides such as a two base overhang on the 3′ end.
- a preferred siRNA complementary pair of oligonucleotides comprise an antisense strand oligomeric compound having the sequence CGAGAGGCGGACGGGACCG (SEQ ID NO:1) and having a two-nucleobase overhang of deoxythymidine (dT) and its complement sense strand.
- These oligonucleotides would have the following structure: 5′ cgagaggcggacgggaccgTT 3′ Antisense Strand (SEQ ID NO:2)
- a single oligonucleotide having both the antisense portion as a first region in the oligonucleotide and the sense portion as a second region in the oligonucleotide is selected.
- the first and second regions are linked together by either a nucleotide linker (a string of one or more nucleotides that are linked together in a sequence) or by a non-nucleotide linker region or by a combination of both a nucleotide and non-nucleotide structure.
- the oligonucleotide when folded back on itself, would be complementary at least between the first region, the antisense portion, and the second region, the sense portion.
- the oligonucleotide would have a palindrome within it structure wherein the first region, the antisense portion in the 5′ to 3′ direction, is complementary to the second region, the sense portion in the 3′ to 5′ direction.
- the invention includes oligonucleotide/protein compositions.
- Such compositions have both an oligonucleotide component and a protein component.
- the oligonucleotide component comprises at least one oligonucleotide, either the antisense or the sense oligonucleotide but preferably the antisense oligonucleotide (the oligonucleotide that is antisense to the target nucleic acid).
- the oligonucleotide component can also comprise both the antisense and the sense strand oligonucleotides.
- the protein component of the composition comprises at least one protein that forms a portion of the RNA-induced silencing complex, i.e., the RISC complex.
- RISC is a ribonucleoprotein complex that contains an oligonucleotide component and proteins of the Argonaute family of proteins, among others. While we do not wish to be bound by theory, the Argonaute proteins make up a highly conserved family whose members have been implicated in RNA interference and the regulation of related phenomena. Members of this family have been shown to possess the canonical PAZ and Piwi domains, thought to be a region of protein-protein interaction. Other proteins containing these domains have been shown to effect target cleavage, including the RNAse, Dicer.
- the Argonaute family of proteins includes, but depending on species, are not necessary limited to, elF2C1 and elF2C2.
- elF2C2 is also known as human GERp95. While we do not wish to be bound by theory, at least the antisense oligonucleotide strand is bound to the protein component of the RISC complex. Additional, the complex might also include the sense strand oligonucleotide. Carmell et al, Genes and Development 2002, 16, 2733-2742.
- the RISC complex may interact with one or more of the translation machinery components.
- Translation machinery components include but are not limited to proteins that effect or aid in the translation of an RNA into protein including the ribosomes or polyribosome complex. Therefore, in a further embodiment of the invention, the oligonucleotide component of the invention is associated with a RISC protein component and further associates with the translation machinery of a cell. Such interaction with the translation machinery of the cell would include interaction with structural and enzymatic proteins of the translation machinery including but not limited to the polyribosome and ribosomal subunits.
- the oligonucleotide of the invention is associated with cellular factors such as transporters or chaperones.
- cellular factors can be protein, lipid or carbohydrate based and can have structural or enzymatic functions that may or may not require the complexation of one or more metal ions.
- the oligonucleotide of the invention itself may have one or more moieties which are bound to the oligonucleotide which facilitate the active or passive transport, localization or compartmentalization of the oligonucleotide.
- Cellular localization includes, but is not limited to, localization to within the nucleus, the nucleolus or the cytoplasm.
- Compartmentalization includes, but is not limited to, any directed movement of the oligonucleotides of the invention to a cellular compartment including the nucleus, nucleolus, mitochondrion, or imbedding into a cellular membrane surrounding a compartment or the cell itself.
- the oligonucleotide of the invention is associated with cellular factors that affect gene expression, more specifically those involved in RNA modifications. These modifications include, but are not limited to posttranscriptional modifications such as methylation. Furthermore, the oligonucleotide of the invention itself may have one or more moieties which are bound to the oligonucleotide which facilitate the posttranscriptional modification.
- the oligomeric compounds of the invention may be used in the form of single-stranded, double-stranded, circular or hairpin oligomeric compounds and may contain structural elements such as internal or terminal bulges or loops. Once introduced to a system, the oligomeric compounds of the invention may interact with or elicit the action of one or more enzymes or may interact with one or more structural proteins to effect modification of the target nucleic acid.
- RISC complex One non-limiting example of such an interaction is the RISC complex.
- oligomeric compound of the invention include a single-stranded antisense oligonucleotide that binds in a RISC complex, a double stranded antisense/sense pair of oligonucleotide or a single strand oligonucleotide that includes both an antisense portion and a sense portion.
- Each of these compounds or compositions is used to induce potent and specific modulation of gene function.
- Such specific modulation of gene function has been shown in many species by the introduction of double-stranded structures, such as double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) molecules and has been shown to induce potent and specific antisense-mediated reduction of the function of a gene or its associated gene products. This phenomenon occurs in both plants and animals and is believed to have an evolutionary connection to viral defense and transposon silencing.
- dsRNA double-stranded RNA
- the compounds and compositions of the invention are used to modulate the expression of a target nucleic acid.
- “Modulators” are those oligomeric compounds that decrease or increase the expression of a nucleic acid molecule encoding a target and which comprise at least an 8-nucleobase portion that is complementary to a preferred target segment.
- the screening method comprises the steps of contacting a preferred target segment of a nucleic acid molecule encoding a target with one or more candidate modulators, and selecting for one or more candidate modulators which decrease or increase the expression of a nucleic acid molecule encoding a target. Once it is shown that the candidate modulator or modulators are capable of modulating (e.g.
- the modulator may then be employed in further investigative studies of the function of a target, or for use as a research, diagnostic, or therapeutic agent in accordance with the present invention.
- oligomeric compound refers to a polymeric structure capable of hybridizing a region of a nucleic acid molecule. This term includes oligonucleotides, oligonucleosides, oligonucleotide analogs, oligonucleotide mimetics and combinations of these. Oligomeric compounds routinely prepared linearly but can be joined or otherwise prepared to be circular and may also include branching. Oligomeric compounds can hybridized to form double stranded compounds that can be blunt ended or may include overhangs. In general an oligomeric compound comprises a backbone of linked momeric subunits where each linked momeric subunit is directly or indirectly attached to a heterocyclic base moiety.
- linkages joining the monomeric subunits, the sugar moieties or surrogates and the heterocyclic base moieties can be independently modified giving rise to a plurality of motifs for the resulting oligomeric compounds including hemimers, gapmers and chimeras.
- nucleoside is a base-sugar combination.
- the base portion of the nucleoside is normally a heterocyclic base moiety.
- the two most common classes of such heterocyclic bases are purines and pyrimidines.
- Nucleotides are nucleosides that further include a phosphate group covalently linked to the sugar portion of the nucleoside.
- the phosphate group can be linked to either the 2′, 3′ or 5′ hydroxyl moiety of the sugar.
- the phosphate groups covalently link adjacent nucleosides to one another to form a linear polymeric compound.
- this linear polymeric structure can be joined to form a circular structure by hybridization or by formation of a covalent bond, however, open linear structures are generally preferred.
- the phosphate groups are commonly referred to as forming the internucleoside linkages of the oligonucleotide.
- the normal internucleoside linkage of RNA and DNA is a 3′ to 5′ phosphodiester linkage.
- oligonucleotide refers to an oligomer or polymer of ribonucleic acid (RNA) or deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA). This term includes oligonucleotides composed of naturally-occurring nucleobases, sugars and covalent internucleoside linkages.
- oligonucleotide analog refers to oligonucleotides that have one or more non-naturally occurring portions which function in a similar manner to oligonucleotides. Such non-naturally occurring oligonucleotides are often preferred the naturally occurring forms because of desirable properties such as, for example, enhanced cellular uptake, enhanced affinity for nucleic acid target and increased stability in the presence of nucleases.
- oligonucleoside refers to nucleosides that are joined by internucleoside linkages that do not have phosphorus atoms. Internucleoside linkages of this type include short chain alkyl, cycloalkyl, mixed heteroatom alkyl, mixed heteroatom cycloalkyl, one or more short chain heteroatomic and one or more short chain heterocyclic.
- internucleoside linkages include but are not limited to siloxane, sulfide, sulfoxide, sulfone, acetal, formacetal, thioformacetal, methylene formacetal, thioformacetal, alkeneyl, sulfamate; methyleneimino, methylenehydrazino, sulfonate, sulfonamide, amide and others having mixed N, O, S and CH 2 component parts.
- nucleosides of the oligomeric compounds of the invention can have a variety of other modification so long as these other modifications either alone or in combination with other nucleosides enhance one or more of the desired properties described above.
- these nucleotides can have sugar portions that correspond to naturally-occurring sugars or modified sugars.
- Representative modified sugars include carbocyclic or acyclic sugars, sugars having substituent groups at one or more of their 2′, 3′ or 4′ positions and sugars having substituents in place of one or more hydrogen atoms of the sugar. Additional nucleosides amenable to the present invention having altered base moieties and or altered sugar moieties are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,687,808 and PCT application PCT/US89/02323.
- Altered base moieties or altered sugar moieties also include other modifications consistent with the spirit of this invention.
- Such oligonucleotides are best described as being structurally distinguishable from, yet functionally interchangeable with, naturally occurring or synthetic wild type oligonucleotides. All such oligonucleotides are comprehended by this invention so long as they function effectively to mimic the structure of a desired RNA or DNA strand.
- a class of representative base modifications include tricyclic cytosine analog, termed “G clamp” (Lin, et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1998, 120, 8531).
- oligonucleotides of the invention also can include phenoxazine-substituted bases of the type disclosed by Flanagan, et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 1999, 17(1), 48-52.
- the oligomeric compounds in accordance with this invention preferably comprise from about 8 to about 80 nucleobases (i.e. from about 8 to about 80 linked nucleosides).
- nucleobases i.e. from about 8 to about 80 linked nucleosides.
- the invention embodies oligomeric compounds of 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, or 80 nucleobases in length.
- the oligomeric compounds of the invention are 12 to 50 nucleobases in length.
- One having ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that this embodies oligomeric compounds of 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 nucleobases in length.
- the oligomeric compounds of the invention are 15 to 30 nucleobases in length.
- One having ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that this embodies oligomeric compounds of 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30 nucleobases in length.
- oligomeric compounds are oligonucleotides from about 12 to about 50 nucleobases, even more preferably those comprising from about 15 to about 30 nucleobases.
- Oligomerization of modified and unmodified nucleosides is performed according to literature procedures for DNA like compounds (Protocols for Oligonucleotides and Analogs, Ed. Agrawal (1993), Humana Press) and/or RNA like compounds (Scaringe, Methods (2001), 23, 206-217. Gait et al., Applications of Chemically synthesized RNA in RNA:Protein Interactions, Ed. Smith (1998), 1-36. Gallo et al., Tetrahedron (2001), 57, 5707-5713) synthesis as appropriate. In addition specific protocols for the synthesis of oligomeric compounds of the invention are illustrated in the examples below.
- RNA oligomers can be synthesized by methods disclosed herein or purchased from various RNA synthesis companies such as for example Dharmacon Research Inc., (Lafayette, Colo.).
- the oligomeric compounds used in accordance with this invention may be conveniently and routinely made through the well-known technique of solid phase synthesis.
- Equipment for such synthesis is sold by several vendors including, for example, Applied Biosystems (Foster City, Calif.). Any other means for such synthesis known in the art may additionally or alternatively be employed.
- the complementary strands preferably are annealed.
- the single strands are aliquoted and diluted to a concentration of 50 uM.
- 30 uL of each strand is combined with 15 uL of a 5 ⁇ solution of annealing buffer.
- the final concentration of the buffer is 100 mM potassium acetate, 30 mM HEPES-KOH pH 7.4, and 2 mM magnesium acetate.
- the final volume is 75 uL.
- This solution is incubated for 1 minute at 90° C. and then centrifuged for 15 seconds. The tube is allowed to sit for 1 hour at 37° C. at which time the dsRNA duplexes are used in experimentation.
- the final concentration of the dsRNA compound is 20 uM.
- This solution can be stored frozen ( ⁇ 20° C.) and freeze-thawed up to 5 times.
- the desired synthetic duplexes are evaluated for their ability to modulate target expression.
- they are treated with synthetic duplexes comprising at least one oligomeric compound of the invention.
- synthetic duplexes comprising at least one oligomeric compound of the invention.
- For cells grown in 96-well plates, wells are washed once with 200 ⁇ L OPTI-MEM-1 reduced-serum medium (Gibco BRL) and then treated with 130 ⁇ L of OPTI-MEM-1 containing 12 ⁇ g/mL LIPOFECTIN (Gibco BRL) and the desired dsRNA compound at a final concentration of 200 nM. After 5 hours of treatment, the medium is replaced with fresh medium. Cells are harvested 16 hours after treatment, at which time RNA is isolated and target reduction measured by RT-PCR.
- nucleoside is a base-sugar combination.
- the base portion of the nucleoside is normally a heterocyclic base.
- the two most common classes of such heterocyclic bases are the purines and the pyrimidines.
- Nucleotides are nucleosides that further include a phosphate group covalently linked to the sugar portion of the nucleoside.
- the phosphate group can be linked to either the 2′, 3′ or 5′ hydroxyl moiety of the sugar.
- the phosphate groups covalently link adjacent nucleosides to one another to form a linear polymeric compound.
- linear compounds are generally preferred.
- linear compounds may have internal nucleobase complementarity and may therefore fold in a manner as to produce a fully or partially double-stranded compound.
- the phosphate groups are commonly referred to as forming the internucleoside linkage or in conjunction with the sugar ring the backbone of the oligonucleotide.
- the normal internucleoside linkage that makes up the backbone of RNA and DNA is a 3′ to 5′ phosphodiester linkage.
- oligonucleotides containing modified e.g. non-naturally occurring internucleoside linkages include internucleoside linkages that retain a phosphorus atom and internucleoside linkages that do not have a phosphorus atom.
- modified oligonucleotides that do not have a phosphorus atom in their internucleoside backbone can also be considered to be oligonucleosides.
- phosphorothioate modification of the internucleotide linkage (phosphorothioate) did not significantly interfere with RNAi activity. Based on this observation, it is suggested that certain preferred oligomeric compounds of the invention can also have one or more modified internucleoside linkages.
- a preferred phosphorus containing modified internucleoside linkage is the phosphorothioate internucleoside linkage.
- Preferred modified oligonucleotide backbones containing a phosphorus atom therein include, for example, phosphorothioates, chiral phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, phosphotriesters, aminoalkylphosphotriesters, methyl and other alkyl phosphonates including 3′-alkylene phosphonates, 5′-alkylene phosphonates and chiral phosphonates, phosphinates, phosphoramidates including 3′-amino phosphoramidate and aminoalkylphosphoramidates, thionophosphoramidates, thionoalkylphosphonates, thionoalkylphosphotriesters, selenophosphates and boranophosphates having normal 3′-5′ linkages, 2′-5′ linked analogs of these, and those having inverted polarity wherein one or more internucleotide linkages is a 3′ to 3′, 5′ to 5′ or 2′ to 2′ link
- Preferred oligonucleotides having inverted polarity comprise a single 3′ to 3′ linkage at the 3′-most internucleotide linkage i.e. a single inverted nucleoside residue which may be abasic (the nucleobase is missing or has a hydroxyl group in place thereof).
- Various salts, mixed salts and free acid forms are also included.
- oligomeric compounds have one or more phosphorothioate and/or heteroatom internucleoside linkages, in particular —CH 2 —NH—O—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —N(CH 3 )—O—CH 2 — [known as a methylene (methylimino) or MMI backbone], —CH 2 —O—N(CH 3 )—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —N(CH 3 )—N(CH 3 )—CH 2 — and —O—N(CH 3 )—CH 2 —CH 2 — [wherein the native phosphodiester internucleotide linkage is represented as —O—P( ⁇ O)(OH)—O—CH 2 —].
- MMI type internucleoside linkages are disclosed in the above referenced U.S. Pat. No. 5,489,677.
- Preferred amide internucleoside linkages are disclosed in the above referenced U.S. Pat. No. 5,602,240.
- Preferred modified oligonucleotide backbones that do not include a phosphorus atom therein have backbones that are formed by short chain alkyl or cycloalkyl internucleoside linkages, mixed heteroatom and alkyl or cycloalkyl internucleoside linkages, or one or more short chain heteroatomic or heterocyclic internucleoside linkages.
- morpholino linkages formed in part from the sugar portion of a nucleoside
- siloxane backbones sulfide, sulfoxide and sulfone backbones
- formacetal and thioformacetal backbones methylene formacetal and thioformacetal backbones
- riboacetal backbones alkene containing backbones; sulfamate backbones; methyleneimino and methylenehydrazino backbones; sulfonate and sulfonamide backbones; amide backbones; and others having mixed N, O, S and CH 2 component parts.
- oligonucleotide mimetics Another preferred group of oligomeric compounds amenable to the present invention includes oligonucleotide mimetics.
- mimetic as it is applied to oligonucleotides is intended to include oligomeric compounds wherein only the furanose ring or both the furanose ring and the internucleotide linkage are replaced with novel groups, replacement of only the furanose ring is also referred to in the art as being a sugar surrogate.
- the heterocyclic base moiety or a modified heterocyclic base moiety is maintained for hybridization with an appropriate target nucleic acid.
- PNA peptide nucleic acid
- the sugar-backbone of an oligonucleotide is replaced with an amide containing backbone, in particular an aminoethylglycine backbone.
- the nucleobases are retained and are bound directly or indirectly to aza nitrogen atoms of the amide portion of the backbone.
- Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of PNA oligomeric compounds include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,539,082; 5,714,331; and 5,719,262, each of which is herein incorporated by reference. Further teaching of PNA oligomeric compounds can be found in Nielsen et al., Science, 1991, 254, 1497-1500.
- PNA peptide nucleic acids
- the backbone in PNA compounds is two or more linked aminoethylglycine units which gives PNA an amide containing backbone.
- the heterocyclic base moieties are bound directly or indirectly to aza nitrogen atoms of the amide portion of the backbone.
- Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of PNA compounds include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,539,082; 5,714,331; and 5,719,262, each of which is herein incorporated by reference. Further teaching of PNA compounds can be found in Nielsen et al., Science, 1991, 254, 1497-1500.
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
- T 4 is hydrogen, an amino protecting group, —C(O)R 5 , substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 10 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 10 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 10 alkynyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, a chemical functional group, a reporter group, a conjugate group, a D or L ⁇ -amino acid linked via the ⁇ -carboxyl group or optionally through the ⁇ -carboxyl group when the amino acid is aspartic acid or glutamic acid or a peptide derived from D, L or mixed D and L amino acids linked through a carboxyl group, wherein the substituent groups are selected from hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro, thiol, thioalkoxy, halogen, alkyl, aryl,
- T 5 is —OH, —N(Z 1 )Z 2 , R 5 , D or L ⁇ -amino acid linked via the ⁇ -amino group or optionally through the ⁇ -amino group when the amino acid is lysine or ornithine or a peptide derived from D, L or mixed D and L amino acids linked through an amino group, a chemical functional group, a reporter group or a conjugate group;
- Z 1 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or an amino protecting group
- Z 2 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, an amino protecting group, —C( ⁇ O)—(CH 2 ) n -J-Z 3 , a D or L ⁇ -amino acid linked via the ⁇ -carboxyl group or optionally through the ⁇ -carboxyl group when the amino acid is aspartic acid or glutamic acid or a peptide derived from D, L or mixed D and L amino acids linked through a carboxyl group;
- Z 3 is hydrogen, an amino protecting group, —C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C( ⁇ O)—CH 3 , benzyl, benzoyl, or —(CH 2 ) n —N(H)Z 1 ;
- each J is O, S or NH
- R 5 is a carbonyl protecting group
- n is from 2 to about 50.
- oligonucleotide mimetic Another class of oligonucleotide mimetic that has been studied is based on linked morpholino units (morpholino nucleic acid) having heterocyclic bases attached to the morpholino ring.
- a number of linking groups have been reported that link the morpholino monomeric units in a morpholino nucleic acid.
- a preferred class of linking groups have been selected to give a non-ionic oligomeric compound.
- the non-ionic morpholino-based oligomeric compounds are less likely to have undesired interactions with cellular proteins.
- Morpholino-based oligomeric compounds are non-ionic mimics of oligonucleotides which are less likely to form undesired interactions with cellular proteins (Dwaine A. Braasch and David R.
- Morpholino-based oligomeric compounds are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,034,506, issued Jul. 23, 1991.
- the morpholino class of oligomeric compounds have been prepared having a variety of different linking groups joining the monomeric subunits.
- Morpholino nucleic acids have been prepared having a variety of different linking groups (L 2 ) joining the monomeric subunits.
- the basic formula is shown below: wherein
- T 1 is hydroxyl or a protected hydroxyl
- T 5 is hydrogen or a phosphate or phosphate derivative
- L 2 is a linking group
- n is from 2 to about 50.
- CeNA cyclohexenyl nucleic acids
- the furanose ring normally present in an DNA/RNA molecule is replaced with a cyclohenyl ring.
- CeNA DMT protected phosphoramidite monomers have been prepared and used for oligomeric compound synthesis following classical phosphoramidite chemistry.
- Fully modified CeNA oligomeric compounds and oligonucleotides having specific positions modified with CeNA have been prepared and studied (see Wang et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2000, 122, 8595-8602). In general the incorporation of CeNA monomers into a DNA chain increases its stability of a DNA/RNA hybrid.
- CeNA oligoadenylates formed complexes with RNA and DNA complements with similar stability to the native complexes.
- the study of incorporating CeNA structures into natural nucleic acid structures was shown by NMR and circular dichroism to proceed with easy conformational adaptation. Furthermore the incorporation of CeNA into a sequence targeting RNA was stable to serum and able to activate E. Coli RNase resulting in cleavage of the target RNA strand.
- each Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
- T 1 is hydroxyl or a protected hydroxyl
- T2 is hydroxyl or a protected hydroxyl.
- oligonucleotide mimetic anhydrohexitol nucleic acid
- anhydrohexitol nucleic acid can be prepared from one or more anhydrohexitol nucleosides (see, Wouters and Herdewijn, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 1999, 9, 1563-1566) and would have the general formula:
- oligonucleotide mimetic incorporate a phosphorus group in a backbone the backbone.
- This class of olignucleotide mimetic is reported to have useful physical and biological and pharmacological properties in the areas of inhibiting gene expression (antisense oligonucleotides, ribozymes, sense oligonucleotides and triplex-forming oligonucleotides), as probes for the detection of nucleic acids and as auxiliaries for use in molecular biology.
- Oligomeric compounds of the invention may also contain one or more substituted sugar moieties.
- Preferred oligomeric compounds comprise a sugar substituent group selected from: OH; F; O-, S-, or N-alkyl; O-, S-, or N-alkenyl; O-, S- or N-alkynyl; or O-alkyl-O-alkyl, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl may be substituted or unsubstituted C 1 to C 10 alkyl or C 2 to C 10 alkenyl and alkynyl.
- oligonucleotides comprise a sugar substituent group selected from: C 1 to C 10 lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkaryl, aralkyl, O-alkaryl or O-aralkyl, SH, SCH 3 , OCN, Cl, Br, CN, CF 3 , OCF 3 , SOCH 3 , SO 2 CH 3 , ONO 2 , NO 2 , N 3 , NH 2 , heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkaryl, aminoalkylamino, polyalkylamino, substituted silyl, an RNA cleaving group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a group for improving the pharmacokinetic properties of an oligonucleotide, or a group for improving the pharmacodynamic properties of an oligonucleotide, and other substituents having similar properties.
- a sugar substituent group selected from: C 1 to C 10 lower alkyl, substitute
- a preferred modification includes 2′-methoxyethoxy (2′-O—CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , also known as 2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl) or 2′-MOE) (Martin et al., Helv. Chim. Acta, 1995, 78, 486-504) i.e., an alkoxyalkoxy group.
- a further preferred modification includes 2′-dimethylaminooxyethoxy, i.e., a O(CH 2 ) 2 ON(CH 3 ) 2 group, also known as 2′-DMAOE, as described in examples hereinbelow, and 2′-dimethylaminoethoxyethoxy (also known in the art as 2′-O-dimethyl-amino-ethoxy-ethyl or 2′-DMAEOE), i.e., 2′-O—CH 2 —O—CH 2 —N(CH 3 ) 2 .
- sugar substituent groups include methoxy (—O—CH 3 ), aminopropoxy (—OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 NH 2 ), allyl (—CH 2 —CH ⁇ CH 2 ), —O-allyl (—O—CH 2 —CH ⁇ CH 2 ) and fluoro (F).
- 2′-Sugar substituent groups may be in the arabino (up) position or ribo (down) position.
- a preferred 2′-arabino modification is 2′-F.
- Similar modifications may also be made at other positions on the oligomeric compound, particularly the 3′ position of the sugar on the 3′ terminal nucleoside or in 2′-5′ linked oligonucleotides and the 5′ position of 5′ terminal nucleotide.
- Oligomeric compounds may also have sugar mimetics such as cyclobutyl moieties in place of the pentofuranosyl sugar.
- Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of such modified sugar structures include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos.
- R b is O, S or NH
- R d is a single bond, O, S or C( ⁇ O);
- R e is C 1 -C 10 alkyl, N(R k )(R m ), N(R k )(R n ), N ⁇ C(R p )(R q ), N ⁇ C(R p )(R r ) or has formula III a ;
- R p and R q are each independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10 alkyl
- R r is —R x —R y ;
- each R s , R t , R u and R v is, independently, hydrogen, C(O)R w , substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 10 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 10 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 10 alkynyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, a chemical functional group or a conjugate group, wherein the substituent groups are selected from hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro, thiol, thioalkoxy, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl and alkynyl;
- R u and R v together form a phthalimido moiety with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached;
- each R w is, independently, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 10 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, cyanoethyloxy, methoxy, ethoxy, t-butoxy, allyloxy, 9-fluorenylmethoxy, 2-(trimethylsilyl)-ethoxy, 2,2,2-trichloroethoxy, benzyloxy, butyryl, iso-butyryl, phenyl or aryl;
- R k is hydrogen, a nitrogen protecting group or —R x —R y ;
- R p is hydrogen, a nitrogen protecting group or —R x —R y ;
- R x is a bond or a linking moiety
- R y is a chemical functional group, a conjugate group or a solid support medium
- each R m and R n is, independently, H, a nitrogen protecting group, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 10 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 10 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 10 alkynyl, wherein the substituent groups are selected from hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro, thiol, thioalkoxy, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl; NH 3 + , N(R u )(R v ), guanidino and acyl where said acyl is an acid amide or an ester;
- R m and R n together, are a nitrogen protecting group, are joined in a ring structure that optionally includes an additional heteroatom selected from N and O or are a chemical functional group;
- R i is OR z , SR z , or N(R z ) 2 ;
- each R z is, independently, H, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 1 -C 8 haloalkyl, C( ⁇ NH)N(H)R u , C( ⁇ O)N(H)R u or OC( ⁇ O)N(H)R u ;
- R f , R g and R h comprise a ring system having from about 4 to about 7 carbon atoms or having from about 3 to about 6 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms wherein said heteroatoms are selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur and wherein said ring system is aliphatic, unsaturated aliphatic, aromatic, or saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic;
- R j is alkyl or haloalkyl having 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, alkenyl having 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, alkynyl having 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, aryl having 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, N(R k )(R m )OR k , halo, SR k or CN;
- m a 1 to about 10;
- each mb is, independently, 0 or 1;
- mc is 0 or an integer from 1 to 10;
- nd is an integer from 1 to 10;
- me is from 0, 1 or 2;
- Particularly preferred sugar substituent groups include O[(CH 2 ) n O] m CH 3 , O(CH 2 ) n OCH 3 , O(CH 2 ) n NH 2 , O(CH 2 ) n CH 3 , O(CH 2 ) n ONH 2 , and O(CH 2 ) n ON[(CH 2 ) n CH 3 )] 2 , where n and m are from 1 to about 10.
- dimethylaminoethyloxyethyl substituent groups are disclosed in International Patent Application PCT/US99/17895, entitled “2′-O-Dimethylaminoethyloxy-ethyl-Oligomeric compounds”, filed Aug. 6, 1999, hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Oligomeric compounds may also include nucleobase (often referred to in the art simply as “base” or “heterocyclic base moiety”) modifications or substitutions.
- nucleobases include the purine bases adenine (A) and guanine (G), and the pyrimidine bases thymine (T), cytosine (C) and uracil (U).
- Modified nucleobases also referred herein as heterocyclic base moieties include other synthetic and natural nucleobases such as 5-methylcytosine (5-me-C), 5-hydroxymethyl cytosine, xanthine, hypoxanthine, 2-aminoadenine, 6-methyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2-propyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2-thiouracil, 2-thiothymine and 2-thiocytosine, 5-halouracil and cytosine, 5-propynyl (—C ⁇ C—CH 3 ) uracil and cytosine and other alkynyl derivatives of pyrimidine bases, 6-azo uracil, cytosine and thymine, 5-uracil (pseudouracil), 4-thiouracil, 8-halo, 8-amino, 8-thiol, 8-thioalkyl, 8-hydroxyl and other 8
- Heterocyclic base moieties may also include those in which the purine or pyrimidine base is replaced with other heterocycles, for example 7-deaza-adenine, 7-deazaguanosine, 2-aminopyridine and 2-pyridone.
- Further nucleobases include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,687,808, those disclosed in The Concise Encyclopedia Of Polymer Science And Engineering , pages 858-859, Kroschwitz, J. I., ed. John Wiley & Sons, 1990, those disclosed by Englisch et al., Angewandte Chemie , International Edition, 1991, 30, 613, and those disclosed by Sanghvi, Y.
- nucleobases are particularly useful for increasing the binding affinity of the oligomeric compounds of the invention.
- These include 5-substituted pyrimidines, 6-azapyrimidines and N2, N-6 and O-6 substituted purines, including 2-aminopropyladenine, 5-propynyluracil and 5-propynylcytosine. 5-methylcytosine substitutions have been shown to increase nucleic acid duplex stability by 0.6-1.2° C. (Sanghvi, Y. S., Crooke, S. T.
- oligomeric compounds are prepared having polycyclic heterocyclic compounds in place of one or more heterocyclic base moieties.
- a number of tricyclic heterocyclic compounds have been previously reported. These compounds are routinely used in antisense applications to increase the binding properties of the modified strand to a target strand. The most studied modifications are targeted to guanosines hence they have been termed G-clamps or cytidine analogs. Many of these polycyclic heterocyclic compounds have the general formula:
- the gain in helical stability does not compromise the specificity of the oligonucleotides.
- the T m data indicate an even greater discrimination between the perfect match and mismatched sequences compared to dC5 me .
- the tethered amino group serves as an additional hydrogen bond donor to interact with the Hoogsteen face, namely the O6, of a complementary guanine thereby forming 4 hydrogen bonds. This means that the increased affinity of G-clamp is mediated by the combination of extended base stacking and additional specific hydrogen bonding.
- a further preferred substitution that can be appended to the oligomeric compounds of the invention involves the linkage of one or more moieties or conjugates which enhance the activity, cellular distribution or cellular uptake of the resulting oligomeric compounds.
- such modified oligomeric compounds are prepared by covalently attaching conjugate groups to functional groups such as hydroxyl or amino groups.
- Conjugate groups of the invention include intercalators, reporter molecules, polyamines, polyamides, polyethylene glycols, polyethers, groups that enhance the pharmacodynamic properties of oligomers, and groups that enhance the pharmacokinetic properties of oligomers.
- Typical conjugates groups include cholesterols, lipids, phospholipids, biotin, phenazine, folate, phenanthridine, anthraquinone, acridine, fluoresceins, rhodamines, coumarins, and dyes.
- Groups that enhance the pharmacodynamic properties include groups that improve oligomer uptake, enhance oligomer resistance to degradation, and/or strengthen sequence-specific hybridization with RNA.
- Groups that enhance the pharmacokinetic properties include groups that improve oligomer uptake, distribution, metabolism or excretion. Representative conjugate groups are disclosed in International Patent Application PCT/US92/09196, filed Oct.
- Conjugate moieties include but are not limited to lipid moieties such as a cholesterol moiety (Letsinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1989, 86, 6553-6556), cholic acid (Manoharan et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Let., 1994, 4, 1053-1060), a thioether, e.g., hexyl-5-tritylthiol (Manoharan et al., Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 1992, 660, 306-309; Manoharan et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem.
- lipid moieties such as a cholesterol moiety (Letsinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1989, 86, 6553-6556), cholic acid (Manoharan et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Let., 1994, 4, 1053-10
- Acids Res., 1990, 18, 3777-3783 a polyamine or a polyethylene glycol chain (Manoharan et al., Nucleosides & Nucleotides, 1995, 14, 969-973), or adamantane acetic acid (Manoharan et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1995, 36, 3651-3654), a palmityl moiety (Mishra et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1995, 1264, 229-237), or an octadecylamine or hexylamino-carbonyl-oxycholesterol moiety (Crooke et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 1996, 277, 923-937.
- oligomeric compounds of the invention may also be conjugated to active drug substances, for example, aspirin, warfarin, phenylbutazone, ibuprofen, suprofen, fenbufen, ketoprofen, (S)-(+)-pranoprofen, carprofen, dansylsarcosine, 2,3,5-triiodobenzoic acid, flufenamic acid, folinic acid, a benzothiadiazide, chlorothiazide, a diazepine, indomethicin, a barbiturate, a cephalosporin, a sulfa drug, an antidiabetic, an antibacterial or an antibiotic.
- active drug substances for example, aspirin, warfarin, phenylbutazone, ibuprofen, suprofen, fenbufen, ketoprofen, (S)-(+)-pranoprofen, carprofen, dans
- oligomeric compounds which are chimeric oligomeric compounds. “Chimeric” oligomeric compounds or “chimeras,” in the context of this invention, are oligomeric compounds that contain two or more chemically distinct regions, each made up of at least one monomer unit, i.e., a nucleotide in the case of a nucleic acid based oligomer.
- Chimeric oligomeric compounds typically contain at least one region modified so as to confer increased resistance to nuclease degradation, increased cellular uptake, and/or increased binding affinity for the target nucleic acid.
- An additional region of the oligomeric compound may serve as a substrate for enzymes capable of cleaving RNA:DNA or RNA:RNA hybrids.
- RNase H is a cellular endonuclease which cleaves the RNA strand of an RNA:DNA duplex. Activation of RNase H, therefore, results in cleavage of the RNA target, thereby greatly enhancing the efficiency of inhibition of gene expression.
- RNA target can be routinely detected by gel electrophoresis and, if necessary, associated nucleic acid hybridization techniques known in the art.
- Chimeric oligomeric compounds of the invention may be formed as composite structures of two or more oligonucleotides, oligonucleotide analogs, oligonucleosides and/or oligonucleotide mimetics as described above.
- Such oligomeric compounds have also been referred to in the art as hybrids hemimers, gapmers or inverted gapmers.
- Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of such hybrid structures include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos.
- oligomeric compounds include nucleosides synthetically modified to induce a 3′-endo sugar conformation.
- a nucleoside can incorporate synthetic modifications of the heterocyclic base, the sugar moiety or both to induce a desired 3′-endo sugar conformation.
- These modified nucleosides are used to mimic RNA like nucleosides so that particular properties of an oligomeric compound can be enhanced while maintaining the desirable 3′-endo conformational geometry.
- RNA type duplex A form helix, predominantly 3′-endo
- RNA interference which is supported in part by the fact that duplexes composed of 2′-deoxy-2′-F-nucleosides appears efficient in triggering RNAi response in the C. elegans system.
- Properties that are enhanced by using more stable 3′-endo nucleosides include but aren't limited to modulation of pharmacokinetic properties through modification of protein binding, protein off-rate, absorption and clearance; modulation of nuclease stability as well as chemical stability; modulation of the binding affinity and specificity of the oligomer (affinity and specificity for enzymes as well as for complementary sequences); and increasing efficacy of RNA cleavage.
- the present invention provides oligomeric triggers of RNAi having one or more nucleosides modified in such a way as to favor a C3′-endo type conformation.
- Nucleoside conformation is influenced by various factors including substitution at the 2′, 3′ or 4′-positions of the pentofuranosyl sugar. Electronegative substituents generally prefer the axial positions, while sterically demanding substituents generally prefer the equatorial positions (Principles of Nucleic Acid Structure, Wolfgang Sanger, 1984, Springer-Verlag.) Modification of the 2′ position to favor the 3′-endo conformation can be achieved while maintaining the 2′-OH as a recognition element, as illustrated in FIG. 2 , below (Gallo et al., Tetrahedron (2001), 57, 5707-5713. Harry-O'kuru et al., J. Org.
- preference for the 3′-endo conformation can be achieved by deletion of the 2′-OH as exemplified by 2′deoxy-2′ F-nucleosides (Kawasaki et al., J. Med. Chem. (1993), 36, 831-841), which adopts the 3′-endo conformation positioning the electronegative fluorine atom in the axial position.
- oligomeric triggers of RNAi response might be composed of one or more nucleosides modified in such a way that conformation is locked into a C3′-endo type conformation, i.e. LNA (LNA, Singh et al, Chem. Commun. (1998), 4, 455-456), and ethylene bridged Nucleic Acids (ENA, Morita et al, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters (2002), 12, 73-76.)
- LNA LNA
- Singh et al Chem. Commun. (1998), 4, 455-456)
- ENA ethylene bridged Nucleic Acids
- modified nucleosides and their oligomers can be estimated by various methods such as molecular dynamics calculations, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy and CD measurements. Hence, modifications predicted to induce RNA like conformations, A-form duplex geometry in an oligomeric context, are selected for use in the modified oligonucleotides of the present invention.
- the synthesis of numerous of the modified nucleosides amenable to the present invention are known in the art (see for example, Chemistry of Nucleosides and Nucleotides Vol 1-3, ed. Leroy B. Townsend, 1988, Plenum press, and the examples section below.) Nucleosides known to be inhibitors/substrates for RNA dependent RNA polymerases (for example HCV NS5B
- the present invention is directed to oligonucleotides that are prepared having enhanced properties compared to native RNA against nucleic acid targets.
- a target is identified and an oligonucleotide is selected having an effective length and sequence that is complementary to a portion of the target sequence.
- Each nucleoside of the selected sequence is scrutinized for possible enhancing modifications.
- a preferred modification would be the replacement of one or more RNA nucleosides with nucleosides that have the same 3′-endo conformational geometry.
- Such modifications can enhance chemical and nuclease stability relative to native RNA while at the same time being much cheaper and easier to synthesize and/or incorporate into an oligonucleotide.
- the selected sequence can be further divided into regions and the nucleosides of each region evaluated for enhancing modifications that can be the result of a chimeric configuration. Consideration is also given to the 5′ and 3′-termini as there are often advantageous modifications that can be made to one or more of the terminal nucleosides.
- the oligomeric compounds of the present invention include at least one 5′-modified phosphate group on a single strand or on at least one 5′-position of a double stranded sequence or sequences. Further modifications are also considered such as internucleoside linkages, conjugate groups, substitute sugars or bases, substitution of one or more nucleosides with nucleoside mimetics and any other modification that can enhance the selected sequence for its intended target.
- RNA and DNA duplexes A Form and “B Form” for DNA.
- the respective conformational geometry for RNA and DNA duplexes was determined from X-ray diffraction analysis of nucleic acid fibers (Arnott and Hukins, Biochem. Biophys. Res.
- RNA:RNA duplexes are more stable and have higher melting temperatures (Tm's) than DNA:DNA duplexes (Sanger et al., Principles of Nucleic Acid Structure, 1984, Springer-Verlag; New York, N.Y.; Lesnik et al., Biochemistry, 1995, 34, 10807-10815; Conte et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 1997, 25, 2627-2634).
- Tm's melting temperatures
- RNA biases the sugar toward a C3′ endo pucker, i.e., also designated as Northern pucker, which causes the duplex to favor the A-form geometry.
- a C3′ endo pucker i.e., also designated as Northern pucker
- the 2′ hydroxyl groups of RNA can form a network of water mediated hydrogen bonds that help stabilize the RNA duplex (Egli et al., Biochemistry, 1996, 35, 8489-8494).
- deoxy nucleic acids prefer a C2′ endo sugar pucker, i.e., also known as Southern pucker, which is thought to impart a less stable B-form geometry (Sanger, W. (1984) Principles of Nucleic Acid Structure, Springer-Verlag, New York, N.Y.).
- B-form geometry is inclusive of both C2′-endo pucker and O4′-endo pucker. This is consistent with Berger, et. al., Nucleic Acids Research, 1998, 26, 2473-2480, who pointed out that in considering the furanose conformations which give rise to B-form duplexes consideration should also be given to a O4′-endo pucker contribution.
- DNA:RNA hybrid duplexes are usually less stable than pure RNA:RNA duplexes, and depending on their sequence may be either more or less stable than DNA:DNA duplexes (Searle et al, Nucleic Acids Res., 1993, 21, 2051-2056).
- the structure of a hybrid duplex is intermediate between A- and B-form geometries, which may result in poor stacking interactions (Lane et al., Eur. J. Biochem., 1993, 215, 297-306; Fedoroff et al., J. Mol. Biol., 1993, 233, 509-523; Gonzalez et al., Biochemistry, 1995, 34, 4969-4982; Horton et al., J. Mol.
- the stability of the duplex formed between a target RNA and a synthetic sequence is central to therapies such as but not limited to antisense and RNA interference as these mechanisms require the binding of a synthetic oligonucleotide strand to an RNA target strand.
- therapies such as but not limited to antisense and RNA interference as these mechanisms require the binding of a synthetic oligonucleotide strand to an RNA target strand.
- antisense effective inhibition of the mRNA requires that the antisense DNA have a very high binding affinity with the mRNA. Otherwise the desired interaction between the synthetic oligonucleotide strand and target mRNA strand will occur infrequently, resulting in decreased efficacy.
- One routinely used method of modifying the sugar puckering is the substitution of the sugar at the 2′-position with a substituent group that influences the sugar geometry.
- the influence on ring conformation is dependant on the nature of the substituent at the 2′-position.
- a number of different substituents have been studied to determine their sugar puckering effect. For example, 2′-halogens have been studied showing that the 2′-fluoro derivative exhibits the largest population (65%) of the C3′-endo form, and the 2′-iodo exhibits the lowest population (7%).
- the populations of adenosine (2′-OH) versus deoxyadenosine (2′-H) are 36% and 19%, respectively.
- the relative duplex stability can be enhanced by replacement of 2′-OH groups with 2′-F groups thereby increasing the C3′-endo population. It is assumed that the highly polar nature of the 2′-F bond and the extreme preference for C3′-endo puckering may stabilize the stacked conformation in an A-form duplex. Data from UV hypochromicity, circular dichroism, and 1 H NMR also indicate that the degree of stacking decreases as the electronegativity of the halo substituent decreases. Furthermore, steric bulk at the 2′-position of the sugar moiety is better accommodated in an A-form duplex than a B-form duplex.
- a 2′-substituent on the 3′-terminus of a dinucleoside monophosphate is thought to exert a number of effects on the stacking conformation: steric repulsion, furanose puckering preference, electrostatic repulsion, hydrophobic attraction, and hydrogen bonding capabilities. These substituent effects are thought to be determined by the molecular size, electronegativity, and hydrophobicity of the substituent. Melting temperatures of complementary strands is also increased with the 2′-substituted adenosine diphosphates. It is not clear whether the 3′-endo preference of the conformation or the presence of the substituent is responsible for the increased binding. However, greater overlap of adjacent bases (stacking) can be achieved with the 3′-endo conformation.
- Oligonucleotides having the 2′-O-methoxyethyl substituent also have been shown to be antisense inhibitors of gene expression with promising features for in vivo use (Martin, P., Helv. Chim. Acta, 1995, 78, 486-504; Altmann et al., Chimia, 1996, 50, 168-176; Altmann et al., Biochem. Soc. Trans., 1996, 24, 630-637; and Altmann et al., Nucleosides Nucleotides, 1997, 16, 917-926). Relative to DNA, the oligonucleotides having the 2′-MOE modification displayed improved RNA affinity and higher nuclease resistance.
- Chimeric oligonucleotides having 2′-MOE substituents in the wing nucleosides and an internal region of deoxy-phosphorothioate nucleotides have shown effective reduction in the growth of tumors in animal models at low doses.
- 2′-MOE substituted oligonucleotides have also shown outstanding promise as antisense agents in several disease states.
- One such MOE substituted oligonucleotide is presently being investigated in clinical trials for the treatment of CMV retinitis.
- alkyl means C 1 -C 12 , preferably C 1 -C 8 , and more preferably C 1 -C 6 , straight or (where possible) branched chain aliphatic hydrocarbyl.
- heteroalkyl means C 1 -C 12 , preferably C 1 -C 8 , and more preferably C 1 -C 6 , straight or (where possible) branched chain aliphatic hydrocarbyl containing at least one, and preferably about 1 to about 3, hetero atoms in the chain, including the terminal portion of the chain.
- Preferred heteroatoms include N, O and S.
- cycloalkyl means C 3 -C 12 , preferably C 3 -C 8 , and more preferably C 3 -C 6 , aliphatic hydrocarbyl ring.
- alkenyl means C 2 -C 12 , preferably C 2 -C 8 , and more preferably C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, which may be straight or (where possible) branched hydrocarbyl moiety, which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
- alkynyl means C 2 -C 12 , preferably C 2 -C 8 , and more preferably C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, which may be straight or (where possible) branched hydrocarbyl moiety, which contains at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
- heterocycloalkyl means a ring moiety containing at least three ring members, at least one of which is carbon, and of which 1, 2 or three ring members are other than carbon.
- the number of carbon atoms varies from 1 to about 12, preferably 1 to about 6, and the total number of ring members varies from three to about 15, preferably from about 3 to about 8.
- Preferred ring heteroatoms are N, O and S.
- Preferred heterocycloalkyl groups include morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperidinyl, homopiperazinyl, homomorpholino, homothiomorpholino, pyrrolodinyl, tetrahydrooxazolyl, tetrahydroimidazolyl, tetrahydrothiazolyl, tetrahydroisoxazolyl, tetrahydropyrrazolyl, furanyl, pyranyl, and tetrahydroisothiazolyl.
- aryl means any hydrocarbon ring structure containing at least one aryl ring.
- Preferred aryl rings have about 6 to about 20 ring carbons.
- Especially preferred aryl rings include phenyl, napthyl, anthracenyl, and phenanthrenyl.
- hetaryl means a ring moiety containing at least one fully unsaturated ring, the ring consisting of carbon and non-carbon atoms.
- the ring system contains about 1 to about 4 rings.
- the number of carbon atoms varies from 1 to about 12, preferably 1 to about 6, and the total number of ring members varies from three to about 15, preferably from about 3 to about 8.
- Preferred ring heteroatoms are N, O and S.
- Preferred hetaryl moieties include pyrazolyl, thiophenyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, purinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiophenyl, etc.
- a moiety is defined as a compound moiety, such as hetarylalkyl (hetaryl and alkyl), aralkyl (aryl and alkyl), etc.
- each of the sub-moieties is as defined herein.
- an electron withdrawing group is a group, such as the cyano or isocyanato group that draws electronic charge away from the carbon to which it is attached.
- Other electron withdrawing groups of note include those whose electronegativities exceed that of carbon, for example halogen, nitro, or phenyl substituted in the ortho- or para-position with one or more cyano, isothiocyanato, nitro or halo groups.
- halogen and halo have their ordinary meanings.
- Preferred halo (halogen) substituents are Cl, Br, and I.
- substituents are, unless otherwise herein defined, suitable substituents depending upon desired properties. Included are halogens (Cl, Br, I), alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl moieties, NO 2 , NH 3 (substituted and unsubstituted), acid moieties (e.g. —CO 2 H, —OSO 3 H 2 , etc.), heterocycloalkyl moieties, hetaryl moieties, aryl moieties, etc.
- the squiggle ( ⁇ ) indicates a bond to an oxygen or sulfur of the 5′-phosphate.
- protecting group refers to a group which is joined to or substituted for a reactive group (e.g. a hydroxyl or an amine) on a molecule.
- the protecting group is chosen to prevent reaction of the particular radical during one or more steps of a chemical reaction.
- the particular protecting group is chosen so as to permit removal at a later time to restore the reactive group without altering other reactive groups present in the molecule.
- the choice of a protecting group is a function of the particular radical to be protected and the compounds to which it will be exposed.
- the selection of protecting groups is well known to those of skill in the art. See, for example Greene et al., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Somerset, N.J. (1991), which is herein incorporated by reference.
- Phosphate protecting groups include those described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,760,209, U.S. Pat. No. 5,614,621, U.S. Pat. No. 6,051,699, U.S. Pat. No. 6,020,475, U.S. Pat. No. 6,326,478, U.S. Pat. No. 6,169,177, U.S. Pat. No. 6,121,437, U.S. Pat. No. 6,465,628 each of which is expressly incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- Oligomer terminal groups are well know to one skilled in the art. Some terminal groups are hydroxy, protected hydroxy, amino, protected amino, and conjugate groups.
- the compounds and compositions of the invention are used to modulate the expression of a selected protein.
- “Modulators” are those oligomeric compounds and compositions that decrease or increase the expression of a nucleic acid molecule encoding a protein and which comprise at least an 8-nucleobase portion which is complementary to a preferred target segment.
- the screening method comprises the steps of contacting a preferred target segment of a nucleic acid molecule encoding a protein with one or more candidate modulators, and selecting for one or more candidate modulators which decrease or increase the expression of a nucleic acid molecule encoding a protein. Once it is shown that the candidate modulator or modulators are capable of modulating (e.g.
- the modulator may then be employed in further investigative studies of the function of the peptide, or for use as a research, diagnostic, or therapeutic agent in accordance with the present invention.
- oligomeric compounds of invention can be used combined with their respective complementary strand oligomeric compound to form stabilized double-stranded (duplexed) oligonucleotides.
- Double stranded oligonucleotide moieties have been shown to modulate target expression and regulate translation as well as RNA processing via an antisense mechanism.
- double-stranded moieties may be subject to chemical modifications (Fire et al., Nature, 1998, 391, 806-811; Timmons and Fire, Nature 1998, 395, 854; Timmons et al., Gene, 2001, 263, 103-112; Tabara et al., Science, 1998, 282, 430-431; Montgomery et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1998, 95, 15502-15507; Tuschl et al., Genes Dev., 1999, 13, 3191-3197; Elbashir et al., Nature, 2001, 411, 494-498; Elbashir et al., Genes Dev.
- oligomeric compounds of the present invention are used to elucidate relationships that exist between proteins and a disease state, phenotype, or condition.
- These methods include detecting or modulating a target peptide comprising contacting a sample, tissue, cell, or organism with the oligomeric compounds and compositions of the present invention, measuring the nucleic acid or protein level of the target and/or a related phenotypic or chemical endpoint at some time after treatment, and optionally comparing the measured value to a non-treated sample or sample treated with a further oligomeric compound of the invention.
- These methods can also be performed in parallel or in combination with other experiments to determine the function of unknown genes for the process of target validation or to determine the validity of a particular gene product as a target for treatment or prevention of a disease or disorder.
- oligomeric compounds and compositions of the present invention can additionally be utilized for diagnostics, therapeutics, prophylaxis and as research reagents and kits. Such uses allows for those of ordinary skill to elucidate the function of particular genes or to distinguish between functions of various members of a biological pathway.
- the oligomeric compounds and compositions of the present invention can be used as tools in differential and/or combinatorial analyses to elucidate expression patterns of a portion or the entire complement of genes expressed within cells and tissues.
- expression patterns within cells or tissues treated with one or more compounds or compositions of the invention are compared to control cells or tissues not treated with the compounds or compositions and the patterns produced are analyzed for differential levels of gene expression as they pertain, for example, to disease association, signaling pathway, cellular localization, expression level, size, structure or function of the genes examined. These analyses can be performed on stimulated or unstimulated cells and in the presence or absence of other compounds that affect expression patterns.
- Examples of methods of gene expression analysis known in the art include DNA arrays or microarrays (Brazma and Vilo, FEBS Lett., 2000, 480, 17-24; Celis, et al., FEBS Lett., 2000, 480, 2-16), SAGE (serial analysis of gene expression) (Madden, et al., Drug Discov. Today, 2000, 5, 415-425), READS (restriction enzyme amplification of digested cDNAs) (Prashar and Weissman, Methods Enzymol., 1999, 303, 258-72), TOGA (total gene expression analysis) (Sutcliffe, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
- the compounds and compositions of the invention are useful for research and diagnostics, because these compounds and compositions hybridize to nucleic acids encoding proteins.
- Hybridization of the compounds and compositions of the invention with a nucleic acid can be detected by means known in the art. Such means may include conjugation of an enzyme to the compound or composition, radiolabelling or any other suitable detection means. Kits using such detection means for detecting the level of selected proteins in a sample may also be prepared.
- Antisense oligomeric compounds have been employed as therapeutic moieties in the treatment of disease states in animals, including humans.
- Antisense oligonucleotide drugs, including ribozymes have been safely and effectively administered to humans and numerous clinical trials are presently underway. It is thus established that oligomeric compounds can be useful therapeutic modalities that can be configured to be useful in treatment regimes for the treatment of cells, tissues and animals, especially humans.
- an animal preferably a human, suspected of having a disease or disorder that can be treated by modulating the expression of a selected protein is treated by administering the compounds and compositions.
- the methods comprise the step of administering to the animal in need of treatment, a therapeutically effective amount of a protein inhibitor.
- the protein inhibitors of the present invention effectively inhibit the activity of the protein or inhibit the expression of the protein.
- the activity or expression of a protein in an animal is inhibited by about 10%.
- the activity or expression of a protein in an animal is inhibited by about 30%. More preferably, the activity or expression of a protein in an animal is inhibited by 50% or more.
- the reduction of the expression of a protein may be measured in serum, adipose tissue, liver or any other body fluid, tissue or organ of the animal.
- the cells contained within the fluids, tissues or organs being analyzed contain a nucleic acid molecule encoding a protein and/or the protein itself.
- the compounds and compositions of the invention can be utilized in pharmaceutical compositions by adding an effective amount of the compound or composition to a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier.
- Use of the oligomeric compounds and methods of the invention may also be useful prophylactically.
- the compounds and compositions of the invention may also be admixed, encapsulated, conjugated or otherwise associated with other molecules, molecule structures or mixtures of compounds, as for example, liposomes, receptor-targeted molecules, oral, rectal, topical or other formulations, for assisting in uptake, distribution and/or absorption.
- Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of such uptake, distribution and/or absorption-assisting formulations include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos.
- the compounds and compositions of the invention encompass any pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, or salts of such esters, or any other compound which, upon administration to an animal, including a human, is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) the biologically active metabolite or residue thereof. Accordingly, for example, the disclosure is also drawn to prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the oligomeric compounds of the invention, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such prodrugs, and other bioequivalents.
- prodrug indicates a therapeutic agent that is prepared in an inactive form that is converted to an active form (i.e., drug) within the body or cells thereof by the action of endogenous enzymes or other chemicals and/or conditions.
- prodrug versions of the oligonucleotides of the invention are prepared as SATE [(S-acetyl-2-thioethyl) phosphate] derivatives according to the methods disclosed in WO 93/24510 to Gosselin et al., published Dec. 9, 1993 or in WO 94/26764 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,770,713 to Imbach et al.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salts refers to physiologically and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds and compositions of the invention: i.e., salts that retain the desired biological activity of the parent compound and do not impart undesired toxicological effects thereto.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salts for oligonucleotides, preferred examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
- the present invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions and formulations that include the compounds and compositions of the invention.
- the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be administered in a number of ways depending upon whether local or systemic treatment is desired and upon the area to be treated. Administration may be topical (including ophthalmic and to mucous membranes including vaginal and rectal delivery), pulmonary, e.g., by inhalation or insufflation of powders or aerosols, including by nebulizer; intratracheal, intranasal, epidermal and transdermal), oral or parenteral.
- Parenteral administration includes intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal or intramuscular injection or infusion; or intracranial, e.g., intrathecal or intraventricular, administration.
- Pharmaceutical compositions and formulations for topical administration may include transdermal patches, ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders.
- Conventional pharmaceutical carriers, aqueous, powder or oily bases, thickeners and the like may be necessary or desirable.
- Coated condoms, gloves and the like may also be useful.
- the pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention may be prepared according to conventional techniques well known in the pharmaceutical industry. Such techniques include the step of bringing into association the active ingredients with the pharmaceutical carrier(s) or excipient(s). In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredients with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
- compositions of the present invention may be formulated into any of many possible dosage forms such as, but not limited to, tablets, capsules, gel capsules, liquid syrups, soft gels, suppositories, and enemas.
- the compositions of the present invention may also be formulated as suspensions in aqueous, non-aqueous or mixed media.
- Aqueous suspensions may further contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension including, for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol and/or dextran.
- the suspension may also contain stabilizers.
- compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, solutions, emulsions, foams and liposome-containing formulations.
- the pharmaceutical compositions and formulations of the present invention may comprise one or more penetration enhancers, carriers, excipients or other active or inactive ingredients.
- Emulsions are typically heterogenous systems of one liquid dispersed in another in the form of droplets usually exceeding 0.1 ⁇ m in diameter. Emulsions may contain additional components in addition to the dispersed phases, and the active drug that may be present as a solution in either the aqueous phase, oily phase or itself as a separate phase. Microemulsions are included as an embodiment of the present invention. Emulsions and their uses are well known in the art and are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
- Formulations of the present invention include liposomal formulations.
- liposome means a vesicle composed of amphiphilic lipids arranged in a spherical bilayer or bilayers. Liposomes are unilamellar or multilamellar vesicles which have a membrane formed from a lipophilic material and an aqueous interior that contains the composition to be delivered. Cationic liposomes are positively charged liposomes which are believed to interact with negatively charged DNA molecules to form a stable complex. Liposomes that are pH-sensitive or negatively-charged are believed to entrap DNA rather than complex with it. Both cationic and noncationic liposomes have been used to deliver DNA to cells.
- Liposomes also include “sterically stabilized” liposomes, a term which, as used herein, refers to liposomes comprising one or more specialized lipids that, when incorporated into liposomes, result in enhanced circulation lifetimes relative to liposomes lacking such specialized lipids.
- sterically stabilized liposomes are those in which part of the vesicle-forming lipid portion of the liposome comprises one or more glycolipids or is derivatized with one or more hydrophilic polymers, such as a polyethylene glycol (PEG) moiety.
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- compositions of the present invention may also include surfactants.
- surfactants used in drug products, formulations and in emulsions is well known in the art. Surfactants and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
- the present invention employs various penetration enhancers to effect the efficient delivery of nucleic acids, particularly oligonucleotides.
- penetration enhancers also enhance the permeability of lipophilic drugs.
- Penetration enhancers may be classified as belonging to one of five broad categories, i.e., surfactants, fatty acids, bile salts, chelating agents, and non-chelating non-surfactants. Penetration enhancers and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
- formulations are routinely designed according to their intended use, i.e. route of administration.
- Preferred formulations for topical administration include those in which the oligonucleotides of the invention are in admixture with a topical delivery agent such as lipids, liposomes, fatty acids, fatty acid esters, steroids, chelating agents and surfactants.
- a topical delivery agent such as lipids, liposomes, fatty acids, fatty acid esters, steroids, chelating agents and surfactants.
- Preferred lipids and liposomes include neutral (e.g. dioleoylphosphatidyl DOPE ethanolamine, dimyristoylphosphatidyl choline DMPC, distearolyphosphatidyl choline) negative (e.g. dimyristoylphosphatidyl glycerol DMPG) and cationic (e.g. dioleoyltetramethylaminopropyl DOTAP and dioleoylphosphatidyl ethanolamine DOTMA).
- neutral e.
- compounds and compositions of the invention may be encapsulated within liposomes or may form complexes thereto, in particular to cationic liposomes. Alternatively, they may be complexed to lipids, in particular to cationic lipids.
- Preferred fatty acids and esters, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
- Topical formulations are described in detail in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/315,298 filed on May 20, 1999, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- compositions and formulations for oral administration include powders or granules, microparticulates, nanoparticulates, suspensions or solutions in water or non-aqueous media, capsules, gel capsules, sachets, tablets or minitablets. Thickeners, flavoring agents, diluents, emulsifiers, dispersing aids or binders may be desirable.
- Preferred oral formulations are those in which oligonucleotides of the invention are administered in conjunction with one or more penetration enhancers surfactants and chelators.
- Preferred surfactants include fatty acids and/or esters or salts thereof, bile acids and/or salts thereof.
- bile acids/salts and fatty acids and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
- penetration enhancers for example, fatty acids/salts in combination with bile acids/salts.
- a particularly preferred combination is the sodium salt of lauric acid, capric acid and UDCA.
- Further penetration enhancers include polyoxyethylene-9-lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene-20-cetyl ether.
- Compounds and compositions of the invention may be delivered orally, in granular form including sprayed dried particles, or complexed to form micro or nanoparticles. Complexing agents and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No.
- compositions and formulations for parenteral, intrathecal or intraventricular administration may include sterile aqueous solutions that may also contain buffers, diluents and other suitable additives such as, but not limited to, penetration enhancers, carrier compounds and other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
- Certain embodiments of the invention provide pharmaceutical compositions containing one or more of the compounds and compositions of the invention and one or more other chemotherapeutic agents that function by a non-antisense mechanism.
- chemotherapeutic agents include but are not limited to cancer chemotherapeutic drugs such as daunorubicin, daunomycin, dactinomycin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin, esorubicin, bleomycin, mafosfamide, ifosfamide, cytosine arabinoside, bis-chloroethylnitrosurea, busulfan, mitomycin C, actinomycin D, mithramycin, prednisone, hydroxyprogesterone, testosterone, tamoxifen, dacarbazine, procarbazine, hexamethylmelamine, pentamethylmelamine, mitoxantrone, amsacrine, chlorambucil, methylcyclohexy
- chemotherapeutic agents When used with the oligomeric compounds of the invention, such chemotherapeutic agents may be used individually (e.g., 5-FU and oligonucleotide), sequentially (e.g., 5-FU and oligonucleotide for a period of time followed by MTX and oligonucleotide), or in combination with one or more other such chemotherapeutic agents (e.g., 5-FU, MTX and oligonucleotide, or 5-FU, radiotherapy and oligonucleotide).
- chemotherapeutic agents may be used individually (e.g., 5-FU and oligonucleotide), sequentially (e.g., 5-FU and oligonucleotide for a period of time followed by MTX and oligonucleotide), or in combination with one or more other such chemotherapeutic agents (e.g., 5-FU, MTX and oligonucleotide, or 5-FU, radiotherapy
- Anti-inflammatory drugs including but not limited to nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs and corticosteroids, and antiviral drugs, including but not limited to ribivirin, vidarabine, acyclovir and ganciclovir, may also be combined in compositions of the invention. Combinations of compounds and compositions of the invention and other drugs are also within the scope of this invention. Two or more combined compounds such as two oligomeric compounds or one oligomeric compound combined with further compounds may be used together or sequentially.
- compositions of the invention may contain one or more of the compounds and compositions of the invention targeted to a first nucleic acid and one or more additional compounds such as antisense oligomeric compounds targeted to a second nucleic acid target.
- additional compounds such as antisense oligomeric compounds targeted to a second nucleic acid target.
- antisense oligomeric compounds are known in the art.
- compositions of the invention may contain two or more oligomeric compounds and compositions targeted to different regions of the same nucleic acid target. Two or more combined compounds may be used together or sequentially
- compositions of the invention are believed to be within the skill of those in the art. Dosing is dependent on severity and responsiveness of the disease state to be treated, with the course of treatment lasting from several days to several months, or until a cure is effected or a diminution of the disease state is achieved. Optimal dosing schedules can be calculated from measurements of drug accumulation in the body of the patient. Persons of ordinary skill can easily determine optimum dosages, dosing methodologies and repetition rates. Optimum dosages may vary depending on the relative potency of individual oligonucleotides, and can generally be estimated based on EC 50 s found to be effective in in vitro and in vivo animal models.
- dosage is from 0.01 ug to 100 g per kg of body weight, and may be given once or more daily, weekly, monthly or yearly, or even once every 2 to 20 years. Persons of ordinary skill in the art can easily estimate repetition rates for dosing based on measured residence times and concentrations of the drug in bodily fluids or tissues. Following successful treatment, it may be desirable to have the patient undergo maintenance therapy to prevent the recurrence of the disease state, wherein the oligonucleotide is administered in maintenance doses, ranging from 0.01 ug to 100 g per kg of body weight, once or more daily, to once every 20 years.
- Oligonucleotides Unsubstituted and substituted phosphodiester (P ⁇ O) oligonucleotides are synthesized on an automated DNA synthesizer (Applied Biosystems model 394) using standard phosphoramidite chemistry with oxidation by iodine.
- Phosphorothioates are synthesized similar to phosphodiester oligonucleotides with the following exceptions: thiation was effected by utilizing a 10% w/v solution of 3,H-1,2-benzodithiole-3-one 1,1-dioxide in acetonitrile for the oxidation of the phosphite linkages. The thiation reaction step time was increased to 180 sec and preceded by the normal capping step. After cleavage from the CPG column and deblocking in concentrated ammonium hydroxide at 55° C. (12-16 hr), the oligonucleotides were recovered by precipitating with >3 volumes of ethanol from a 1 M NH 4 OAc solution. Phosphinate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,508,270, herein incorporated by reference.
- Alkyl phosphonate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,469,863, herein incorporated by reference.
- 3′-Deoxy-3′-methylene phosphonate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,610,289 or 5,625,050, herein incorporated by reference.
- Phosphoramidite oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,256,775 or U.S. Pat. No. 5,366,878, herein incorporated by reference.
- Alkylphosphonothioate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in published PCT applications PCT/US94/00902 and PCT/US93/06976 (published as WO 94/17093 and WO 94/02499, respectively), herein incorporated by reference.
- 3′-Deoxy-3′-amino phosphoramidate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,476,925, herein incorporated by reference.
- Phosphotriester oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,023,243, herein incorporated by reference.
- Borano phosphate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,130,302 and 5,177,198, both herein incorporated by reference.
- Oligonucleosides Methylenemethylimino linked oligonucleosides, also identified as MMI linked oligonucleosides, methylenedimethylhydrazo linked oligonucleosides, also identified as MDH linked oligonucleosides, and methylenecarbonylamino linked oligonucleosides, also identified as amide-3 linked oligonucleosides, and methyleneaminocarbonyl linked oligonucleosides, also identified as amide-4 linked oligo-nucleosides, as well as mixed backbone oligomeric compounds having, for instance, alternating MMI and P ⁇ O or P ⁇ S linkages are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,378,825, 5,386,023, 5,489,677, 5,602,240 and 5,610,289, all of which are herein incorporated by reference.
- Formacetal and thioformacetal linked oligonucleosides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,264,562 and 5,264,564, herein incorporated by reference.
- Ethylene oxide linked oligonucleosides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,618, herein incorporated by reference.
- RNA synthesis chemistry is based on the selective incorporation of various protecting groups at strategic intermediary reactions.
- a useful class of protecting groups includes silyl ethers.
- bulky silyl ethers are used to protect the 5′-hydroxyl in combination with an acid-labile orthoester protecting group on the 2′-hydroxyl.
- This set of protecting groups is then used with standard solid-phase synthesis technology. It is important to lastly remove the acid labile orthoester protecting group after all other synthetic steps.
- the early use of the silyl protecting groups during synthesis ensures facile removal when desired, without undesired deprotection of 2′ hydroxyl.
- RNA oligonucleotides were synthesized.
- RNA oligonucleotides are synthesized in a stepwise fashion. Each nucleotide is added sequentially (3′- to 5′-direction) to a solid support-bound oligonucleotide. The first nucleoside at the 3′-end of the chain is covalently attached to a solid support. The nucleotide precursor, a ribonucleoside phosphoramidite, and activator are added, coupling the second base onto the 5′-end of the first nucleoside. The support is washed and any unreacted 5′-hydroxyl groups are capped with acetic anhydride to yield 5′-acetyl moieties.
- the linkage is then oxidized to the more stable and ultimately desired P(V) linkage.
- the 5′-silyl group is cleaved with fluoride. The cycle is repeated for each subsequent nucleotide.
- the methyl protecting groups on the phosphates are cleaved in 30 minutes utilizing 1 M disodium-2-carbamoyl-2-cyanoethylene-1,1-dithiolate trihydrate (S 2 Na 2 ) in DMF.
- the deprotection solution is washed from the solid support-bound oligonucleotide using water.
- the support is then treated with 40% methylamine in water for 10 minutes at 55° C. This releases the RNA oligonucleotides into solution, deprotects the exocyclic amines, and modifies the 2′-groups.
- the oligonucleotides can be analyzed by anion exchange HPLC at this stage.
- the 2′-orthoester groups are the last protecting groups to be removed.
- the ethylene glycol monoacetate orthoester protecting group developed by Dharmacon Research, Inc. (Lafayette, Colo.), is one example of a useful orthoester protecting group which, has the following important properties. It is stable to the conditions of nucleoside phosphoramidite synthesis and oligonucleotide synthesis. However, after oligonucleotide synthesis the oligonucleotide is treated with methylamine which not only cleaves the oligonucleotide from the solid support but also removes the acetyl groups from the orthoesters.
- the resulting 2-ethyl-hydroxyl substituents on the orthoester are less electron withdrawing than the acetylated precursor.
- the modified orthoester becomes more labile to acid-catalyzed hydrolysis. Specifically, the rate of cleavage is approximately 10 times faster after the acetyl groups are removed. Therefore, this orthoester possesses sufficient stability in order to be compatible with oligonucleotide synthesis and yet, when subsequently modified, permits deprotection to be carried out under relatively mild aqueous conditions compatible with the final RNA oligonucleotide product.
- Chimeric oligonucleotides, oligonucleosides or mixed oligonucleotides/oligonucleosides of the invention can be of several different types. These include a first type wherein the “gap” segment of linked nucleosides is positioned between 5′ and 3′ “wing” segments of linked nucleosides and a second “open end” type wherein the “gap” segment is located at either the 3′ or the 5′ terminus of the oligomeric compound. Oligonucleotides of the first type are also known in the art as “gapmers” or gapped oligonucleotides. Oligonucleotides of the second type are also known in the art as “hemimers” or “wingmers”.
- Chimeric oligonucleotides having 2′-O-alkyl phosphorothioate and 2′-deoxy phosphorothioate oligonucleotide segments are synthesized using an Applied Biosystems automated DNA synthesizer Model 394, as above. Oligonucleotides are synthesized using the automated synthesizer and 2′-deoxy-5′-dimethoxytrityl-3′-O-phosphoramidite for the DNA portion and 5′-dimethoxytrityl-2′-O-methyl-3′-O-phosphoramidite for 5′ and 3′ wings.
- the standard synthesis cycle is modified by incorporating coupling steps with increased reaction times for the 5′-dimethoxytrityl-2′-O-methyl-3′-O-phosphoramidite.
- the fully protected oligonucleotide is cleaved from the support and deprotected in concentrated ammonia (NH 4 OH) for 12-16 hr at 55° C.
- the deprotected oligo is then recovered by an appropriate method (precipitation, column chromatography, volume reduced in vacuo and analyzed spetrophotometrically for yield and for purity by capillary electrophoresis and by mass spectrometry.
- [2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)]-[2′-deoxy]-[-2′-O-(methoxyethyl)] chimeric phosphorothioate oligonucleotides were prepared as per the procedure above for the 2′-O-methyl chimeric oligonucleotide, with the substitution of 2′-O-(methoxyethyl) amidites for the 2′-O-methyl amidites.
- [2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl phosphodiester]-[2′-deoxy phosphorothioate]-[2′-O-(methoxyethyl) phosphodiester] chimeric oligonucleotides are prepared as per the above procedure for the 2′-O-methyl chimeric oligonucleotide with the substitution of 2′-O-(methoxyethyl) amidites for the 2′-O-methyl amidites, oxidation with iodine to generate the phosphodiester internucleotide linkages within the wing portions of the chimeric structures and sulfurization utilizing 3,H-1,2 benzodithiole-3-one 1,1 dioxide (Beaucage Reagent) to generate the phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages for the center gap.
- chimeric oligonucleotides chimeric oligonucleosides and mixed chimeric oligonucleotides/oligonucleosides are synthesized according to U.S. Pat. No. 5,623,065, herein incorporated by reference.
- a series of nucleic acid duplexes comprising the antisense oligomeric compounds of the present invention and their complements can be designed to target a target.
- the ends of the strands may be modified by the addition of one or more natural or modified nucleobases to form an overhang.
- the sense strand of the dsRNA is then designed and synthesized as the complement of the antisense strand and may also contain modifications or additions to either terminus.
- both strands of the dsRNA duplex would be complementary over the central nucleobases, each having overhangs at one or both termini.
- a duplex comprising an antisense strand having the sequence CGAGAGGCGGACGGGACCG (SEQ ID NO:1) and having a two-nucleobase overhang of deoxythymidine (dT) would have the following structure: 5′ cgagaggcggacgggaccgTT 3′ Antisense Strand (SEQ ID NO:2)
- RNA strands of the duplex can be synthesized by methods disclosed herein or purchased from Dharmacon Research Inc., (Lafayette, Colo.). Once synthesized, the complementary strands are annealed. The single strands are aliquoted and diluted to a concentration of 50 uM. Once diluted, 30 uL of each strand is combined with 15 uL of a 5 ⁇ solution of annealing buffer. The final concentration of said buffer is 100 mM potassium acetate, 30 mM HEPES-KOH pH 7.4, and 2 mM magnesium acetate. The final volume is 75 uL. This solution is incubated for 1 minute at 90° C. and then centrifuged for 15 seconds.
- the tube is allowed to sit for 1 hour at 37° C. at which time the dsRNA duplexes are used in experimentation.
- the final concentration of the dsRNA duplex is 20 uM.
- This solution can be stored frozen ( ⁇ 20° C.) and freeze-thawed up to 5 times.
- duplexed antisense oligomeric compounds are evaluated for their ability to modulate a target expression.
- duplexed antisense oligomeric compounds of the invention When cells reached 80% confluency, they are treated with duplexed antisense oligomeric compounds of the invention.
- OPTI-MEM-1 reduced-serum medium For cells grown in 96-well plates, wells are washed once with 200 ⁇ L OPTI-MEM-1 reduced-serum medium (Gibco BRL) and then treated with 130 ⁇ L of OPTI-MEM-1 containing 12 ⁇ g/mL LIPOFECTIN (Gibco BRL) and the desired duplex antisense oligomeric compound at a final concentration of 200 nM. After 5 hours of treatment, the medium is replaced with fresh medium. Cells are harvested 16 hours after treatment, at which time RNA is isolated and target reduction measured by RT-PCR.
- the oligonucleotides or oligonucleosides are recovered by precipitation out of 1 M NH 4 OAc with >3 volumes of ethanol.
- Synthesized oligonucleotides were analyzed by electrospray mass spectroscopy (molecular weight determination) and by capillary gel electrophoresis and judged to be at least 70% full length material.
- the relative amounts of phosphorothioate and phosphodiester linkages obtained in the synthesis was determined by the ratio of correct molecular weight relative to the ⁇ 16 amu product (+/ ⁇ 32+/ ⁇ 48).
- Oligonucleotides were synthesized via solid phase P(III) phosphoramidite chemistry on an automated synthesizer capable of assembling 96 sequences simultaneously in a 96-well format.
- Phosphodiester internucleotide linkages were afforded by oxidation with aqueous iodine.
- Phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages were generated by sulfurization utilizing 3,H-1,2 benzodithiole-3-one 1,1 dioxide (Beaucage Reagent) in anhydrous acetonitrile.
- Standard base-protected beta-cyanoethyl-diiso-propyl phosphoramidites were purchased from commercial vendors (e.g.
- Non-standard nucleosides are synthesized as per standard or patented methods. They are utilized as base protected beta-cyanoethyldiisopropyl phosphoramidites.
- Oligonucleotides were cleaved from support and deprotected with concentrated NH 4 OH at elevated temperature (55-60° C.) for 12-16 hours and the released product then dried in vacuo. The dried product was then re-suspended in sterile water to afford a master plate from which all analytical and test plate samples are then diluted utilizing robotic pipettors.
- the concentration of oligonucleotide in each well was assessed by dilution of samples and UV absorption spectroscopy.
- the full-length integrity of the individual products was evaluated by capillary electrophoresis (CE) in either the 96-well format (Beckman P/ACETM MDQ) or, for individually prepared samples, on a commercial CE apparatus (e.g., Beckman P/ACETM 5000, ABI 270). Base and backbone composition was confirmed by mass analysis of the oligomeric compounds utilizing electrospray-mass spectroscopy. All assay test plates were diluted from the master plate using single and multi-channel robotic pipettors. Plates were judged to be acceptable if at least 85% of the oligomeric compounds on the plate were at least 85% full length.
- oligomeric compounds on target nucleic acid expression can be tested in any of a variety of cell types provided that the target nucleic acid is present at measurable levels. This can be routinely determined using, for example, PCR or Northern blot analysis. The following cell types are provided for illustrative purposes, but other cell types can be routinely used, provided that the target is expressed in the cell type chosen. This can be readily determined by methods routine in the art, for example Northern blot analysis, ribonuclease protection assays, or RT-PCR.
- the human transitional cell bladder carcinoma cell line T-24 was obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) (Manassas, Va.). T-24 cells were routinely cultured in complete McCoy's 5A basal media (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.) supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.), penicillin 100 units per mL, and streptomycin 100 micrograms per mL (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.). Cells were routinely passaged by trypsinization and dilution when they reached 90% confluence. Cells were seeded into 96-well plates (Falcon-Primaria #353872) at a density of 7000 cells/well for use in RT-PCR analysis.
- ATCC American Type Culture Collection
- cells may be seeded onto 100 mm or other standard tissue culture plates and treated similarly, using appropriate volumes of medium and oligonucleotide.
- the human lung carcinoma cell line A549 was obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) (Manassas, Va.). A549 cells were routinely cultured in DMEM basal media (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.) supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.), penicillin 100 units per mL, and streptomycin 100 micrograms per mL (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.). Cells were routinely passaged by trypsinization and dilution when they reached 90% confluence.
- ATCC American Type Culture Collection
- NHDF Human neonatal dermal fibroblast
- HEK Human embryonic keratinocytes
- Clonetics Corporation Walkersville, Md.
- HEKs were routinely maintained in Keratinocyte Growth Medium (Clonetics Corporation, Walkersville, Md.) formulated as recommended by the supplier.
- Cells were routinely maintained for up to 10 passages as recommended by the supplier.
- the concentration of oligonucleotide used varies from cell line to cell line. To determine the optimal oligonucleotide concentration for a particular cell line, the cells are treated with a positive control oligonucleotide at a range of concentrations.
- the positive control oligonucleotide is selected from either ISIS 13920 (TCCGTCATCGCTCCTCAGGG, SEQ ID NO: 4) which is targeted to human H-ras, or ISIS 18078, (GTGCGCGCGAGCCCGAAATC, SEQ ID NO: 5) which is targeted to human Jun-N-terminal kinase-2 (JNK2).
- Both controls are 2′-O-methoxyethyl gapmers (2′-O-methoxyethyls shown in bold) with a phosphorothioate backbone.
- the positive control oligonucleotide is ISIS 15770, ATGCATTCTGCCCCCAAGGA (SEQ ID NO: 6) a 2′-O-methoxyethyl gapmer (2′-O-methoxyethyls shown in bold) with a phosphorothioate backbone which is targeted to both mouse and rat c-raf.
- the concentration of positive control oligonucleotide that results in 80% inhibition of c-H-ras (for ISIS 13920), JNK2 (for ISIS 18078) or c-raf (for ISIS 15770) mRNA is then utilized as the screening concentration for new oligonucleotides in subsequent experiments for that cell line. If 80% inhibition is not achieved, the lowest concentration of positive control oligonucleotide that results in 60% inhibition of c-H-ras, JNK2 or c-raf mRNA is then utilized as the oligonucleotide screening concentration in subsequent experiments for that cell line. If 60% inhibition is not achieved, that particular cell line is deemed as unsuitable for oligonucleotide transfection experiments.
- concentrations of antisense oligonucleotides used herein are from 50 nM to 300 nM.
- Modulation of a target expression can be assayed in a variety of ways known in the art.
- a target mRNA levels can be quantitated by, e.g., Northern blot analysis, competitive polymerase chain reaction (PCR), or real-time PCR (RT-PCR).
- Real-time quantitative PCR is presently preferred.
- RNA analysis can be performed on total cellular RNA or poly(A)+ mRNA.
- the preferred method of RNA analysis of the present invention is the use of total cellular RNA as described in other examples herein. Methods of RNA isolation are well known in the art.
- Northern blot analysis is also routine in the art.
- Real-time quantitative (PCR) can be conveniently accomplished using the commercially available ABI PRISMTM 7600, 7700, or 7900 Sequence Detection System, available from PE-Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif. and used according to manufacturer's instructions.
- Protein levels of a target can be quantitated in a variety of ways well known in the art, such as immunoprecipitation, Western blot analysis (immunoblotting), enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) or fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS).
- Antibodies directed to a target can be identified and obtained from a variety of sources, such as the MSRS catalog of antibodies (Aerie Corporation, Birmingham, Mich.), or can be prepared via conventional monoclonal or polyclonal antibody generation methods well known in the art.
- the oligomeric compounds are further investigated in one or more phenotypic assays, each having measurable endpoints predictive of efficacy in the treatment of a particular disease state or condition.
- Phenotypic assays, kits and reagents for their use are well known to those skilled in the art and are herein used to investigate the role and/or association of a target in health and disease.
- Representative phenotypic assays which can be purchased from any one of several commercial vendors, include those for determining cell viability, cytotoxicity, proliferation or cell survival (Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.; PerkinElmer, Boston, Mass.), protein-based assays including enzymatic assays (Panvera, LLC, Madison, Wis.; BD Biosciences, Franklin Lakes, N.J.; Oncogene Research Products, San Diego, Calif.), cell regulation, signal transduction, inflammation, oxidative processes and apoptosis (Assay Designs Inc., Ann Arbor, Mich.), triglyceride accumulation (Sigma-Aldrich, St.
- cells determined to be appropriate for a particular phenotypic assay are treated with a target inhibitors identified from the in vitro studies as well as control compounds at optimal concentrations which are determined by the methods described above.
- treated and untreated cells are analyzed by one or more methods specific for the assay to determine phenotypic outcomes and endpoints.
- Phenotypic endpoints include changes in cell morphology over time or treatment dose as well as changes in levels of cellular components such as proteins, lipids, nucleic acids, hormones, saccharides or metals. Measurements of cellular status which include pH, stage of the cell cycle, intake or excretion of biological indicators by the cell, are also endpoints of interest.
- Analysis of the genotype of the cell is also used as an indicator of the efficacy or potency of the target inhibitors.
- Hallmark genes or those genes suspected to be associated with a specific disease state, condition, or phenotype, are measured in both treated and untreated cells.
- the individual subjects of the in vivo studies described herein are warm-blooded vertebrate animals, which includes humans.
- the clinical trial is subjected to rigorous controls to ensure that individuals are not unnecessarily put at risk and that they are fully informed about their role in the study.
- volunteers are randomly given placebo or a target inhibitor. Furthermore, to prevent the doctors from being biased in treatments, they are not informed as to whether the medication they are administering is a target inhibitor or a placebo. Using this randomization approach, each volunteer has the same chance of being given either the new treatment or the placebo.
- Volunteers receive either the a target inhibitor or placebo for eight week period with biological parameters associated with the indicated disease state or condition being measured at the beginning (baseline measurements before any treatment), end (after the final treatment), and at regular intervals during the study period.
- Such measurements include the levels of nucleic acid molecules encoding a target or a target protein levels in body fluids, tissues or organs compared to pre-treatment levels.
- Other measurements include, but are not limited to, indices of the disease state or condition being treated, body weight, blood pressure, serum titers of pharmacologic indicators of disease or toxicity as well as ADME (absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion) measurements.
- Information recorded for each patient includes age (years), gender, height (cm), family history of disease state or condition (yes/no), motivation rating (some/moderate/great) and number and type of previous treatment regimens for the indicated disease or condition.
- Volunteers taking part in this study are healthy adults (age 18 to 65 years) and roughly an equal number of males and females participate in the study. Volunteers with certain characteristics are equally distributed for placebo and a target inhibitor treatment. In general, the volunteers treated with placebo have little or no response to treatment, whereas the volunteers treated with the target inhibitor show positive trends in their disease state or condition index at the conclusion of the study.
- Poly(A)+ mRNA was isolated according to Miura et al., ( Clin. Chem., 1996, 42, 1758-1764). Other methods for poly(A)+ mRNA isolation are routine in the art. Briefly, for cells grown on 96-well plates, growth medium was removed from the cells and each well was washed with 200 ⁇ L cold PBS. 60 ⁇ L lysis buffer (10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.6, 1 mM EDTA, 0.5 M NaCl, 0.5% NP-40, 20 mM vanadyl-ribonucleoside complex) was added to each well, the plate was gently agitated and then incubated at room temperature for five minutes.
- lysis buffer (10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.6, 1 mM EDTA, 0.5 M NaCl, 0.5% NP-40, 20 mM vanadyl-ribonucleoside complex
- Cells grown on 100 mm or other standard plates may be treated similarly, using appropriate volumes of all solutions.
- the repetitive pipetting and elution steps may be automated using a QIAGEN Bio-Robot 9604 (Qiagen, Inc., Valencia Calif.). Essentially, after lysing of the cells on the culture plate, the plate is transferred to the robot deck where the pipetting, DNase treatment and elution steps are carried out.
- Quantitation of a target mRNA levels was accomplished by real-time quantitative PCR using the ABI PRISMTM 7600, 7700, or 7900 Sequence Detection System (PE-Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif.) according to manufacturer's instructions.
- ABI PRISMTM 7600, 7700, or 7900 Sequence Detection System PE-Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif.
- This is a closed-tube, non-gel-based, fluorescence detection system which allows high-throughput quantitation of polymerase chain reaction (PCR) products in real-time.
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- products in real-time quantitative PCR are quantitated as they accumulate. This is accomplished by including in the PCR reaction an oligonucleotide probe that anneals specifically between the forward and reverse PCR primers, and contains two fluorescent dyes.
- a reporter dye e.g., FAM or JOE, obtained from either PE-Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif., Operon Technologies Inc., Alameda, Calif. or Integrated DNA Technologies Inc., Coralville, Iowa
- a quencher dye e.g., TAMRA, obtained from either PE-Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif., Operon Technologies Inc., Alameda, Calif. or Integrated DNA Technologies Inc., Coralville, Iowa
- TAMRA obtained from either PE-Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif., Operon Technologies Inc., Alameda, Calif. or Integrated DNA Technologies Inc., Coralville, Iowa
- annealing of the probe to the target sequence creates a substrate that can be cleaved by the 5′-exonuclease activity of Taq polymerase.
- cleavage of the probe by Taq polymerase releases the reporter dye from the remainder of the probe (and hence from the quencher moiety) and a sequence-specific fluorescent signal is generated.
- additional reporter dye molecules are cleaved from their respective probes, and the fluorescence intensity is monitored at regular intervals by laser optics built into the ABI PRISMTM Sequence Detection System.
- a series of parallel reactions containing serial dilutions of mRNA from untreated control samples generates a standard curve that is used to quantitate the percent inhibition after antisense oligonucleotide treatment of test samples.
- primer-probe sets specific to the target gene being measured are evaluated for their ability to be “multiplexed” with a GAPDH amplification reaction.
- multiplexing both the target gene and the internal standard gene GAPDH are amplified concurrently in a single sample.
- mRNA isolated from untreated cells is serially diluted. Each dilution is amplified in the presence of primer-probe sets specific for GAPDH only, target gene only (“single-plexing”), or both (multiplexing).
- standard curves of GAPDH and target mRNA signal as a function of dilution are generated from both the single-plexed and multiplexed samples.
- the primer-probe set specific for that target is deemed multiplexable.
- Other methods of PCR are also known in the art.
- PCR reagents were obtained from Invitrogen Corporation, (Carlsbad, Calif.). RT-PCR reactions were carried out by adding 20 ⁇ L PCR cocktail (2.5 ⁇ PCR buffer minus MgCl 2 , 6.6 mM MgCl 2 , 375 ⁇ M each of dATP, dCTP, dCTP and dGTP, 375 nM each of forward primer and reverse primer, 125 nM of probe, 4 Units RNAse inhibitor, 1.25 Units PLATINUM® Taq, 5 Units MuLV reverse transcriptase, and 2.5 ⁇ ROX dye) to 96-well plates containing 30 ⁇ L total RNA solution (20-200 ng).
- PCR cocktail 2.5 ⁇ PCR buffer minus MgCl 2 , 6.6 mM MgCl 2 , 375 ⁇ M each of dATP, dCTP, dCTP and dGTP, 375 nM each of forward primer and reverse primer, 125 nM of probe, 4 Units
- the RT reaction was carried out by incubation for 30 minutes at 48° C. Following a 10 minute incubation at 95° C. to activate the PLATINUM® Taq, 40 cycles of a two-step PCR protocol were carried out: 95° C. for 15 seconds (denaturation) followed by 60° C. for 1.5 minutes (annealing/extension).
- Gene target quantities obtained by real time RT-PCR are normalized using either the expression level of GAPDH, a gene whose expression is constant, or by quantifying total RNA using RiboGreenTM (Molecular Probes, Inc. Eugene, Oreg.).
- GAPDH expression is quantified by real time RT-PCR, by being run simultaneously with the target, multiplexing, or separately.
- Total RNA is quantified using RiboGreenTM RNA quantification reagent (Molecular Probes, Inc. Eugene, Oreg.). Methods of RNA quantification by RiboGreenTM are taught in Jones, L. J., et al, (Analytical Biochemistry, 1998, 265, 368-374).
- RiboGreenTM working reagent 170 ⁇ L of RiboGreenTM working reagent (RiboGreenTM reagent diluted 1:350 in 10 mM Tris-HCl, 1 mM EDTA, pH 7.5) is pipetted into a 96-well plate containing 30 ⁇ L purified, cellular RNA. The plate is read in a CytoFluor 4000 (PE Applied Biosystems) with excitation at 485 nm and emission at 530 nm.
- CytoFluor 4000 PE Applied Biosystems
- Probes and primers are designed to hybridize to a human a target sequence, using published sequence information.
- RNAZOLTM TEL-TEST “B” Inc., Friendswood, Tex.
- Total RNA was prepared following manufacturer's recommended protocols. Twenty micrograms of total RNA was fractionated by electrophoresis through 1.2% agarose gels containing 1.1% formaldehyde using a MOPS buffer system (AMRESCO, Inc. Solon, Ohio). RNA was transferred from the gel to HYBONDTM-N+ nylon membranes (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, N.J.) by overnight capillary transfer using a Northern/Southern Transfer buffer system (TEL-TEST “B” Inc., Friendswood, Tex.).
- RNA transfer was confirmed by UV visualization.
- Membranes were fixed by UV cross-linking using a STRATALINKERTM UV Crosslinker 2400 (Stratagene, Inc, La Jolla, Calif.) and then probed using QUICKHYBTM hybridization solution (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) using manufacturer's recommendations for stringent conditions.
- a human a target specific primer probe set is prepared by PCR To normalize for variations in loading and transfer efficiency membranes are stripped and probed for human glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase (GAPDH) RNA (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.).
- GPDH glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase
- Hybridized membranes were visualized and quantitated using a PHOSPHORIMAGERTM and IMAGEQUANTTM Software V3.3 (Molecular Dynamics, Sunnyvale, Calif.). Data was normalized to GAPDH levels in untreated controls.
- a series of oligomeric compounds are designed to target different regions of the human target RNA.
- the oligomeric compounds are analyzed for their effect on human target mRNA levels by quantitative real-time PCR as described in other examples herein. Data are averages from three experiments.
- the target regions to which these preferred sequences are complementary are herein referred to as “preferred target segments” and are therefore preferred for targeting by oligomeric compounds of the present invention.
- the sequences represent the reverse complement of the preferred antisense oligomeric compounds.
- antisense oligomeric compounds include antisense oligomeric compounds, antisense oligonucleotides, ribozymes, external guide sequence (EGS) oligonucleotides, alternate splicers, primers, probes, and other short oligomeric compounds that hybridize to at least a portion of the target nucleic acid.
- GCS external guide sequence
- Western blot analysis is carried out using standard methods.
- Cells are harvested 16-20 h after oligonucleotide treatment, washed once with PBS, suspended in Laemmli buffer (100 ul/well), boiled for 5 minutes and loaded on a 16% SDS-PAGE gel. Gels are run for 1.5 hours at 150 V, and transferred to membrane for western blotting.
- Appropriate primary antibody directed to a target is used, with a radiolabeled or fluorescently labeled secondary antibody directed against the primary antibody species. Bands are visualized using a PHOSPHORIMAGERTM (Molecular Dynamics, Sunnyvale Calif.).
- LNAs and BSMs are synthesized by the methods taught by Koshkin et. al., Tetrahedron 1998, 54, 3607-30, Singh et. al., J. Org. Chem. 1998, 63, 10035-39; and PCT Patent Applications WO 98/39352 and WO 99/14226.
- TSMs are synthesized by the methods of U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,268,490 and 6,083,482.
- the title compound may be synthesized by the methods of U.S. Pat. No. 6,083,482.
- the above compound may be produced essentially by the methods of PCT Patent Application No. WO99/14226.
- BNA compounds may be synthesized by methods taught by Steffens et al., Helv. Chim. Acta, 1997, 80, 2426-2439; Steffens et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1999, 121, 3249-3255; and Renneberg et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2002, 124, 5993-6002.
- the 3′,5′-protected nucleoside is prepared as illustrated in Karpeisky, A., et. al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1998, 39, 1131-1134.
- arabinouridine 3, 1.0 eq., 0° C.
- 1,3-dichloro-1,1,3,3-tetraisopropyldisiloxane 1.1 eq.
- N 4 -benzoyl arabinocytidine and N 6 -benzoyl arabinoadenosine are used, respectively, both of which are prepared from the unprotected arabinonucleoside using the transient protection strategy as illustrated in Ti, et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1982, 104, 1316-1319.
- the cytidine analog can also be prepared by conversion of the uridine analog as illustrated in Lin, et al., J. Med. Chem. 1983, 26, 1691.
- Compound 4 is O-Acetylated using well known literature procedures (Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3 rd edition, 1999, pp. 150-160 and references cited therein and in Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M., eds, Wiley-Interscience, New York.) Acetic anhydride (2 to 2.5 eq.) and triethylamine (4 eq.) is added to a solution of 4 (1 eq.) and N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (0.1 eq.) in anhydrous pyridine. After stirring at room temperature for 1 hour the mixture is treated with methanol to quench excess acetic anhydride and evaporated. The residue is redissolved in ethyl acetate, washed extensively with aqueous NaHCO 3 , dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated. The compound is used without further purification.
- the Tips protecting group is removed from Compound 5 as illustrated in the literature (Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3 rd edition, 1999, pp. 239 and references therein, Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M., eds, Wiley-Interscience, New York).
- To a solution of 5 (1 eq.) in anhydrous dichloromethane is added triethylamine (2 eq.) and triethylamine trihydrofluoride (2 eq.).
- the reaction mixture is monitored by thin layer chromatography until complete at which point the reaction mixture is diluted with additional dichloromethane, washed with aqueous NaHCO 3 , dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , and evaporated.
- the resulting Compound 6 is optionally purified by silica gel chromatography.
- Dimethoxytritylation of Compound 6 is performed using known literature procedures. Formation of the primary 4,4′-dimethoxytrityl ether should be achieved using standard conditions (Nucleic Acids in Chemistry and Biology, 1992, pp. 108-110, Blackburn, Michael G., and Gait, Michael J., eds, IRL Press, New York.) Generally, a solution of 6 (1 eq.) and N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (0.1 eq.) in anhydrous pyridine is treated with 4,4′-dimethoxytrityl chloride (DMTCl, 1.2 eq.) and triethylamine (4 eq.).
- DMTCl 4,4′-dimethoxytrityl chloride
- tert-butyldiphenylsilyl ethers The preparation of tert-butyldiphenylsilyl ethers is a common, routine procedure (Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3 rd edition, 1999, pp. 141-144 and references therein, Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M., eds, Wiley-Interscience, New York).
- a solution of one eq. of 7 and imidazole (3.5 eq.) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) is treated with tert-butyldiphenylsilyl chloride (1.2 eq.).
- Preferential protection with DMT at the ⁇ -hydroxymethyl position is performed following a published literature procedure (Nomura, M., et. al., J. Med. Chem. 1999, 42, 2901-2908).
- a solution of Compound 11 (1 eq.) in anhydrous pyridine is treated with DMTCl (1.3 eq.), then stirred at room temperature for several hours. Subsequently, the mixture is poured into ethyl acetate, washed with water, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and evaporated. Purification by silica gel chromatography will yield Compound 12.
- Compound 14 is prepared as per the procedure illustrated in Example 24 above.
- Compound 15 is prepared as per the procedure illustrated in Example 31 above.
- methanesulfonic acid 4-(tert-butyl-diphenyl-silanyloxy)-5-(tert-butyl-diphenyl-silanyl-oxymethyl)-2-(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrimidin-1-yl)-5-methyleneaminooxymethyl-tetrahydro-furan-3-yl ester (18)
- tert-butyldiphenylsilyl ether protecting groups are readily cleaved by treatment with tetrabutylammonium fluoride (Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3 rd edition, 1999, pp. 141-144 and references therein, Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M., eds, Wiley-Interscience, New York). Briefly, a solution of Compound 19 in a minimal amount of tetrahydrofuran (THF) is treated with a 1 M solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride (TBAF, 5-10 eq.) in THF. After several hours at room temperature, this mixture is evaporated onto silica gel and subjected to silica gel chromatography to give Compound 1.
- THF tetrahydrofuran
- TBAF tetrabutylammonium fluoride
- the O-phthalimido compound is prepared following the reference cited and the procedures illustrated in Example 13 above.
- the reaction can be adjusted to preferentially react at the primary hydroxyl e.g. the 4′-C-hydroxymethyl group (Bhat, B., et. al., J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 8186-8199).
- a solution of 21 (1 eq.), N-hydroxyphthalimide (1.1 eq.), and triphenylphosphine (1.1 eq.) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran is treated with diethyl azodicarboxylate (1.1 eq.). After several hours at room temperature, the mixture is concentrated and subjected to silica gel chromatography to give Compound 22.
- Compound 23 is prepared as per the procedure illustrated in Example 36 above.
- Methanesulfonic acid 4-benzyloxy-5-benzyloxymethyl-2-methoxy-5-methyleneamino-oxymethyl-tetrahydro-furan-3-yl ester (24)
- Compound 25 is prepared as per the procedure illustrated in Example 38 above.
- Compound 25 is dissolved in 80% (v/v) aqueous acetic acid. After 1-2 hours at room temperature, the solution is concentrated, then dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 and brine. The organic portion is subsequently dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated. The resulting mixture is coevaporated from anhydrous pyridine, then dissolved in anhydrous pyridine and treated with acetic anhydride (2 eq.). The solution is stirred overnight, quenched with methanol, dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed extensively with saturated NaHCO 3 . The organic portion is then dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and evaporated without further purification.
- Compound 26 is converted to one of several N-glycosides (nucleosides) using published chemistry procedures including either Vorbrüggen chemistry or one of several other methods (Chemistry of Nucleosides and Nucleotides, Volume 1, 1988, edited by Leroy B. Townsend, Plenum Press, New York).
- uradinyl analog a mixture of Compound 26 (1 eq.) and uracil (1.3 eq.) is suspended in anhydrous acetonitrile.
- BSA N,O-bis-(trimethylsilyl)-acetamide
- TMSOTf trimethylsilyl-trifluoromethanesulfonate
- nucleobases with reactive functional groups are protected prior to use.
- protected nucleobases include naturally occurring nucleobases such as N 4 -benzoyl cytosine, N 6 -benzoyl adenine and N 2 -isobutyryl guanine.
- Compound 28 is treated with DMTCl, in pyridine in presence of DMAP to get 5′-DMT derivative, Compound 29.
- Compound 29 is treated with TBDMSCl in pyridine to which yields both the 2′ and the 3′-silyl derivative.
- the 3′-TBDMS derivative is isolated by silica gel flash column chromatography and further heated with phenyl chlorothionoformate and N-chlorosuccinimide in a solution of pyridine in benzene 60° C. to give Compound 31.
- Compound 31 is treated with ⁇ -tributylstannylstyrene and AIBN in benzene give Compound 32.
- Compound 32 is detritylated with dichloroacetic acid in dichloromethane give compound 33.
- Compound 33 is treated with oxalyl chloride in DMSO in the presence of ethyl diisopropylamine to give the 5′-aldehyde which is then subjected to a tandem aldol condensation and Cannizzaro reaction using aqueous formaldehyde and 1 M NaOH in 1,4-dioxane to yield the diol, Compound 34.
- Selective silylation with TBDMSCl in pyridine and isolation of the required isomer will give Compound 35.
- Compound 35 is treated with methanesulfonyl chloride in pyridine to give the methane sulfonyl derivative which is treated with methanolic ammonia to give compound 36.
- the double bond of Compound 36 is oxidatively cleaved by oxymylation go give the diol and then by cleavage of the diol with sodium periodate to give the aldehyde, Compound 37.
- the amino and aldehyde groups in Compound 37 are cross coupled under reductive condition followed by methylation of the amino group with formaldehyde in the presence of sodium borohydride will give the Compound 38.
- Treatment of Compound 38 with triethylamine trihydrofluoride and triethylamine in THF will give Compound 39.
- the primary alcohol of Compound 39 is selectively tritylated with DMTCl in pyridine followed by phosphytilation at 8-position to give Compound 40.
- Compound 35 is benzylated with benzyl bromide in DMF and sodium hydride to give Compound 41.
- Oxidative cleavage of Compound 41 will give an aldehyde at the 2′-position which is reduced to the corresponding alcohol using sodium borohydride in methanol to give Compound 42.
- Compound 42 is converted into the 3′-C-aminomethyl derivative, Compound 43 by in situ generation of the methane sulfonyl derivative and treatment with ammonia.
- the amino group in Compound 43 is protected with an Fmoc protecting group using Fmoc-Cl and sodium bicarbonate in aqueous dioxane to give Compound 44.
- Compound 46 is desilylated with triethylamine trihydrofluoride in triethylamine in THF followed by tritylation at 3 position to give the 3-trityloxymethyl derivative followed by phosphytilation at 8-position to give Compound 47.
- the DMT phosphoramidite bicyclic nucleoside, Compound 47 is purified by silica gel flash column chromatography.
- the above compound can be synthesized the methods of Frieden et. al., Nucleic Acids research 2003, 31, 6365-72.
- LNA modified antisense RNA oligomers and LNA modified siRNAs were measured by observing PTEN mRNA expression in T24 cells which were contacted with either LNA modified antisense RNA or LNA modified RNA.
- T24 cell preparation and RNA expression analysis may be performed by methods analogous to those described herein. ISIS No. Sequence (3′->5′) SEQ ID No.
- each base that is not underlined is a ribose nucleoside.
- Each underlined sequence is an LNA of the formula: where X is O and Bx is the heterocyclic base indicated in the sequence
- the activity of antisense sequences in T24 cells is shown in the following graph.
- LNA modified siRNAs in T24 cells comprise the antisense strand depicted in the sequence paired with the native RNA sequence.
Abstract
Compositions comprising first and second oligomers are provided wherein at least a portion of the first oligomer is capable of hybridizing with at least a portion of the second oligomer, at least a portion of the first oligomer is complementary to and capable of hybridizing to a selected target nucleic acid, and at least one of the first or second oligomers includes a modification comprising a polycyclic sugar surrogate. Oligomer/protein compositions are also provided comprising an oligomer complementary to and capable of hybridizing to a selected target nucleic acid and at least one protein comprising at least a portion of an RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC), wherein at least one nucleoside of the oligomer has a polycyclic sugar surrogate modification.
Description
- The present application is a continuation of U.S. Ser. No. 10/701,285 filed Nov. 4, 2003, which claims benefit to U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 60/423,760 filed Nov. 5, 2002, which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- The present invention provides modified oligomers that modulate gene expression via a RNA interference pathway. The oligomers of the invention include one or more modifications thereon resulting in differences in various physical properties and attributes compared to wild type nucleic acids. The modified oligomers are used alone or in compositions to modulate the targeted nucleic acids. In preferred embodiments of the invention, the modifications include replacement of the sugar moiety with a polycyclic sugar surrogate.
- In many species, introduction of double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) induces potent and specific gene silencing. This phenomenon occurs in both plants and animals and has roles in viral defense and transposon silencing mechanisms. This phenomenon was originally described more than a decade ago by researchers working with the petunia flower. While trying to deepen the purple color of these flowers, Jorgensen et al. introduced a pigment-producing gene under the control of a powerful promoter. Instead of the expected deep purple color, many of the flowers appeared variegated or even white. Jorgensen named the observed phenomenon “cosuppression”, since the expression of both the introduced gene and the homologous endogenous gene was suppressed (Napoli et al., Plant Cell, 1990, 2, 279-289; Jorgensen et al., Plant Mol. Biol., 1996, 31, 957-973).
- Cosuppression has since been found to occur in many species of plants, fungi, and has been particularly well characterized in Neurospora crassa, where it is known as “quelling” (Cogoni and Macino, Genes Dev. 2000, 10, 638-643; Guru, Nature, 2000, 404, 804-808).
- The first evidence that dsRNA could lead to gene silencing in animals came from work in the nematode, Caenorhabditis elegans. In 1995, researchers Guo and Kemphues were attempting to use antisense RNA to shut down expression of the par-1 gene in order to assess its function. As expected, injection of the antisense RNA disrupted expression of par-1, but quizzically, injection of the sense-strand control also disrupted expression (Guo and Kempheus, Cell, 1995, 81, 611-620). This result was a puzzle until Fire et al. injected dsRNA (a mixture of both sense and antisense strands) into C. elegans. This injection resulted in much more efficient silencing than injection of either the sense or the antisense strands alone. Injection of just a few molecules of dsRNA per cell was sufficient to completely silence the homologous gene's expression. Furthermore, injection of dsRNA into the gut of the worm caused gene silencing not only throughout the worm, but also in first generation offspring (Fire et al., Nature, 1998, 391, 806-811).
- The potency of this phenomenon led Timmons and Fire to explore the limits of the dsRNA effects by feeding nematodes bacteria that had been engineered to express dsRNA homologous to the C. elegans unc-22 gene. Surprisingly, these worms developed an unc-22 null-like phenotype (Timmons and Fire, Nature 1998, 395, 854; Timmons et al., Gene, 2001, 263, 103-112). Further work showed that soaking worms in dsRNA was also able to induce silencing (Tabara et al., Science, 1998, 282, 430-431). PCT
publication WO 01/48183 discloses methods of inhibiting expression of a target gene in a nematode worm involving feeding to the worm a food organism which is capable of producing a double-stranded RNA structure having a nucleotide sequence substantially identical to a portion of the target gene following ingestion of the food organism by the nematode, or by introducing a DNA capable of producing the double-stranded RNA structure (Bogaert et al., 2001). - The posttranscriptional gene silencing defined in Caenorhabditis elegans resulting from exposure to double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) has since been designated as RNA interference (RNAi). This term has come to generalize all forms of gene silencing involving dsRNA leading to the sequence-specific reduction of endogenous targeted mRNA levels; unlike co-suppression, in which transgenic DNA leads to silencing of both the transgene and the endogenous gene.
- Introduction of exogenous double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) into Caenorhabditis elegans has been shown to specifically and potently disrupt the activity of genes containing homologous sequences. Montgomery et al. suggests that the primary interference affects of dsRNA are post-transcriptional. This conclusion being derived from examination of the primary DNA sequence after dsRNA-mediated interference and a finding of no evidence of alterations, followed by studies involving alteration of an upstream operon having no effect on the activity of its downstream gene. These results argue against an effect on initiation or elongation of transcription. Finally using in situ hybridization they observed that dsRNA-mediated interference produced a substantial, although not complete, reduction in accumulation of nascent transcripts in the nucleus, while cytoplasmic accumulation of transcripts was virtually eliminated. These results indicate that the endogenous mRNA is the primary target for interference and suggest a mechanism that degrades the targeted mRNA before translation can occur. It was also found that this mechanism is not dependent on the SMG system, an mRNA surveillance system in C. elegans responsible for targeting and destroying aberrant messages. The authors further suggest a model of how dsRNA might function as a catalytic mechanism to target homologous mRNAs for degradation. (Montgomery et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1998, 95, 15502-15507).
- Recently, the development of a cell-free system from syncytial blastoderm Drosophila embryos, which recapitulates many of the features of RNAi, has been reported. The interference observed in this reaction is sequence specific, is promoted by dsRNA but not single-stranded RNA, functions by specific mRNA degradation, and requires a minimum length of dsRNA. Furthermore, preincubation of dsRNA potentiates its activity demonstrating that RNAi can be mediated by sequence-specific processes in soluble reactions (Tuschl et al., Genes Dev., 1999, 13, 3191-3197).
- In subsequent experiments, Tuschl et al, using the Drosophila in vitro system, demonstrated that 21- and 22-nt RNA fragments are the sequence-specific mediators of RNAi. These fragments, which they termed short interfering RNAs (siRNAs), were shown to be generated by an RNase III-like processing reaction from long dsRNA. They also showed that chemically synthesized siRNA duplexes with overhanging 3′ ends mediate efficient target RNA cleavage in the Drosophila lysate, and that the cleavage site is located near the center of the region spanned by the guiding siRNA. In addition, they suggest that the direction of dsRNA processing determines whether sense or antisense target RNA can be cleaved by the siRNA-protein complex (Elbashir et al., Genes Dev., 2001, 15, 188-200). Further characterization of the suppression of expression of endogenous and heterologous genes caused by the 21-23 nucleotide siRNAs have been investigated in several mammalian cell lines, including human embryonic kidney (293) and HeLa cells (Elbashir et al., Nature, 2001, 411, 494-498).
- The Drosophila embryo extract system has been exploited, using green fluorescent protein and luciferase tagged siRNAs, to demonstrate that siRNAs can serve as primers to transform the target mRNA into dsRNA. The nascent dsRNA is degraded to eliminate the incorporated target mRNA while generating new siRNAs in a cycle of dsRNA synthesis and degradation. Evidence is also presented that mRNA-dependent siRNA incorporation to form dsRNA is carried out by an RNA-dependent RNA polymerase activity (RdRP) (Lipardi et al., Cell, 2001, 107, 297-307).
- The involvement of an RNA-directed RNA polymerase and siRNA primers as reported by Lipardi et al. (Lipardi et al., Cell, 2001, 107, 297-307) is one of the many intriguing features of gene silencing by RNA interference. This suggests an apparent catalytic nature to the phenomenon. New biochemical and genetic evidence reported by Nishikura et al. also shows that an RNA-directed RNA polymerase chain reaction, primed by siRNA, amplifies the interference caused by a small amount of “trigger” dsRNA (Nishikura, Cell, 2001, 107, 415-418).
- Investigating the role of “trigger” RNA amplification during RNA interference (RNAi) in Caenorhabditis elegans, Sijen et al revealed a substantial fraction of siRNAs that cannot derive directly from input dsRNA. Instead, a population of siRNAs (termed secondary siRNAs) appeared to derive from the action of the previously reported cellular RNA-directed RNA polymerase (RdRP) on mRNAs that are being targeted by the RNAi mechanism. The distribution of secondary siRNAs exhibited a distinct polarity (5′-3′; on the antisense strand), suggesting a cyclic amplification process in which RdRP is primed by existing siRNAs. This amplification mechanism substantially augmented the potency of RNAi-based surveillance, while ensuring that the RNAi machinery will focus on expressed mRNAs (Sijen et al., Cell, 2001, 107, 465-476).
- Most recently, Tijsterman et al. have shown that, in fact, single-stranded RNA oligomers of antisense polarity can be potent inducers of gene silencing. As is the case for co-suppression, they showed that antisense RNAs act independently of the RNAi genes rde-1 and rde-4 but require the mutator/RNAi gene mut-7 and a putative DEAD box RNA helicase, mut-14. According to the authors, their data favor the hypothesis that gene silencing is accomplished by RNA primer extension using the mRNA as template, leading to dsRNA that is subsequently degraded suggesting that single-stranded RNA oligomers are ultimately responsible for the RNAi phenomenon (Tijsterman et al., Science, 2002, 295, 694-697).
- Several recent publications have described the structural requirements for the dsRNA trigger required for RNAi activity. Recent reports have indicated that ideal dsRNA sequences are 21 nt in length containing 2
nt 3′-end overhangs (Elbashir et al, EMBO (2001), 20, 6877-6887, Sabine Brantl, Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 2002, 1575, 15-25.) In this system, substitution of the 4 nucleosides from the 3′-end with 2′-deoxynucleosides has been demonstrated to not affect activity. On the other hand, substitution with 2′-deoxynucleosides or 2′-OMe-nucleosides throughout the sequence (sense or antisense) was shown to be deleterious to RNAi activity. - Investigation of the structural requirements for RNA silencing in C. elegans has demonstrated modification of the internucleotide linkage (phosphorothioate) to not interfere with activity (Parrish et al., Molecular Cell, 2000, 6, 1077-1087.) It was also shown by Parrish et al., that chemical modification like 2′-amino or 5-iodouridine are well tolerated in the sense strand but not the antisense strand of the dsRNA suggesting differing roles for the 2 strands in RNAi. Base modification such as guanine to inosine (where one hydrogen bond is lost) has been demonstrated to decrease RNAi activity independently of the position of the modification (sense or antisense). Some “position independent” loss of activity has been observed following the introduction of mismatches in the dsRNA trigger. Some types of modifications, for example introduction of sterically demanding bases such as 5-iodoU, have been shown to be deleterious to RNAi activity when positioned in the antisense strand, whereas modifications positioned in the sense strand were shown to be less detrimental to RNAi activity. As was the case for the 21 nt dsRNA sequences, RNA-DNA heteroduplexes did not serve as triggers for RNAi. However, dsRNA containing 2′-F-2′-deoxynucleosides appeared to be efficient in triggering RNAi response independent of the position (sense or antisense) of the 2′-F-2′-deoxynucleosides.
- In one study the reduction of gene expression was studied using electroporated dsRNA and a 25mer morpholino oligomer in post implantation mouse embryos (Mellitzer et al., Mechanisms of Development, 2002, 118, 57-63). The morpholino oligomer did show activity but was not as effective as the dsRNA.
- A number of PCT applications have recently been published that relate to the RNAi phenomenon. These include: PCT publication WO 00/44895; PCT publication WO 00/49035; PCT publication WO 00/63364; PCT publication WO 01/36641; PCT publication WO 01/36646; PCT publication WO 99/32619; PCT publication WO 00/44914; PCT publication WO 01/29058; and PCT publication WO 01/75164.
- U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,898,031 and 6,107,094, each of which is commonly owned with this application and each of which is herein incorporated by reference, describe certain oligonucleotide having RNA like properties. When hybridized with RNA, these oligonucleotides serve as substrates for a dsRNase enzyme with resultant cleavage of the RNA by the enzyme.
- In another recently published paper (Martinez et al., Cell, 2002, 110, 563-574) it was shown that single stranded as well as double stranded siRNA resides in the RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC) together with elF2C1 and elf2C2 (human GERp950) Argonaute proteins. The activity of 5′-phosphorylated single stranded siRNA was comparable to the double stranded siRNA in the system studied. In a related study, the inclusion of a 5′-phosphate moiety was shown to enhance activity of siRNA's in vivo in Drosophila embryos (Boutla, et al., Curr. Biol., 2001, 11, 1776-1780). In another study, it was reported that the 5′-phosphate was required for siRNA function in human HeLa cells (Schwarz et al., Molecular Cell, 2002, 10, 537-548).
- In yet another recently published paper (Chiu et al., Molecular Cell, 2002, 10, 549-561) it was shown that the 5′-hydroxyl group of the siRNA is essential as it is phosphorylated for activity while the 3′-hydroxyl group is not essential and tolerates substitute groups such as biotin. It was further shown that bulge structures in one or both of the sense or antisense strands either abolished or severely lowered the activity relative to the unmodified siRNA duplex. Also shown was severe lowering of activity when psoralen was used to cross link an siRNA duplex.
- Like the RNAse H pathway, the RNA interference pathway for modulation of gene expression is an effective means for modulating the levels of specific gene products and, thus, would be useful in a number of therapeutic, diagnostic, and research applications involving gene silencing. The present invention therefore provides oligomeric compounds useful for modulating gene expression pathways, including those relying on mechanisms of action such as RNA interference and dsRNA enzymes, as well as antisense and non-antisense mechanisms. One having skill in the art, once armed with this disclosure, will be able, without undue experimentation, to identify preferred oligonucleotide compounds for these uses.
- Certain nucleoside compounds having bicyclic sugar moieties are known as locked nucleic acids or LNA (Koshkin et al., Tetrahedron 1998, 54, 3607-3630). These compounds are also referred to in the literature as bicyclic nucleotide analogs (Imanishi et al., International Patent Application WO 98/39352), but this term is also applicable to a genus of compounds that includes other analogs in addition to LNAs. Such modified nucleosides mimic the 3′-endo sugar conformation of native ribonucleosides with the advantage of having enhanced binding affinity and increased resistance to nucleases.
- Some LNAs have a 2′-hydroxyl group linked to the 4′ carbon atom of the sugar ring thereby forming a bicyclic sugar moiety. The linkage may be a methylene (—CH2—)n group bridging the 2′ oxygen atom and the 4′ carbon atom wherein n is 1 or 2 (Singh et al., Chem. Commun., 1998, 4, 455-456; Kaneko et al., United States Patent Application Publication No.: US 2002/0147332, also see Japanese Patent Application HEI-11-33863, Feb. 12, 1999).
- U.S. Patent Application Publication No.: U.S. 2002/0068708 discloses a number of nucleosides having a variety of bicyclic sugar moieties with the various bridges creating the bicyclic sugar having a variety of configurations and chemical composition.
- Braash et al.,
Biochemistry 2003, 42, 7967-7975 report improved thermal stability of LNA modified siRNA without compromising the efficiency of the siRNA. Grunweller, et. al., Nucleic Acid Research, 2003, 31, 3185-3193 discloses the potency of certain LNA gapmers and siRNAs. - In one aspect, the instant invention relates to compositions comprising
- a first oligomer and a second oligomer where at least a portion of the first oligomer is capable of hybridizing with at least a portion of said second oligomer. In these compositions, at least a portion of the first oligomer is complementary to and capable of hybridizing to a selected target nucleic acid, and at least one of the first and second oligomers includes at least one polycyclic sugar surrogate.
- In some aspects, the first and second oligomers comprise a complementary pair of siRNA oligomers.
- In certain embodiments, the first and second oligomers comprise an antisense/sense pair of oligomers.
- Each of the first and second oligomers have about 10 to about 40 nucleotides in some preferred embodiments. In other embodiments, each of the first and second oligomers have about 18 to about 30 nucleotides. In yet other embodiments, the first and second oligomers have about 21 to 24 nucleotides.
- Certain aspects of the invention concern compositions in which the first oligomer is an antisense oligomer. In these compositions, the second oligomer is a sense oligomer. In certain preferred embodiments, the second oligomer has a plurality of ribose nucleoside units.
- The at least one polycyclic sugar surrogate can be in the first oligomer. In other compounds, the at least one polycyclic sugar surrogate can be in the second oligomer. In yet other aspects, the at least one polycyclic sugar surrogate can appear in both the first and second oligomers.
- In some embodiments, the polycyclic sugar surrogate is an a locked nucleic acid (LNA), bicyclic sugar moiety (BSM), or a tricyclic sugar moiety (TSM).
-
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
- -Q1-Q2-Q3- is —CH2—N(R1)—CH2—, —C(═O)—N(R1)—CH2—, —CH2—O—N(R1)— or N(R1)—O—CH2—;
- R1 is C1-C12 alkyl or an amino protecting group;
- one of T3 and T4 is an internucleoside linkage attached to a nucleoside, a nucleotide, a nucleoside mimic, an oligonucleoside, an oligonucleotide or an oligonucleotide mimic and the other of T3 and T4 is H, a hydroxyl protecting group, a conjugate group, an activated phosphorus moiety, a covalent attachment to a support medium or an internucleoside linkage attached to a nucleoside, a nucleotide, a nucleoside mimic, an oligonucleoside, an oligonucleotide or an oligonucleotide mimic; and
- R1 is C1-C12 alkyl or an amino protecting group.
- In some embodiments, -Q1-Q2-Q3- is —CH2—N(R1)—CH2—. In other embodiments, -Q1-Q2-Q3- is —C(═O)—N(R1)—CH2—. Some compositions have -Q1-Q2-Q3- being —CH2—O—N(R1)—. In yet other compositions, -Q1-Q2-Q3- is N(R1)—O—CH2—.
- In some embodiments, one of T3 or T4 is 4,4′-dimethoxytrityl, monomethoxytrityl, 9-phenylxanthen-9-yl, 9-(p-methoxyphenyl)xanthen-9-yl, t-butyl, t-butoxymethyl, methoxymethyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, 1-(2-chloroethoxy)ethyl, 2-trimethylsilylethyl, p-chlorophenyl, 2,4-dinitrophenyl, benzyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzyl, diphenylmethyl, p,p-dinitrobenzhydryl, p-nitrobenzyl, triphenylmethyl, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, triphenylsilyl, benzoylformate, acetyl, chloroacetyl, trichloroacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, pivaloyl, benzoyl, p-phenylbenzoyl, mesyl, tosyl, 4,4′,4″-tris-(benzyloxy)trityl, 4,4′,4″-tris-(4,5-dichlorophthalimido)trityl, 4,4′,4″-tris(levulinyloxy)trityl, 3-(imidazolylmethyl)-4,4′-dimethoxytrityl, 4-decyloxytrityl, 4-hexadecyloxytrityl, 9-(4-octadecyloxyphenyl)xanthene-9-yl, 1,1-bis-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1′-pyrenyl methyl, p-phenylazophenyloxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl, 2,4-dinitrophenylethoxycarbonyl, 4-(methylthiomethoxy)butyryl, 2-(methylthiomethoxymethyl)-benzoyl, 2-(isopropylthiomethoxymethyl)benzoyl, 2-(2,4-dinitrobenzenesulphenyl-oxymethyl)benzoyl, or levulinyl groups.
- In other embodiments, one of T3 and T4 is a covalent attachment to a support medium. Preferred support medium include controlled pore glass, oxalyl-controlled pore glass, silica-containing particles, polymers of polystyrene, copolymers of polystyrene, copolymers of styrene and divinylbenzene, copolymers of dimethylacrylamide and N,N′-bisacryloylethylenediamine, soluble support medium, or PEPS.
- In certain embodiments, the internucleoside linking groups are selected from phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, chiral phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphotriester, aminoalkylphosphotriester, methyl and other alkyl phosphonate, chiral phosphonate, phosphinate, phosphoramidate, thionophosphoramidate, thionoalkylphosphonate, thionoalkylphosphotriester, selenophosphate, boranophosphate and methylene (methylimino). In some preferred embodiments, the internucleoside linking groups are selected from phosphodiester, phosphorothioate and chiral phosphorothioate.
-
- wherein
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
- -Q1-Q2-Q3- is —CH2—N(R1)—CH2—, —C(═O)—N(R1)—CH2—, —CH2—O—N(R1)— or N(R1)—O—CH2—; and
- R1 is C1-C12 alkyl or an amino protecting group.
-
- R3 is H or an amino acid side chain;
- R4 is H, hydroxyl, protected hydroxyl or a sugar substituent group; and
- said nucleosides are joined by internucleoside linking groups.
- As used in the above structure and elsewhere in this application, the curved line notation indicates binding to another monomeric unit by way of a linking group or binding to a terminal group.
-
- wherein
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
- -Q1-Q2-Q3- is —CH2—N(R1)—CH2—, —C(═O)—N(R1)—CH2—, —CH2—O—N(R1)— or N(R1)—O—CH2—; and
- R1 is C1-C12 alkyl or an amino protecting group.
-
- R2 is H, hydroxyl, protected hydroxyl or a sugar substituent group; and
- said nucleosides are joined by internucleoside linking groups.
-
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
- P4 is an internucleoside linkage to an adjacent monomer, OH or a protected hydroxyl group;
- X1 is O, S, NR40, C(R40)2, —NR40—C(R40)2—, —C(R40)2—NR40—, —O—C(R40)2—, —(CR40)2—O—, —S—C(R40)2—, —C(R40)2—S—, or —C(R40)2—C(R40)2—;
- one of the substituents Rb, Rc, Rd, and Re is an internucleoside linkage to an adjacent monomer or is a terminal group;
- one or two pairs of non-geminal substituents selected from Ra, Rb, Rc, Rd, Re, Rf, Rg, and Rh form a second ring system with the atoms to which said substituents are attached and any intervening atoms, wherein said pair of substituents comprise a biradical consisting of 1-8 groups or atoms which are —C(R41R42)—, —C(R41)═C(R41)—, —C(R41)═N—, —O—, —Si(R41)2—, —S—, —SO2—, —N(R41)—, or >C=Z4;
- Z4 is selected from O, S, and N(Ra);
- R40, R41 and R42 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C12 alkyl, C2-C12 alkenyl, C2-C12 alkynyl, hydroxy, C1-C12 alkoxy, C2-C12 alkenyloxy, carboxy, C1-C12 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C12 alkylcarbonyl, formyl, aryl, aryloxy-carbonyl, aryloxy, arylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxycarbonyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylcarbonyl, amino, mono- and di(C1-C6 alkyl)amino, carbamoyl, mono- and di(C1-C6 alkyl)-amino-carbonyl, amino-C1-C6 alkyl-aminocarbonyl, mono- and di(C1-C6 alkyl)amino-C1-C6 alkyl-aminocarbonyl, C1-C6 alkyl-carbonylamino, carbamido, C1-C6 alkanoyloxy, sulphono, C1-C6 alkylsulphonyloxy, nitro, azido, sulphanyl, C1-C6 alkylthio, or halogen;
- and where two geminal R40 substituents together may optionally designate an optionally substituted methylene (═CH2);
- each of Ra, Rf, Rg, and Rh that is not part of said second ring system is H; and
- each of Rb, Rc, Rd, and Re that is not part of said second ring system is independently H, OH, protected hydroxy, a sugar substituent group or an internucleoside linkage; provided that at least one of Rb, Rc, Rd, and Re is an internucleoside linkage.
- In some embodiments, two of Ra, Rb, Rc, Rd, Re, Rf, Rg, and Rh together with the atoms to which they are attached and any intervening atoms form a second ring system where the second ring system is formed by one of:
- i) Rc and Rf together designate a biradical selected from —O—, —S—, —N(R*)—, —(CR*R*)r+s+l—, —(CR*R*)r—O—(CR*R*)s—, —(CR*R*)r—S—(CR*R*)s—, —(CR*R*)r—N(R*)—(CR*R*)s—, —O—(CR*R*)r+s—O—, —S—(CR*R*)r+s—O—, —O—(CR*R*)r+s—S—, —N(R*)—(CR*R*)r+s—O—, —O—(CR*R*)r+s—N(R*)—, —S—(CR*R*)r+s—S—, —N(R*)—(CR*R*)r+s—N(R*)—, N(R*)—(CR*R*)r+s—S—, and —S—(CR*R*)r+s—N(R*)—;
- (ii) Rb and Re together designate a biradical selected from —O—, —(CR*R*)r+s—, —(CR*R*)r—O—(CR*R*)r—, —(CR*R*)r—S—(CR*R*)s—, and —(CR*R*)r—N(R*)—(CR*R*)s—;
- (iii) Rc, and Re together designate a biradical selected from —O—, —(CR*R*)r+s—, —(CR*R*)r—O—(CR*R*)s—, —(CR*R*)r—S—(CR*R*)s— and —(CR*R*)r—N(R*)—(CR*R*)s—;
- (iv) Re and Rf together designate a biradical selected from —(CR*R*)r—O—(CR*R*)s—, —(CR*R*)r—S—(CR*R*)s—, and —(CR*R*)r—N(R*)—(CR*R*)s—;
- (v) Re and Rh together designate a biradical selected from —(CR*R*)r—O—(CR*R*)s—, —(CR*R*)r—S—(CR*R*)s—, and —(CR*R*)r—N(R*)—(CR*R*)s—;
- (vi) Ra and Rf together designate a biradical selected from —(CR*R*)r—O—(CR*R*)s—, —(CR*R*)r—S—(CR*R*)s—, and —(CR*R*)r—N(R*)—(CR*R*)s—; or
- (vii) Ra and Rc together designate a biradical selected from —(CR*R*)r—O—(CR*R*)s—, —(CR*R*)r—S—(CR*R*)s—, and —(CR*R*)r—N(R*)r—(CR*R*)s—;
- r and s are each 0 or an integer from 1-3 and the sum of r+s is an integer from 1-4; and
- each R* is independently hydrogen, halogen, azido, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, mono- or di(C1-C6 alkyl)amino, optionally substituted C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, or two adjacent non-geminal R* groups may together designate a double bond.
- In some preferred embodiments, X1 is O, S, NR40 or C(R40)2. In other preferred embodiments, X1 is O. In yet other embodiments X1 is S. In certain embodiments, R40 is H or C1-C6 alkyl. In some compositions, R40 is H or C1-C3alkyl.
-
- In some embodiments, X is O. In other embodiments, X is S. In yet other embodiments, X is NH. In still further embodiments, X is N(R1).
-
- In some preferred embodiments, In some embodiments, X is O. In other embodiments, X is S. In yet other embodiments, X is NH. In still further embodiments, X is N(R1).
- Certain BSM compositions comprise at least one monomer of the formula:
wherein:
Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
n is 0 or 1;
X5 and Y5 are each independently O, S, CH2, C═O, C═S, C═CH2, CHF, or CF2;
provided that when one of X5 and Y5 is O or S, the other of X5 and Y5 is other than O or S; and
provided that when one of X5 and Y5 is C═O or C═S, the other of X5 and Y5 is other than C═O or C═S. -
-
-
- In some embodiments, a BSM containing portion of the composition is of the formula:
5′-U—(O—Y—O—V)yO—Y—O—W-3′(V)
wherein: -
- y is a number from 0 to 20,
- Y is a nucleoside bridge group,
- B is a heterocyclic base moiety; and
- A is —CH2— or —CH2CH2—.
-
- R30 and R31 independently of one another are hydrogen, a protective group for hydroxyl or an internucleoside linkage; and
- B is a heterocyclic base moiety.
- In other aspects, the invention concerns compositions in which the polycyclic sugar surrogate is a tricyclic nucleic acid.
- The invention also concerns composition comprising an oligonucleotide complementary to and capable of hybridizing to a selected target nucleic acid and at least one protein, said protein comprising at least a portion of a RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC), wherein said oligonucleotide includes at least one nucleoside having a modification discussed above.
- In certain of the aforementioned compositions, the oligomer is an antisense oligomer. In some compositions the oligomer has 10 to 40 nucleotides. Other compositions have an oligomer with 18 to 30 nucleotides. Yet other compositions have an oligomer with 21 to 24 nucleotides.
- Certain compositions have a further oligomer which is complementary to and hydrizable to the oligomer. In some embodiments, the further oligomer is a sense oligomer. In still further embodiments, the further oligomer is an oligomer having a plurality of ribose nucleoside units.
- In other aspects, the invention relates to an oligonucleotide having at least a first region and a second region,
- said first region of said oligonucleotide complementary to and capable of hybridizing with said second region of said oligonucleotide,
- at least a portion of said oligonucleotide complementary to and capable of hybridizing to a selected target nucleic acid,
- said oligonucleotide further including at least one nucleoside having a modification disclosed above.
- In some embodiments, each of the first and second regions have at least 10 nucleotides. For certain compositions, the first region is in a 5′ to 3′ direction is complementary to the second region in a 3′ to 5′ direction.
- Some compounds of the invention include a hairpin structure.
- The first region of the oligonucleotide can, for example, be spaced from the second region of the oligonucleotide by a third region and where the third region comprises at least two nucleotides.
- In some embodiments, each of the first and second regions has at least 10 nucleotides. In certain embodiments, the first regions in a 5′ to 3′ direction and is complementary to said second region in a 3′ to 5′ direction.
- In certain embodiments, the oligomer includes a hairpin structure. In yet other embodiments, the first region of said oligomer is spaced from the second region of said oligomer by a third region and where the third region comprises at least two nucleotides. In still other embodiments, the third region comprises a non-nucleotide.
- Also provided by the present invention are pharmaceutical compositions comprising any of the disclosed compositions or oligomeric compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- Methods for modulating the expression of a target nucleic acid in a cell are also provided, such methods preferably comprise contacting the cell with any of the disclosed compositions or oligomeric compounds.
- Methods of treating or preventing a disease or condition associated with a target nucleic acid are also provided. These generally comprise administering to a patient having or predisposed to the disease or condition a therapeutically effective amount of any of the disclosed compositions or oligomeric compounds.
-
FIG. 1 shows the synthesis of nucleoside intermediates. -
FIG. 2 shows the synthesis of further nucleoside intermediates. -
FIG. 3 shows the synthesis of a nucleoside having a bicyclic sugar moiety. -
FIG. 4 shows the synthesis of a nucleoside having a bicyclic sugar moiety. -
FIG. 5 shows the synthesis of nucleoside intermediates. -
FIG. 6 shows the synthesis of a nucleoside having a bicyclic sugar moiety. -
FIG. 7 shows the synthesis of a nucleoside having a bicyclic sugar moiety. - The present invention provides oligomeric compounds useful in the modulation of gene expression. Although not intending to be bound by theory, oligomeric compounds of the invention modulate gene expression by hybridizing to a nucleic acid target resulting in loss of normal function of the target nucleic acid. As used herein, the term “target nucleic acid” or “nucleic acid target” is used for convenience to encompass any nucleic acid capable of being targeted including without limitation DNA, RNA (including pre-mRNA and mRNA or portions thereof) transcribed from such DNA, and also cDNA derived from such RNA. In a preferred embodiment of this invention modulation of gene expression is effected via modulation of a RNA associated with the particular gene RNA.
- The invention provides for modulation of a target nucleic acid that is a messenger RNA. The messenger RNA is degraded by the RNA interference mechanism as well as other mechanisms in which double stranded RNA/RNA structures are recognized and degraded, cleaved or otherwise rendered inoperable.
- The functions of RNA to be interfered with can include replication and transcription. Replication and transcription, for example, can be from an endogenous cellular template, a vector, a plasmid construct or otherwise. The functions of RNA to be interfered with can include functions such as translocation of the RNA to a site of protein translation, translocation of the RNA to sites within the cell which are distant from the site of RNA synthesis, translation of protein from the RNA, splicing of the RNA to yield one or more RNA species, and catalytic activity or complex formation involving the RNA which may be engaged in or facilitated by the RNA. In the context of the present invention, “modulation” and “modulation of expression” mean either an increase (stimulation) or a decrease (inhibition) in the amount or levels of a nucleic acid molecule encoding the gene, e.g., DNA or RNA. Inhibition is often the preferred form of modulation of expression and mRNA is often a preferred target nucleic acid.
- Compounds of the Invention
- This invention is directed to certain molecular species which are related to oligonucleotides or oligonucleotide mimetics in which at least one of the naturally occurring sugar moieties, ribose or deoxyribose, is replaced with non-naturally occurring sugars or non-sugar moieties.
- Certain preferred compositions comprise a polycyclic sugar surrogate. These polycyclic sugar surrogates are moieties that comprise at least two rings and are used in place of the sugar ring that is found in naturally occurring nucleosides. Typically the polycyclic ring is capable of supporting a nucleobase. In some embodiments, the polycyclic sugar surrogate is a locked nucleic acid (LNA), bicyclic sugar moiety (BSM), or a tricyclic sugar moiety (TSM).
- The polycyclic sugar moieties are believed to have a locked 3′-endo sugar conformation which provides nucleosides having A-form, RNA-like conformation without having some of the undesirable properties associated with native RNA nucleosides. One of the potential advantages of such a structure is the nuclease stability gained by replacing RNA nucleosides with locked, e.g. bicyclic, sugar nucleosides. The bicyclic sugar modified nucleosides are also expected to have enhanced binding affinity that has been previously reported for LNA (3-8° C. per modification).
- One preferred modification is the inclusion of at least one LNA in which the 2′-hydroxyl group is linked to the 3′ or 4′ carbon atom of the sugar ring thereby forming a bicyclic sugar moiety. In some embodiments, the linkage is a methylene (—CH2—)n group bridging the 2′ oxygen atom and the 4′ carbon atom wherein n is 1 or 2. LNAs and preparation thereof are described in WO 98/39352 and WO 99/14226, which are incorporated herein in their entirety. For more information of the synthesis and properties of LNA compositions, see Petersen et al., J. Mol. Recognit., 2000, 13, 44-53; Wengel et al., Nucleosides Nucleotides, 1999, 18, 1365-1370; Koshkin et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1998, 120, 13252-13253; Wahlestedt et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 2000, 97, 5633-5638; Koshkin et al., Tetrahedron, 1998, 54, 3607-3630; PCT patent applications WO 98/39352 and WO 99/14226; U.S. Patent Application Publication No.: US 2002/0147332; Japanese Patent Application HEI-11-33863, Feb. 12, 1999; and U.S. Patent Application Publication No.: U.S. 2002/0068708); the disclosure of each is incorporated by reference herein.
- In some aspects, the invention relates to compositions comprising:
- a first oligomer and a second oligomer, at least a portion of said first oligomer capable of hybridizing with at least a portion of said second oligomer,
- at least a portion of first oligomer complementary to and capable of hybridizing to a selected target nucleic acid, at least one of said first or said second oligomers including at least one nucleoside having a polycyclic sugar surrogate.
- In some aspects, the first and second oligomers comprise a complementary pair of siRNA oligomers.
- In certain embodiments, the first and second oligomers comprise an antisense/sense pair of oligomers.
- Each of the first and second oligomers have 10 to 40 nucleotides in some preferred embodiments. In other embodiments, each of the first and second oligomers have 18 to 30 nucleotides. In yet other embodiments, the first and second oligomers have 21 to 24 nucleotides.
- Certain aspects of the invention concern compositions where the first oligomer is an antisense oligomer. In these aspects, the second oligomer is a sense oligomer. In certain preferred embodiments, the second oligomer has a plurality of ribose nucleoside units.
- The modification can be in the first oligomer. In other compounds, the modification can be in the second oligomer. In yet other aspects, the modification can appear in both the first and second oligomers.
- In some embodiments, the polycyclic sugar surrogate is a LNA, BNA, or a TSM.
-
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
- -Q1-Q2-Q3- is —CH2—N(R1)—CH2—, —C(═O)—N(R1)—CH2—, —CH2—O—N(R1)— or N(R1)—O—CH2—;
- R1 is C1-C12 alkyl or an amino protecting group;
- one of T3 and T4 is an internucleoside linkage attached to a nucleoside, a nucleotide, a nucleoside mimic, an oligonucleoside, an oligonucleotide or an oligonucleotide mimic and the other of T3 and T4 is H, a hydroxyl protecting group, a conjugate group, an activated phosphorus moiety, a covalent attachment to a support medium or an internucleoside linkage attached to a nucleoside, a nucleotide, a nucleoside mimic, an oligonucleoside, an oligonucleotide or an oligonucleotide mimic; and
- R1 is C1-C12 alkyl or an amino protecting group.
- In some embodiments, -Q1-Q2-Q3- is —CH2—N(R1)—CH2—. In other embodiments, -Q1-Q2-Q3- is —C(═O)—N(R1)—CH2—. Some compositions have -Q1-Q2-Q3- being —CH2—O—N(R1)—. In yet other compositions, -Q1-Q2-Q3- is N(R1)—O—CH2—.
- In some embodiments, one of T3 or T4 is 4,4′-dimethoxytrityl, monomethoxytrityl, 9-phenylxanthen-9-yl, 9-(p-methoxyphenyl)xanthen-9-yl, t-butyl, t-butoxymethyl, methoxymethyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, 1-(2-chloroethoxy)ethyl, 2-trimethylsilylethyl, p-chlorophenyl, 2,4-dinitrophenyl, benzyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzyl, diphenylmethyl, p,p-dinitrobenzhydryl, p-nitrobenzyl, triphenylmethyl, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, triphenylsilyl, benzoylformate, acetyl, chloroacetyl, trichloroacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, pivaloyl, benzoyl, p-phenylbenzoyl, mesyl, tosyl, 4,4′,4″-tris-(benzyloxy)trityl, 4,4′,4″-tris-(4,5-dichlorophthalimido)trityl, 4,4′,4″-tris(levulinyloxy)trityl, 3-(imidazolylmethyl)-4,4′-dimethoxytrityl, 4-decyloxytrityl, 4-hexadecyloxytrityl, 9-(4-octadecyloxyphenyl)xanthene-9-yl, 1,1-bis-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1′-pyrenyl methyl, p-phenylazophenyloxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl, 2,4-dinitrophenylethoxycarbonyl, 4-(methylthiomethoxy)butyryl, 2-(methylthiomethoxymethyl)-benzoyl, 2-(isopropylthiomethoxymethyl)benzoyl, 2-(2,4-dinitrobenzenesulphenyl-oxymethyl)benzoyl, or levulinyl groups.
- In other embodiments, one of T3 and T4 is a covalent attachment to a support medium. Preferred support medium include controlled pore glass, oxalyl-controlled pore glass, silica-containing particles, polymers of polystyrene, copolymers of polystyrene, copolymers of styrene and divinylbenzene, copolymers of dimethylacrylamide and N,N′-bisacryloylethylenediamine, soluble support medium, or PEPS.
- In certain embodiments, the internucleoside linking groups are selected from phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, chiral phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphotriester, aminoalkylphosphotriester, methyl and other alkyl phosphonate, chiral phosphonate, phosphinate, phosphoramidate, thionophosphoramidate, thionoalkylphosphonate, thionoalkylphosphotriester, selenophosphate, boranophosphate and methylene (methylimino). In some embodiments, the internucleoside linking groups are selected from phosphodiester, phosphorothioate and chiral phosphorothioate.
-
- wherein
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
- -Q1-Q2-Q3- is —CH2—N(R1)—CH2—, —C(═O)—N(R1)—CH2—, —CH2—O—N(R1)— or N(R1)—O—CH2—; and
- R1 is C1-C12 alkyl or an amino protecting group.
-
- R3 is H or an amino acid side chain;
- R4 is H, hydroxyl, protected hydroxyl or a sugar substituent group; and
- said nucleosides are joined by internucleoside linking groups.
-
- wherein
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
- -Q1-Q2-Q3- is —CH2—N(R1)—CH2—, —C(═O)—N(R1)—CH2—, —CH2—O—N(R1)— or N(R1)—O—CH2—; and
- R1 is C1-C12 alkyl or an amino protecting group.
-
- R2 is H, hydroxyl, protected hydroxyl or a sugar substituent group; and
- said nucleosides are joined by internucleoside linking groups.
-
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
- P4 is an internucleoside linkage to an adjacent monomer, OH or a protected hydroxyl group;
- X1 is O, S, NR40, C(R40)2, —NR40—C(R40)2—, —C(R40)2—NR40—, —O—C(R40)2—, —(CR40)2—O—, —S—C(R40)2—, —C(R40)2—S—, or —C(R40)2—C(R40)2—;
- one of the substituents Rb, Rc, Rd, and Re is an internucleoside linkage to an adjacent monomer or is a terminal group;
- one or two pairs of non-geminal substituents selected from Ra, Rb, Rc, Rd, Re, Rf, Rg, and Rh form a second ring system with the atoms to which said substituents are attached and any intervening atoms, wherein said pair of substituents comprise a biradical of 1-8 groups or atoms which are —C(RaRb)—,
- —C(Ra)═C(Ra)—, —C(Ra)═N—, —O—, —Si(Ra)2—, —S—, —SO2—, —N(Ra)—, or >C=Z4;
- Z4 is selected from O, S, and N(Ra);
- R40, Ra and Rb are each independently hydrogen, C1-C12 alkyl, C2-C12 alkenyl, C2-C12 alkynyl, hydroxy, C1-C12 alkoxy, C2-C12 alkenyloxy, carboxy, C1-C12 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C12 alkylcarbonyl, formyl, aryl, aryloxy-carbonyl, aryloxy, arylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxycarbonyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylcarbonyl, amino, mono- and di(C1-C6 alkyl)amino, carbamoyl, mono- and di(C1-C6 alkyl)-amino-carbonyl, amino-C1-C6 alkyl-aminocarbonyl, mono- and di(C1-C6 alkyl)amino-C1-C6 alkyl-aminocarbonyl, C1-C6 alkyl-carbonylamino, carbamido, C1-C6 alkanoyloxy, sulphono, C1-C6 alkylsulphonyloxy, nitro, azido, sulphanyl, C1-C6 alkylthio, or halogen;
- and where two geminal R40 substituents together may optionally designate an optionally substituted methylene (═CH2);
- each of Ra, Rf, Rg, and Rh that is not part of said second ring system is H; and
- each of Rb, Rc, Rd, and Re that is not part of said second ring system is independently H, OH, protected hydroxy, a sugar substituent group or an internucleoside linkage; provided that at least one of Rb, Rc, Rd, and Re is an internucleoside linkage.
- In some embodiments, two of Ra, Rb, Rc, Rd, Re, Rf, Rg, and Rh together with the atoms to which they are attached and any intervening atoms form a second ring system;
- said second ring system being formed by one of:
- i) Rc, and Rf together designate a biradical selected from —O—, —S—, —N(R*)—, —(CR*R*)r+s+l—, —(CR*R*)r—O—(CR*R*)s—, —(CR*R*)r—S—(CR*R*)s—, —(CR*R*)r—N(R*)—(CR*R*)s—, —O—(CR*R*)r+s—O—, —S—(CR*R*)r+s—O—, —O—(CR*R*)r+s—S—, —N(R*)—(CR*R*)r+s—O—, —O—(CR*R*)r+s—N(R*)—, —S—(CR*R*)r+s—S—, —N(R*)—(CR*R*)r+s—N(R*)—, —N(R*)—(CR*R*)r+s—S—, and —S—(CR*R*)r+s—N(R*)—;
- (ii) Rb and Re together designate a biradical selected from —O—, —(CR*R*)r+s—, —(CR*R*)r—O—(CR*R*)s—, —(CR*R*)r—S—(CR*R*)s—, and —(CR*R*)r—N(R*)—(CR*R*)s—;
- (iii) Rc and Re together designate a biradical selected from —O—, —(CR*R*)r+s—, —(CR*R*)s—O—(CR*R*)s—, —(CR*R*)r—S—(CR*R*)s— and —(CR*R*)r—N(R*)—(CR*R*)s—;
- (iv) Re and Rf together designate a biradical selected from —(CR*R*)r—O—(CR*R*)s—, —(CR*R*)r—S—(CR*R*)s, and —(CR*R*)r—N(R*)—(CR*R*)s—;
- (v) Re and Rh together designate a biradical selected from —(CR*R*)r—O—(CR*R*)s—, —(CR*R*)r—S—(CR*R*)s—, and —(CR*R*)r—N(R*)—(CR*R*)s—;
- (vi) Ra and Rf together designate a biradical selected from —(CR*R*)r—O—(CR*R*)s—, —(CR*R*)r—S—(CR*R*)s, and —(CR*R*)r—N(R*)—(CR*R*)s—; or
- (vii) Ra and Rc together designate a biradical selected from —(CR*R*)r—O—(CR*R*)s—, —(CR*R*)r—S—(CR*R*)s—, and —(CR*R*)r—N(R*)—(CR*R*)s—;
- r and s are each 0 or an integer from 1-3 and the sum of r+s is an integer from 1-4; and
- each R* is independently hydrogen, halogen, azido, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, mono- or di(C1-C6 alkyl)amino, optionally substituted C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, or two adjacent non-geminal R* groups may together designate a double bond.
- In some preferred embodiments, X1 is O, S, NR40 or C(R40)2. In other preferred embodiments, X1 is O. In yet other embodiments X1 is S. In certain embodiments, R40 is H or C1-C6 alkyl. In some compositions, R40 is H or C1-C3 alkyl.
-
-
- In some preferred embodiments, In some embodiments, X is O. This is an α-L-LNA composition. Synthesis of β-D-LNA and α-L-LNA can be performed by methods found in Friedent et al.,
Nucleic acids Research 2003, 31, 6365-72. In other embodiments, X is S. In yet other embodiments, X is NH. In still further embodiments, X is N(R1). - Certain BSM compositions comprise at least one monomer of the formula:
wherein:
Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
n is 0 or 1;
X5 and Y5 are each independently O, S, CH2, C═O, C═S, C═CH2, CHF, or CF2. In some preferred embodiments, when one of X5 and Y5 is O or S, the other of X5 and Y5 is other than O or S. In other preferred embodiments, when one of X5 and Y5 is C═O or C═S, the other of X5 and Y5 is other than C═O or C═S. Such monomers can be made by the methods of U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,043,060 and 6,083,482, which are incorporated herein in their entirety. -
-
-
- In some embodiments, a BSM containing portion of the composition is of the formula:
5′-U—(O—Y—O—V)yO—Y—O—W-3′(V)
wherein: -
- y is a number from 0 to 20,
- Y is a nucleoside bridge group,
- B is a heterocyclic base moiety; and
- A is —CH2— or —CH2CH2—.
-
- R30 and R31 independently of one another are hydrogen, a protective group for hydroxyl or an internucleoside linkage; and
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety.
Two example of amidite monomers are:
(see Steffens et al., Helv. Chim. Acta, 1997, 80, 2426-2439; Steffens et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1999, 121, 3249-3255; and Renneberg et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2002, 124, 5993-6002). Such compositions can be represented with a structure such as
wherein Bx is a heterocyclic base. These modified nucleoside analogs have been oligomerized using the phosphoramidite approach and the resulting oligomeric compounds containing tricyclic nucleoside analogs have shown increased thermal stabilities (Tm's) when hybridized to DNA, RNA and itself. Oligomeric compounds containing bicyclic nucleoside analogs have shown thermal stabilities approaching that of DNA duplexes. - In other aspects, the invention concerns compositions where the polycyclic sugar surrogate is a tricyclic nucleic acid.
- The invention also concerns composition comprising an oligonucleotide complementary to and capable of hybridizing to a selected target nucleic acid and at least one protein, said protein comprising at least a portion of a RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC), wherein said oligonucleotide includes at least one nucleoside having a modification discussed above.
- In other aspects, the invention relates to an oligonucleotide having at least a first region and a second region,
- said first region of said oligonucleotide complementary to and capable of hybridizing with said second region of said oligonucleotide,
- at least a portion of said oligonucleotide complementary to and capable of hybridizing to a selected target nucleic acid,
- said oligonucleotide further including at least one nucleoside having a modification disclosed above.
- In some embodiments, each of the first and second regions have at least 10 nucleotides. For certain compositions, the first region is in a 5′ to 3′ direction is complementary to the second region in a 3′ to 5′ direction.
- Some compounds of the invention include a hairpin structure.
- Certain aspects of the invention concern the first region of the oligonucleotide being spaced from the second region of the oligonucleotide by a third region and where the third region comprises at least two nucleotides.
- In other aspects, the first region of the oligonucleotide is spaced from the second region of the oligonucleotide by a third region and where the third region comprises a non-nucleotide region.
- Further compounds of the invention include chimeric oligomeric compounds having a central region comprising a phosphodiester or a phosphorothioate oligodeoxynucleotide interspaced between flanking regions comprising the above-described monomeric or oligomeric structures.
- Also provided by the present invention are pharmaceutical compositions comprising any of the disclosed compositions or oligomeric compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- Hybridization
- In the context of this invention, “hybridization” means the pairing of complementary strands of oligomeric compounds. In the present invention, the preferred mechanism of pairing involves hydrogen bonding, which may be Watson-Crick, Hoogsteen or reversed Hoogsteen hydrogen bonding, between complementary nucleoside or nucleotide bases (nucleobases) of the strands of oligomeric compounds. For example, adenine and thymine are complementary nucleobases that pair through the formation of hydrogen bonds. Hybridization can occur under varying circumstances.
- An oligomeric compound of the invention is believed to specifically hybridize to the target nucleic acid and interfere with its normal function to cause a loss of activity. There is preferably a sufficient degree of complementarity to avoid non-specific binding of the oligomeric compound to non-target nucleic acid sequences under conditions in which specific binding is desired, i.e., under physiological conditions in the case of in vivo assays or therapeutic treatment, and under conditions in which assays are performed in the case of in vitro assays.
- In the context of the present invention the phrase “stringent hybridization conditions” or “stringent conditions” refers to conditions under which an oligomeric compound of the invention will hybridize to its target sequence, but to a minimal number of other sequences. Stringent conditions are sequence-dependent and will vary with different circumstances and in the context of this invention; “stringent conditions” under which oligomeric compounds hybridize to a target sequence are determined by the nature and composition of the oligomeric compounds and the assays in which they are being investigated.
- “Complementary,” as used herein, refers to the capacity for precise pairing of two nucleobases regardless of where the two are located. For example, if a nucleobase at a certain position of an oligomeric compound is capable of hydrogen bonding with a nucleobase at a certain position of a target nucleic acid, then the position of hydrogen bonding between the oligonucleotide and the target nucleic acid is considered to be a complementary position. The oligomeric compound and the target nucleic acid are complementary to each other when a sufficient number of complementary positions in each molecule are occupied by nucleobases that can hydrogen bond with each other. Thus, “specifically hybridizable” and “complementary” are terms which are used to indicate a sufficient degree of precise pairing or complementarity over a sufficient number of nucleobases such that stable and specific binding occurs between the oligonucleotide and a target nucleic acid.
- It is understood in the art that the sequence of the oligomeric compound need not be 100% complementary to that of its target nucleic acid to be specifically hybridizable. Moreover, an oligomeric compound may hybridize over one or more segments such that intervening or adjacent segments are not involved in the hybridization event (e.g., a loop structure or hairpin structure). It is preferred that the oligomeric compounds of the present invention comprise at least 70% sequence complementarity to a target region within the target nucleic acid, more preferably that they comprise 90% sequence complementarity and even more preferably comprise 95% sequence complementarity to the target region within the target nucleic acid sequence to which they are targeted. For example, an oligomeric compound in which 18 of 20 nucleobases of the oligomeric compound are complementary to a target region, and would therefore specifically hybridize, would represent 90 percent complementarity. In this example, the remaining noncomplementary nucleobases may be clustered or interspersed with complementary nucleobases and need not be contiguous to each other or to complementary nucleobases. As such, an oligomeric compound which is 18 nucleobases in length having 4 (four) noncomplementary nucleobases which are flanked by two regions of complete complementarity with the target nucleic acid would have 77.8% overall complementarity with the target nucleic acid and would thus fall within the scope of the present invention. Percent complementarity of an oligomeric compound with a region of a target nucleic acid can be determined routinely using BLAST programs (basic local alignment search tools) and PowerBLAST programs known in the art (Altschul et al., J. Mol. Biol., 1990, 215, 403-410; Zhang and Madden, Genome Res., 1997, 7, 649-656).
- Targets of the invention
- “Targeting” an oligomeric compound to a particular nucleic acid molecule, in the context of this invention, can be a multistep process. The process usually begins with the identification of a target nucleic acid whose function is to be modulated. This target nucleic acid may be, for example, a mRNA transcribed from a cellular gene whose expression is associated with a particular disorder or disease state, or a nucleic acid molecule from an infectious agent.
- The targeting process usually also includes determination of at least one target region, segment, or site within the target nucleic acid for the interaction to occur such that the desired effect, e.g., modulation of expression, will result. Within the context of the present invention, the term “region” is defined as a portion of the target nucleic acid having at least one identifiable structure, function, or characteristic. Within regions of target nucleic acids are segments. “Segments” are defined as smaller or sub-portions of regions within a target nucleic acid. “Sites,” as used in the present invention, are defined as positions within a target nucleic acid. The terms region, segment, and site can also be used to describe an oligomeric compound of the invention such as for example a gapped oligomeric compound having 3 separate segments.
- Since, as is known in the art, the translation initiation codon is typically 5′-AUG (in transcribed mRNA molecules; 5′-ATG in the corresponding DNA molecule), the translation initiation codon is also referred to as the “AUG codon,” the “start codon” or the “AUG start codon”. A minority of genes have a translation initiation codon having the
RNA sequence 5′-GUG, 5′-UUG or 5′-CUG, and 5′-AUA, 5′-ACG and 5′-CUG have been shown to function in vivo. Thus, the terms “translation initiation codon” and “start codon” can encompass many codon sequences, even though the initiator amino acid in each instance is typically methionine (in eukaryotes) or formylmethionine (in prokaryotes). It is also known in the art that eukaryotic and prokaryotic genes may have two or more alternative start codons, any one of which may be preferentially utilized for translation initiation in a particular cell type or tissue, or under a particular set of conditions. In the context of the invention, “start codon” and “translation initiation codon” refer to the codon or codons that are used in vivo to initiate translation of an mRNA transcribed from a gene encoding a nucleic acid target, regardless of the sequence(s) of such codons. It is also known in the art that a translation termination codon (or “stop codon”) of a gene may have one of three sequences, i.e., 5′-UAA, 5′-UAG and 5′-UGA (the corresponding DNA sequences are 5′-TAA, 5′-TAG and 5′-TGA, respectively). - The terms “start codon region” and “translation initiation codon region” refer to a portion of such an mRNA or gene that encompasses from about 25 to about 50 contiguous nucleotides in either direction (i.e., 5′ or 3′) from a translation initiation codon. Similarly, the terms “stop codon region” and “translation termination codon region” refer to a portion of such an mRNA or gene that encompasses from about 25 to about 50 contiguous nucleotides in either direction (i.e., 5′ or 3′) from a translation termination codon. Consequently, the “start codon region” (or “translation initiation codon region”) and the “stop codon region” (or “translation termination codon region”) are all regions which may be targeted effectively with the antisense oligomeric compounds of the present invention.
- The open reading frame (ORF) or “coding region,” which is known in the art to refer to the region between the translation initiation codon and the translation termination codon, is also a region which may be targeted effectively. Within the context of the present invention, a preferred region is the intragenic region encompassing the translation initiation or termination codon of the open reading frame (ORF) of a gene.
- Other target regions include the 5′ untranslated region (5′UTR), known in the art to refer to the portion of an mRNA in the 5′ direction from the translation initiation codon, and thus including nucleotides between the 5′ cap site and the translation initiation codon of an mRNA (or corresponding nucleotides on the gene), and the 3′ untranslated region (3′UTR), known in the art to refer to the portion of an mRNA in the 3′ direction from the translation termination codon, and thus including nucleotides between the translation termination codon and 3′ end of an mRNA (or corresponding nucleotides on the gene). The 5′ cap site of an mRNA comprises an N7-methylated guanosine residue joined to the 5′-most residue of the mRNA via a 5′-5′ triphosphate linkage. The 5′ cap region of an mRNA is considered to include the 5′ cap structure itself as well as the first 50 nucleotides adjacent to the cap site. It is also preferred to target the 5′ cap region.
- Although some eukaryotic mRNA transcripts are directly translated, many contain one or more regions, known as “introns,” which are excised from a transcript before it is translated. The remaining (and therefore translated) regions are known as “exons” and are spliced together to form a continuous mRNA sequence. Targeting splice sites, i.e., intron-exon junctions or exon-intron junctions, may also be particularly useful in situations where aberrant splicing is implicated in disease, or where an overproduction of a particular splice product is implicated in disease. Aberrant fusion junctions due to rearrangements or deletions are also preferred target sites. mRNA transcripts produced via the process of splicing of two (or more) mRNAs from different gene sources are known as “fusion transcripts”. It is also known that introns can be effectively targeted using oligomeric compounds targeted to, for example, pre-mRNA.
- It is also known in the art that alternative RNA transcripts can be produced from the same genomic region of DNA. These alternative transcripts are generally known as “variants”. More specifically, “pre-mRNA variants” are transcripts produced from the same genomic DNA that differ from other transcripts produced from the same genomic DNA in either their start or stop position and contain both intronic and exonic sequences.
- Upon excision of one or more exon or intron regions, or portions thereof during splicing, pre-mRNA variants produce smaller “mRNA variants”. Consequently, mRNA variants are processed pre-mRNA variants and each unique pre-mRNA variant must always produce a unique mRNA variant as a result of splicing. These mRNA variants are also known as “alternative splice variants”. If no splicing of the pre-mRNA variant occurs then the pre-mRNA variant is identical to the mRNA variant.
- It is also known in the art that variants can be produced through the use of alternative signals to start or stop transcription and that pre-mRNAs and mRNAs can possess more that one start codon or stop codon. Variants that originate from a pre-mRNA or mRNA that use alternative start codons are known as “alternative start variants” of that pre-mRNA or mRNA. Those transcripts that use an alternative stop codon are known as “alternative stop variants” of that pre-mRNA or mRNA. One specific type of alternative stop variant is the “polyA variant” in which the multiple transcripts produced result from the alternative selection of one of the “polyA stop signals” by the transcription machinery, thereby producing transcripts that terminate at unique polyA sites. Within the context of the invention, the types of variants described herein are also preferred target nucleic acids.
- The locations on the target nucleic acid to which preferred compounds and compositions of the invention hybridize are herein below referred to as “preferred target segments.” As used herein the term “preferred target segment” is defined as at least an 8-nucleobase portion of a target region to which an active antisense oligomeric compound is targeted. While not wishing to be bound by theory, it is presently believed that these target segments represent portions of the target nucleic acid that are accessible for hybridization.
- Once one or more target regions, segments or sites have been identified, oligomeric compounds are chosen which are sufficiently complementary to the target, i.e., hybridize sufficiently well and with sufficient specificity, to give the desired effect.
- In accordance with an embodiment of the this invention, a series of nucleic acid duplexes comprising the antisense strand oligomeric compounds of the present invention and their representative complement sense strand compounds can be designed for a specific target or targets. The ends of the strands may be modified by the addition of one or more natural or modified nucleobases to form an overhang. The sense strand of the duplex is designed and synthesized as the complement of the antisense strand and may also contain modifications or additions to either terminus. For example, in one embodiment, both strands of the duplex would be complementary over the central nucleobases, each having overhangs at one or both termini.
- For the purposes of describing an embodiment of this invention, the combination of an antisense strand and a sense strand, each of can be of a specified length, for example from 18 to 29 nucleotides long, is identified as a complementary pair of siRNA oligonucleotides. This complementary pair of siRNA oligonucleotides can include additional nucleotides on either of their 5′ or 3′ ends. Further they can include other molecules or molecular structures on their 3′ or 5′ ends such as a phosphate group on the 5′ end. A preferred group of compounds of the invention include a phosphate group on the 5′ end of the antisense strand compound. Other preferred compounds also include a phosphate group on the 5′ end of the sense strand compound. An even further preferred compounds would include additional nucleotides such as a two base overhang on the 3′ end.
- For example, a preferred siRNA complementary pair of oligonucleotides comprise an antisense strand oligomeric compound having the sequence CGAGAGGCGGACGGGACCG (SEQ ID NO:1) and having a two-nucleobase overhang of deoxythymidine (dT) and its complement sense strand. These oligonucleotides would have the following structure:
5′ cgagaggcggacgggaccgTT 3′Antisense Strand (SEQ ID NO:2) ||||||||||||||||||| 3′ TTgctctccgcctgccctggc 5′Complément Strand (SEQ ID NO:3) - In an additional embodiment of the invention, a single oligonucleotide having both the antisense portion as a first region in the oligonucleotide and the sense portion as a second region in the oligonucleotide is selected. The first and second regions are linked together by either a nucleotide linker (a string of one or more nucleotides that are linked together in a sequence) or by a non-nucleotide linker region or by a combination of both a nucleotide and non-nucleotide structure. In each of these structures, the oligonucleotide, when folded back on itself, would be complementary at least between the first region, the antisense portion, and the second region, the sense portion. Thus the oligonucleotide would have a palindrome within it structure wherein the first region, the antisense portion in the 5′ to 3′ direction, is complementary to the second region, the sense portion in the 3′ to 5′ direction.
- In a further embodiment, the invention includes oligonucleotide/protein compositions. Such compositions have both an oligonucleotide component and a protein component. The oligonucleotide component comprises at least one oligonucleotide, either the antisense or the sense oligonucleotide but preferably the antisense oligonucleotide (the oligonucleotide that is antisense to the target nucleic acid). The oligonucleotide component can also comprise both the antisense and the sense strand oligonucleotides. The protein component of the composition comprises at least one protein that forms a portion of the RNA-induced silencing complex, i.e., the RISC complex.
- RISC is a ribonucleoprotein complex that contains an oligonucleotide component and proteins of the Argonaute family of proteins, among others. While we do not wish to be bound by theory, the Argonaute proteins make up a highly conserved family whose members have been implicated in RNA interference and the regulation of related phenomena. Members of this family have been shown to possess the canonical PAZ and Piwi domains, thought to be a region of protein-protein interaction. Other proteins containing these domains have been shown to effect target cleavage, including the RNAse, Dicer. The Argonaute family of proteins includes, but depending on species, are not necessary limited to, elF2C1 and elF2C2. elF2C2 is also known as human GERp95. While we do not wish to be bound by theory, at least the antisense oligonucleotide strand is bound to the protein component of the RISC complex. Additional, the complex might also include the sense strand oligonucleotide. Carmell et al, Genes and
Development 2002, 16, 2733-2742. - Also while we do not wish to be bound by theory, it is further believe that the RISC complex may interact with one or more of the translation machinery components. Translation machinery components include but are not limited to proteins that effect or aid in the translation of an RNA into protein including the ribosomes or polyribosome complex. Therefore, in a further embodiment of the invention, the oligonucleotide component of the invention is associated with a RISC protein component and further associates with the translation machinery of a cell. Such interaction with the translation machinery of the cell would include interaction with structural and enzymatic proteins of the translation machinery including but not limited to the polyribosome and ribosomal subunits.
- In a further embodiment of the invention, the oligonucleotide of the invention is associated with cellular factors such as transporters or chaperones. These cellular factors can be protein, lipid or carbohydrate based and can have structural or enzymatic functions that may or may not require the complexation of one or more metal ions.
- Furthermore, the oligonucleotide of the invention itself may have one or more moieties which are bound to the oligonucleotide which facilitate the active or passive transport, localization or compartmentalization of the oligonucleotide. Cellular localization includes, but is not limited to, localization to within the nucleus, the nucleolus or the cytoplasm. Compartmentalization includes, but is not limited to, any directed movement of the oligonucleotides of the invention to a cellular compartment including the nucleus, nucleolus, mitochondrion, or imbedding into a cellular membrane surrounding a compartment or the cell itself.
- In a further embodiment of the invention, the oligonucleotide of the invention is associated with cellular factors that affect gene expression, more specifically those involved in RNA modifications. These modifications include, but are not limited to posttranscriptional modifications such as methylation. Furthermore, the oligonucleotide of the invention itself may have one or more moieties which are bound to the oligonucleotide which facilitate the posttranscriptional modification.
- The oligomeric compounds of the invention may be used in the form of single-stranded, double-stranded, circular or hairpin oligomeric compounds and may contain structural elements such as internal or terminal bulges or loops. Once introduced to a system, the oligomeric compounds of the invention may interact with or elicit the action of one or more enzymes or may interact with one or more structural proteins to effect modification of the target nucleic acid.
- One non-limiting example of such an interaction is the RISC complex. Use of the RISC complex to effect cleavage of RNA targets thereby greatly enhances the efficiency of oligonucleotide-mediated inhibition of gene expression. Similar roles have been postulated for other ribonucleases such as those in the RNase III and ribonuclease L family of enzymes.
- Preferred forms of oligomeric compound of the invention include a single-stranded antisense oligonucleotide that binds in a RISC complex, a double stranded antisense/sense pair of oligonucleotide or a single strand oligonucleotide that includes both an antisense portion and a sense portion. Each of these compounds or compositions is used to induce potent and specific modulation of gene function. Such specific modulation of gene function has been shown in many species by the introduction of double-stranded structures, such as double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) molecules and has been shown to induce potent and specific antisense-mediated reduction of the function of a gene or its associated gene products. This phenomenon occurs in both plants and animals and is believed to have an evolutionary connection to viral defense and transposon silencing.
- The compounds and compositions of the invention are used to modulate the expression of a target nucleic acid. “Modulators” are those oligomeric compounds that decrease or increase the expression of a nucleic acid molecule encoding a target and which comprise at least an 8-nucleobase portion that is complementary to a preferred target segment. The screening method comprises the steps of contacting a preferred target segment of a nucleic acid molecule encoding a target with one or more candidate modulators, and selecting for one or more candidate modulators which decrease or increase the expression of a nucleic acid molecule encoding a target. Once it is shown that the candidate modulator or modulators are capable of modulating (e.g. either decreasing or increasing) the expression of a nucleic acid molecule encoding a target, the modulator may then be employed in further investigative studies of the function of a target, or for use as a research, diagnostic, or therapeutic agent in accordance with the present invention.
- Oligomeric Compounds
- In the context of the present invention, the term “oligomeric compound” refers to a polymeric structure capable of hybridizing a region of a nucleic acid molecule. This term includes oligonucleotides, oligonucleosides, oligonucleotide analogs, oligonucleotide mimetics and combinations of these. Oligomeric compounds routinely prepared linearly but can be joined or otherwise prepared to be circular and may also include branching. Oligomeric compounds can hybridized to form double stranded compounds that can be blunt ended or may include overhangs. In general an oligomeric compound comprises a backbone of linked momeric subunits where each linked momeric subunit is directly or indirectly attached to a heterocyclic base moiety. The linkages joining the monomeric subunits, the sugar moieties or surrogates and the heterocyclic base moieties can be independently modified giving rise to a plurality of motifs for the resulting oligomeric compounds including hemimers, gapmers and chimeras.
- As is known in the art, a nucleoside is a base-sugar combination. The base portion of the nucleoside is normally a heterocyclic base moiety. The two most common classes of such heterocyclic bases are purines and pyrimidines. Nucleotides are nucleosides that further include a phosphate group covalently linked to the sugar portion of the nucleoside. For those nucleosides that include a pentofuranosyl sugar, the phosphate group can be linked to either the 2′, 3′ or 5′ hydroxyl moiety of the sugar. In forming oligonucleotides, the phosphate groups covalently link adjacent nucleosides to one another to form a linear polymeric compound. The respective ends of this linear polymeric structure can be joined to form a circular structure by hybridization or by formation of a covalent bond, however, open linear structures are generally preferred. Within the oligonucleotide structure, the phosphate groups are commonly referred to as forming the internucleoside linkages of the oligonucleotide. The normal internucleoside linkage of RNA and DNA is a 3′ to 5′ phosphodiester linkage.
- In the context of this invention, the term “oligonucleotide” refers to an oligomer or polymer of ribonucleic acid (RNA) or deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA). This term includes oligonucleotides composed of naturally-occurring nucleobases, sugars and covalent internucleoside linkages. The term “oligonucleotide analog” refers to oligonucleotides that have one or more non-naturally occurring portions which function in a similar manner to oligonucleotides. Such non-naturally occurring oligonucleotides are often preferred the naturally occurring forms because of desirable properties such as, for example, enhanced cellular uptake, enhanced affinity for nucleic acid target and increased stability in the presence of nucleases.
- In the context of this invention, the term “oligonucleoside” refers to nucleosides that are joined by internucleoside linkages that do not have phosphorus atoms. Internucleoside linkages of this type include short chain alkyl, cycloalkyl, mixed heteroatom alkyl, mixed heteroatom cycloalkyl, one or more short chain heteroatomic and one or more short chain heterocyclic. These internucleoside linkages include but are not limited to siloxane, sulfide, sulfoxide, sulfone, acetal, formacetal, thioformacetal, methylene formacetal, thioformacetal, alkeneyl, sulfamate; methyleneimino, methylenehydrazino, sulfonate, sulfonamide, amide and others having mixed N, O, S and CH2 component parts.
- In addition to the modifications described above, the nucleosides of the oligomeric compounds of the invention can have a variety of other modification so long as these other modifications either alone or in combination with other nucleosides enhance one or more of the desired properties described above. Thus, for nucleotides that are incorporated into oligonucleotides of the invention, these nucleotides can have sugar portions that correspond to naturally-occurring sugars or modified sugars. Representative modified sugars include carbocyclic or acyclic sugars, sugars having substituent groups at one or more of their 2′, 3′ or 4′ positions and sugars having substituents in place of one or more hydrogen atoms of the sugar. Additional nucleosides amenable to the present invention having altered base moieties and or altered sugar moieties are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,687,808 and PCT application PCT/US89/02323.
- Altered base moieties or altered sugar moieties also include other modifications consistent with the spirit of this invention. Such oligonucleotides are best described as being structurally distinguishable from, yet functionally interchangeable with, naturally occurring or synthetic wild type oligonucleotides. All such oligonucleotides are comprehended by this invention so long as they function effectively to mimic the structure of a desired RNA or DNA strand. A class of representative base modifications include tricyclic cytosine analog, termed “G clamp” (Lin, et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1998, 120, 8531). This analog makes four hydrogen bonds to a complementary guanine (G) within a helix by simultaneously recognizing the Watson-Crick and Hoogsteen faces of the targeted G. This G clamp modification when incorporated into phosphorothioate oligonucleotides, dramatically enhances antisense potencies in cell culture. The oligonucleotides of the invention also can include phenoxazine-substituted bases of the type disclosed by Flanagan, et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 1999, 17(1), 48-52.
- The oligomeric compounds in accordance with this invention preferably comprise from about 8 to about 80 nucleobases (i.e. from about 8 to about 80 linked nucleosides). One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the invention embodies oligomeric compounds of 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, or 80 nucleobases in length.
- In one preferred embodiment, the oligomeric compounds of the invention are 12 to 50 nucleobases in length. One having ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that this embodies oligomeric compounds of 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 nucleobases in length.
- In another preferred embodiment, the oligomeric compounds of the invention are 15 to 30 nucleobases in length. One having ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that this embodies oligomeric compounds of 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30 nucleobases in length.
- Particularly preferred oligomeric compounds are oligonucleotides from about 12 to about 50 nucleobases, even more preferably those comprising from about 15 to about 30 nucleobases.
- General Oligomer Synthesis
- Oligomerization of modified and unmodified nucleosides is performed according to literature procedures for DNA like compounds (Protocols for Oligonucleotides and Analogs, Ed. Agrawal (1993), Humana Press) and/or RNA like compounds (Scaringe, Methods (2001), 23, 206-217. Gait et al., Applications of Chemically synthesized RNA in RNA:Protein Interactions, Ed. Smith (1998), 1-36. Gallo et al., Tetrahedron (2001), 57, 5707-5713) synthesis as appropriate. In addition specific protocols for the synthesis of oligomeric compounds of the invention are illustrated in the examples below.
- RNA oligomers can be synthesized by methods disclosed herein or purchased from various RNA synthesis companies such as for example Dharmacon Research Inc., (Lafayette, Colo.).
- Irrespective of the particular protocol used, the oligomeric compounds used in accordance with this invention may be conveniently and routinely made through the well-known technique of solid phase synthesis. Equipment for such synthesis is sold by several vendors including, for example, Applied Biosystems (Foster City, Calif.). Any other means for such synthesis known in the art may additionally or alternatively be employed.
- For double stranded structures of the invention, once synthesized, the complementary strands preferably are annealed. The single strands are aliquoted and diluted to a concentration of 50 uM. Once diluted, 30 uL of each strand is combined with 15 uL of a 5× solution of annealing buffer. The final concentration of the buffer is 100 mM potassium acetate, 30 mM HEPES-KOH pH 7.4, and 2 mM magnesium acetate. The final volume is 75 uL. This solution is incubated for 1 minute at 90° C. and then centrifuged for 15 seconds. The tube is allowed to sit for 1 hour at 37° C. at which time the dsRNA duplexes are used in experimentation. The final concentration of the dsRNA compound is 20 uM. This solution can be stored frozen (−20° C.) and freeze-thawed up to 5 times.
- Once prepared, the desired synthetic duplexes are evaluated for their ability to modulate target expression. When cells reach 80% confluency, they are treated with synthetic duplexes comprising at least one oligomeric compound of the invention. For cells grown in 96-well plates, wells are washed once with 200 μL OPTI-MEM-1 reduced-serum medium (Gibco BRL) and then treated with 130 μL of OPTI-MEM-1 containing 12 μg/mL LIPOFECTIN (Gibco BRL) and the desired dsRNA compound at a final concentration of 200 nM. After 5 hours of treatment, the medium is replaced with fresh medium. Cells are harvested 16 hours after treatment, at which time RNA is isolated and target reduction measured by RT-PCR.
- Oligomer and Monomer Modifications
- As is known in the art, a nucleoside is a base-sugar combination. The base portion of the nucleoside is normally a heterocyclic base. The two most common classes of such heterocyclic bases are the purines and the pyrimidines. Nucleotides are nucleosides that further include a phosphate group covalently linked to the sugar portion of the nucleoside. For those nucleosides that include a pentofuranosyl sugar, the phosphate group can be linked to either the 2′, 3′ or 5′ hydroxyl moiety of the sugar. In forming oligonucleotides, the phosphate groups covalently link adjacent nucleosides to one another to form a linear polymeric compound. In turn, the respective ends of this linear polymeric compound can be further joined to form a circular compound, however, linear compounds are generally preferred. In addition, linear compounds may have internal nucleobase complementarity and may therefore fold in a manner as to produce a fully or partially double-stranded compound. Within oligonucleotides, the phosphate groups are commonly referred to as forming the internucleoside linkage or in conjunction with the sugar ring the backbone of the oligonucleotide. The normal internucleoside linkage that makes up the backbone of RNA and DNA is a 3′ to 5′ phosphodiester linkage.
- Modified Internucleoside Linkages
- Specific examples of preferred antisense oligomeric compounds useful in this invention include oligonucleotides containing modified e.g. non-naturally occurring internucleoside linkages. As defined in this specification, oligonucleotides having modified internucleoside linkages include internucleoside linkages that retain a phosphorus atom and internucleoside linkages that do not have a phosphorus atom. For the purposes of this specification, and as sometimes referenced in the art, modified oligonucleotides that do not have a phosphorus atom in their internucleoside backbone can also be considered to be oligonucleosides.
- In the C. elegans system, modification of the internucleotide linkage (phosphorothioate) did not significantly interfere with RNAi activity. Based on this observation, it is suggested that certain preferred oligomeric compounds of the invention can also have one or more modified internucleoside linkages. A preferred phosphorus containing modified internucleoside linkage is the phosphorothioate internucleoside linkage.
- Preferred modified oligonucleotide backbones containing a phosphorus atom therein include, for example, phosphorothioates, chiral phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, phosphotriesters, aminoalkylphosphotriesters, methyl and other alkyl phosphonates including 3′-alkylene phosphonates, 5′-alkylene phosphonates and chiral phosphonates, phosphinates, phosphoramidates including 3′-amino phosphoramidate and aminoalkylphosphoramidates, thionophosphoramidates, thionoalkylphosphonates, thionoalkylphosphotriesters, selenophosphates and boranophosphates having normal 3′-5′ linkages, 2′-5′ linked analogs of these, and those having inverted polarity wherein one or more internucleotide linkages is a 3′ to 3′, 5′ to 5′ or 2′ to 2′ linkage. Preferred oligonucleotides having inverted polarity comprise a single 3′ to 3′ linkage at the 3′-most internucleotide linkage i.e. a single inverted nucleoside residue which may be abasic (the nucleobase is missing or has a hydroxyl group in place thereof). Various salts, mixed salts and free acid forms are also included.
- Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of the above phosphorus-containing linkages include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,687,808; 4,469,863; 4,476,301; 5,023,243; 5,177,196; 5,188,897; 5,264,423; 5,276,019; 5,278,302; 5,286,717; 5,321,131; 5,399,676; 5,405,939; 5,453,496; 5,455,233; 5,466,677; 5,476,925; 5,519,126; 5,536,821; 5,541,306; 5,550,111; 5,563,253; 5,571,799; 5,587,361; 5,194,599; 5,565,555; 5,527,899; 5,721,218; 5,672,697 and 5,625,050, certain of which are commonly owned with this application, and each of which is herein incorporated by reference.
- In more preferred embodiments of the invention, oligomeric compounds have one or more phosphorothioate and/or heteroatom internucleoside linkages, in particular —CH2—NH—O—CH2—, —CH2—N(CH3)—O—CH2— [known as a methylene (methylimino) or MMI backbone], —CH2—O—N(CH3)—CH2—, —CH2—N(CH3)—N(CH3)—CH2— and —O—N(CH3)—CH2—CH2— [wherein the native phosphodiester internucleotide linkage is represented as —O—P(═O)(OH)—O—CH2—]. The MMI type internucleoside linkages are disclosed in the above referenced U.S. Pat. No. 5,489,677. Preferred amide internucleoside linkages are disclosed in the above referenced U.S. Pat. No. 5,602,240.
- Preferred modified oligonucleotide backbones that do not include a phosphorus atom therein have backbones that are formed by short chain alkyl or cycloalkyl internucleoside linkages, mixed heteroatom and alkyl or cycloalkyl internucleoside linkages, or one or more short chain heteroatomic or heterocyclic internucleoside linkages. These include those having morpholino linkages (formed in part from the sugar portion of a nucleoside); siloxane backbones; sulfide, sulfoxide and sulfone backbones; formacetal and thioformacetal backbones; methylene formacetal and thioformacetal backbones; riboacetal backbones; alkene containing backbones; sulfamate backbones; methyleneimino and methylenehydrazino backbones; sulfonate and sulfonamide backbones; amide backbones; and others having mixed N, O, S and CH2 component parts.
- Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of the above oligonucleosides include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,034,506; 5,166,315; 5,185,444; 5,214,134; 5,216,141; 5,235,033; 5,264,562; 5,264,564; 5,405,938; 5,434,257; 5,466,677; 5,470,967; 5,489,677; 5,541,307; 5,561,225; 5,596,086; 5,602,240; 5,610,289; 5,602,240; 5,608,046; 5,610,289; 5,618,704; 5,623,070; 5,663,312; 5,633,360; 5,677,437; 5,792,608; 5,646,269 and 5,677,439, certain of which are commonly owned with this application, and each of which is herein incorporated by reference.
- Oligomer Mimetics
- Another preferred group of oligomeric compounds amenable to the present invention includes oligonucleotide mimetics. The term mimetic as it is applied to oligonucleotides is intended to include oligomeric compounds wherein only the furanose ring or both the furanose ring and the internucleotide linkage are replaced with novel groups, replacement of only the furanose ring is also referred to in the art as being a sugar surrogate. The heterocyclic base moiety or a modified heterocyclic base moiety is maintained for hybridization with an appropriate target nucleic acid. One such oligomeric compound, an oligonucleotide mimetic that has been shown to have excellent hybridization properties, is referred to as a peptide nucleic acid (PNA). In PNA oligomeric compounds, the sugar-backbone of an oligonucleotide is replaced with an amide containing backbone, in particular an aminoethylglycine backbone. The nucleobases are retained and are bound directly or indirectly to aza nitrogen atoms of the amide portion of the backbone. Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of PNA oligomeric compounds include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,539,082; 5,714,331; and 5,719,262, each of which is herein incorporated by reference. Further teaching of PNA oligomeric compounds can be found in Nielsen et al., Science, 1991, 254, 1497-1500.
- One oligonucleotide mimetic that has been reported to have excellent hybridization properties is peptide nucleic acids (PNA). The backbone in PNA compounds is two or more linked aminoethylglycine units which gives PNA an amide containing backbone. The heterocyclic base moieties are bound directly or indirectly to aza nitrogen atoms of the amide portion of the backbone. Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of PNA compounds include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,539,082; 5,714,331; and 5,719,262, each of which is herein incorporated by reference. Further teaching of PNA compounds can be found in Nielsen et al., Science, 1991, 254, 1497-1500.
-
- Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
- T4 is hydrogen, an amino protecting group, —C(O)R5, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C10 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C10 alkynyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, a chemical functional group, a reporter group, a conjugate group, a D or L α-amino acid linked via the α-carboxyl group or optionally through the ω-carboxyl group when the amino acid is aspartic acid or glutamic acid or a peptide derived from D, L or mixed D and L amino acids linked through a carboxyl group, wherein the substituent groups are selected from hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro, thiol, thioalkoxy, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl and alkynyl;
- T5 is —OH, —N(Z1)Z2, R5, D or L α-amino acid linked via the α-amino group or optionally through the ω-amino group when the amino acid is lysine or ornithine or a peptide derived from D, L or mixed D and L amino acids linked through an amino group, a chemical functional group, a reporter group or a conjugate group;
- Z1 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, or an amino protecting group;
- Z2 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, an amino protecting group, —C(═O)—(CH2)n-J-Z3, a D or L α-amino acid linked via the α-carboxyl group or optionally through the ω-carboxyl group when the amino acid is aspartic acid or glutamic acid or a peptide derived from D, L or mixed D and L amino acids linked through a carboxyl group;
- Z3 is hydrogen, an amino protecting group, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C(═O)—CH3, benzyl, benzoyl, or —(CH2)n—N(H)Z1;
- each J is O, S or NH;
- R5 is a carbonyl protecting group; and
- n is from 2 to about 50.
- Another class of oligonucleotide mimetic that has been studied is based on linked morpholino units (morpholino nucleic acid) having heterocyclic bases attached to the morpholino ring. A number of linking groups have been reported that link the morpholino monomeric units in a morpholino nucleic acid. A preferred class of linking groups have been selected to give a non-ionic oligomeric compound. The non-ionic morpholino-based oligomeric compounds are less likely to have undesired interactions with cellular proteins. Morpholino-based oligomeric compounds are non-ionic mimics of oligonucleotides which are less likely to form undesired interactions with cellular proteins (Dwaine A. Braasch and David R. Corey, Biochemistry, 2002, 41(14), 4503-4510). Morpholino-based oligomeric compounds are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,034,506, issued Jul. 23, 1991. The morpholino class of oligomeric compounds have been prepared having a variety of different linking groups joining the monomeric subunits.
-
- T1 is hydroxyl or a protected hydroxyl;
- T5 is hydrogen or a phosphate or phosphate derivative;
- L2 is a linking group; and
- n is from 2 to about 50.
- A further class of oligonucleotide mimetic is referred to as cyclohexenyl nucleic acids (CeNA). The furanose ring normally present in an DNA/RNA molecule is replaced with a cyclohenyl ring. CeNA DMT protected phosphoramidite monomers have been prepared and used for oligomeric compound synthesis following classical phosphoramidite chemistry. Fully modified CeNA oligomeric compounds and oligonucleotides having specific positions modified with CeNA have been prepared and studied (see Wang et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2000, 122, 8595-8602). In general the incorporation of CeNA monomers into a DNA chain increases its stability of a DNA/RNA hybrid. CeNA oligoadenylates formed complexes with RNA and DNA complements with similar stability to the native complexes. The study of incorporating CeNA structures into natural nucleic acid structures was shown by NMR and circular dichroism to proceed with easy conformational adaptation. Furthermore the incorporation of CeNA into a sequence targeting RNA was stable to serum and able to activate E. Coli RNase resulting in cleavage of the target RNA strand.
-
- each Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
- T1 is hydroxyl or a protected hydroxyl; and
- T2 is hydroxyl or a protected hydroxyl.
-
- Another class of oligonucleotide mimetic is referred to as phosphonomonoester nucleic acids incorporate a phosphorus group in a backbone the backbone. This class of olignucleotide mimetic is reported to have useful physical and biological and pharmacological properties in the areas of inhibiting gene expression (antisense oligonucleotides, ribozymes, sense oligonucleotides and triplex-forming oligonucleotides), as probes for the detection of nucleic acids and as auxiliaries for use in molecular biology.
-
- Another oligonucleotide mimetic has been reported wherein the furanosyl ring has been replaced by a cyclobutyl moiety.
- Modified Sugars
- Oligomeric compounds of the invention may also contain one or more substituted sugar moieties. Preferred oligomeric compounds comprise a sugar substituent group selected from: OH; F; O-, S-, or N-alkyl; O-, S-, or N-alkenyl; O-, S- or N-alkynyl; or O-alkyl-O-alkyl, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl may be substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C10 alkyl or C2 to C10 alkenyl and alkynyl. Particularly preferred are O[(CH2)nO]mCH3, O(CH2)nOCH3, O(CH2)nNH2, O(CH2)nCH3, O(CH2)nONH2, and O(CH2)nON[(CH2)nCH3]2, where n and m are from 1 to about 10. Other preferred oligonucleotides comprise a sugar substituent group selected from: C1 to C10 lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkaryl, aralkyl, O-alkaryl or O-aralkyl, SH, SCH3, OCN, Cl, Br, CN, CF3, OCF3, SOCH3, SO2CH3, ONO2, NO2, N3, NH2, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkaryl, aminoalkylamino, polyalkylamino, substituted silyl, an RNA cleaving group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a group for improving the pharmacokinetic properties of an oligonucleotide, or a group for improving the pharmacodynamic properties of an oligonucleotide, and other substituents having similar properties. A preferred modification includes 2′-methoxyethoxy (2′-O—CH2CH2OCH3, also known as 2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl) or 2′-MOE) (Martin et al., Helv. Chim. Acta, 1995, 78, 486-504) i.e., an alkoxyalkoxy group. A further preferred modification includes 2′-dimethylaminooxyethoxy, i.e., a O(CH2)2ON(CH3)2 group, also known as 2′-DMAOE, as described in examples hereinbelow, and 2′-dimethylaminoethoxyethoxy (also known in the art as 2′-O-dimethyl-amino-ethoxy-ethyl or 2′-DMAEOE), i.e., 2′-O—CH2—O—CH2—N(CH3)2.
- Other preferred sugar substituent groups include methoxy (—O—CH3), aminopropoxy (—OCH2CH2CH2NH2), allyl (—CH2—CH═CH2), —O-allyl (—O—CH2—CH═CH2) and fluoro (F). 2′-Sugar substituent groups may be in the arabino (up) position or ribo (down) position. A preferred 2′-arabino modification is 2′-F. Similar modifications may also be made at other positions on the oligomeric compound, particularly the 3′ position of the sugar on the 3′ terminal nucleoside or in 2′-5′ linked oligonucleotides and the 5′ position of 5′ terminal nucleotide. Oligomeric compounds may also have sugar mimetics such as cyclobutyl moieties in place of the pentofuranosyl sugar. Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of such modified sugar structures include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,981,957; 5,118,800; 5,319,080; 5,359,044; 5,393,878; 5,446,137; 5,466,786; 5,514,785; 5,519,134; 5,567,811; 5,576,427; 5,591,722; 5,597,909; 5,610,300; 5,627,053; 5,639,873; 5,646,265; 5,658,873; 5,670,633; 5,792,747; and 5,700,920, certain of which are commonly owned with the instant application, and each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
-
- Rb is O, S or NH;
- Rd is a single bond, O, S or C(═O);
-
- Rp and Rq are each independently hydrogen or C1-C10 alkyl;
- Rr is —Rx—Ry;
- each Rs, Rt, Ru and Rv is, independently, hydrogen, C(O)Rw, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C10 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C10 alkynyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, a chemical functional group or a conjugate group, wherein the substituent groups are selected from hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro, thiol, thioalkoxy, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl and alkynyl;
- or optionally, Ru and Rv, together form a phthalimido moiety with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached;
- each Rw is, independently, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, cyanoethyloxy, methoxy, ethoxy, t-butoxy, allyloxy, 9-fluorenylmethoxy, 2-(trimethylsilyl)-ethoxy, 2,2,2-trichloroethoxy, benzyloxy, butyryl, iso-butyryl, phenyl or aryl;
- Rk is hydrogen, a nitrogen protecting group or —Rx—Ry;
- Rp is hydrogen, a nitrogen protecting group or —Rx—Ry;
- Rx is a bond or a linking moiety;
- Ry is a chemical functional group, a conjugate group or a solid support medium;
- each Rm and Rn is, independently, H, a nitrogen protecting group, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C10 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C10 alkynyl, wherein the substituent groups are selected from hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro, thiol, thioalkoxy, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl; NH3 +, N(Ru)(Rv), guanidino and acyl where said acyl is an acid amide or an ester;
- or Rm and Rn, together, are a nitrogen protecting group, are joined in a ring structure that optionally includes an additional heteroatom selected from N and O or are a chemical functional group;
- Ri is ORz, SRz, or N(Rz)2;
- each Rz is, independently, H, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C8 haloalkyl, C(═NH)N(H)Ru, C(═O)N(H)Ru or OC(═O)N(H)Ru;
- Rf, Rg and Rh comprise a ring system having from about 4 to about 7 carbon atoms or having from about 3 to about 6 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms wherein said heteroatoms are selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur and wherein said ring system is aliphatic, unsaturated aliphatic, aromatic, or saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic;
- Rj is alkyl or haloalkyl having 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, alkenyl having 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, alkynyl having 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, aryl having 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, N(Rk)(Rm)ORk, halo, SRk or CN;
- ma is 1 to about 10;
- each mb is, independently, 0 or 1;
- mc is 0 or an integer from 1 to 10;
- md is an integer from 1 to 10;
- me is from 0, 1 or 2; and
- provided that when mc is 0, md is greater than 1.
- Representative substituents groups of Formula I are disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/130,973, filed Aug. 7, 1998, entitled “
Capped 2′-Oxyethoxy Oligonucleotides,” hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. - Representative cyclic substituent groups of Formula II are disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/123,108, filed Jul. 27, 1998, entitled “RNA Targeted 2′-Oligomeric compounds that are Conformationally Preorganized,” hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Particularly preferred sugar substituent groups include O[(CH2)nO]mCH3, O(CH2)nOCH3, O(CH2)nNH2, O(CH2)nCH3, O(CH2)nONH2, and O(CH2)nON[(CH2)nCH3)]2, where n and m are from 1 to about 10.
- Representative guanidino substituent groups that are shown in formula III and IV are disclosed in co-owned U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/349,040, entitled “Functionalized Oligomers”, filed Jul. 7, 1999, hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Representative acetamido substituent groups are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,147,200 which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Representative dimethylaminoethyloxyethyl substituent groups are disclosed in International Patent Application PCT/US99/17895, entitled “2′-O-Dimethylaminoethyloxy-ethyl-Oligomeric compounds”, filed Aug. 6, 1999, hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Modified Nucleobases/Naturally Occurring nucleobases
- Oligomeric compounds may also include nucleobase (often referred to in the art simply as “base” or “heterocyclic base moiety”) modifications or substitutions. As used herein, “unmodified” or “natural” nucleobases include the purine bases adenine (A) and guanine (G), and the pyrimidine bases thymine (T), cytosine (C) and uracil (U). Modified nucleobases also referred herein as heterocyclic base moieties include other synthetic and natural nucleobases such as 5-methylcytosine (5-me-C), 5-hydroxymethyl cytosine, xanthine, hypoxanthine, 2-aminoadenine, 6-methyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2-propyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2-thiouracil, 2-thiothymine and 2-thiocytosine, 5-halouracil and cytosine, 5-propynyl (—C≡C—CH3) uracil and cytosine and other alkynyl derivatives of pyrimidine bases, 6-azo uracil, cytosine and thymine, 5-uracil (pseudouracil), 4-thiouracil, 8-halo, 8-amino, 8-thiol, 8-thioalkyl, 8-hydroxyl and other 8-substituted adenines and guanines, 5-halo particularly 5-bromo, 5-trifluoromethyl and other 5-substituted uracils and cytosines, 7-methylguanine and 7-methyladenine, 2-F-adenine, 2-amino-adenine, 8-azaguanine and 8-azaadenine, 7-deazaguanine and 7-deazaadenine and 3-deazaguanine and 3-deazaadenine.
- Heterocyclic base moieties may also include those in which the purine or pyrimidine base is replaced with other heterocycles, for example 7-deaza-adenine, 7-deazaguanosine, 2-aminopyridine and 2-pyridone. Further nucleobases include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,687,808, those disclosed in The Concise Encyclopedia Of Polymer Science And Engineering, pages 858-859, Kroschwitz, J. I., ed. John Wiley & Sons, 1990, those disclosed by Englisch et al., Angewandte Chemie, International Edition, 1991, 30, 613, and those disclosed by Sanghvi, Y. S.,
Chapter 15, Antisense Research and Applications, pages 289-302, Crooke, S. T. and Lebleu, B., ed., CRC Press, 1993. Certain of these nucleobases are particularly useful for increasing the binding affinity of the oligomeric compounds of the invention. These include 5-substituted pyrimidines, 6-azapyrimidines and N2, N-6 and O-6 substituted purines, including 2-aminopropyladenine, 5-propynyluracil and 5-propynylcytosine. 5-methylcytosine substitutions have been shown to increase nucleic acid duplex stability by 0.6-1.2° C. (Sanghvi, Y. S., Crooke, S. T. and Lebleu, B., eds., Antisense Research and Applications, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 1993, pp. 276-278) and are presently preferred base substitutions, even more particularly when combined with 2′-O-methoxyethyl sugar modifications. - In one aspect of the present invention oligomeric compounds are prepared having polycyclic heterocyclic compounds in place of one or more heterocyclic base moieties. A number of tricyclic heterocyclic compounds have been previously reported. These compounds are routinely used in antisense applications to increase the binding properties of the modified strand to a target strand. The most studied modifications are targeted to guanosines hence they have been termed G-clamps or cytidine analogs. Many of these polycyclic heterocyclic compounds have the general formula:
- Representative cytosine analogs that make 3 hydrogen bonds with a guanosine in a second strand include 1,3-diazaphenoxazine-2-one (R10=O, R11-R14=H) [Kurchavov, et al., Nucleosides and Nucleotides, 1997, 16, 1837-1846], 1,3-diazaphenothiazine-2-one (R10=S, R11-R14=H), [Lin, K.-Y.; Jones, R. J.; Matteucci, M. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1995, 117, 3873-3874] and 6,7,8,9-tetrafluoro-1,3-diazaphenoxazine-2-one (R10=O, R11-R14=F) [Wang, J.; Lin, K.-Y., Matteucci, M. Tetrahedron Lett. 1998, 39, 8385-8388]. Incorporated into oligonucleotides these base modifications were shown to hybridize with complementary guanine and the latter was also shown to hybridize with adenine and to enhance helical thermal stability by extended stacking interactions (also see U.S. patent application entitled “Modified Peptide Nucleic Acids” filed May 24, 2002, Ser. No. 10/155,920; and U.S. patent application entitled “Nuclease Resistant Chimeric Oligonucleotides” filed May 24, 2002, Ser. No. 10/013,295, both of which are commonly owned with this application and are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety).
- Further helix-stabilizing properties have been observed when a cytosine analog/substitute has an aminoethoxy moiety attached to the rigid 1,3-diazaphenoxazine-2-one scaffold (R10=O, R11=—O—(CH2)2—NH2, R12-R14=H) [Lin, K.-Y.; Matteucci, M. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1998, 120, 8531-8532]. Binding studies demonstrated that a single incorporation could enhance the binding affinity of a model oligonucleotide to its complementary target DNA or RNA with a ΔTm of up to 18° relative to 5-methyl cytosine (dC5me), which is the highest known affinity enhancement for a single modification, yet. On the other hand, the gain in helical stability does not compromise the specificity of the oligonucleotides. The Tm data indicate an even greater discrimination between the perfect match and mismatched sequences compared to dC5me. It was suggested that the tethered amino group serves as an additional hydrogen bond donor to interact with the Hoogsteen face, namely the O6, of a complementary guanine thereby forming 4 hydrogen bonds. This means that the increased affinity of G-clamp is mediated by the combination of extended base stacking and additional specific hydrogen bonding.
- Further tricyclic heterocyclic compounds and methods of using them that are amenable to the present invention are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,028,183, which issued on May 22, 2000, and U.S. Pat. No. 6,007,992, which issued on Dec. 28, 1999, the contents of both are commonly assigned with this application and are incorporated herein in their entirety.
- The enhanced binding affinity of the phenoxazine derivatives together with their uncompromised sequence specificity make them valuable nucleobase analogs for the development of more potent antisense-based drugs. In fact, promising data have been derived from in vitro experiments demonstrating that heptanucleotides containing phenoxazine substitutions are capable to activate RNaseH, enhance cellular uptake and exhibit an increased antisense activity [Lin, K-Y; Matteucci, M. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1998, 120, 8531-8532]. The activity enhancement was even more pronounced in case of G-clamp, as a single substitution was shown to significantly improve the in vitro potency of a
20mer 2′-deoxyphosphorothioate oligonucleotides [Flanagan, W. M.; Wolf, J. J.; Olson, P.; Grant, D.; Lin, K.-Y.; Wagner, R. W.; Matteucci, M. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1999, 96, 3513-3518]. Nevertheless, to optimize oligonucleotide design and to better understand the impact of these heterocyclic modifications on the biological activity, it is important to evaluate their effect on the nuclease stability of the oligomers. - Further modified polycyclic heterocyclic compounds useful as heterocyclic bases are disclosed in but not limited to, the above noted U.S. Pat. No. 3,687,808, as well as U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,845,205; 5,130,302; 5,134,066; 5,175,273; 5,367,066; 5,432,272; 5,434,257; 5,457,187; 5,459,255; 5,484,908; 5,502,177; 5,525,711; 5,552,540; 5,587,469; 5,594,121, 5,596,091; 5,614,617; 5,645,985; 5,646,269; 5,750,692; 5,830,653; 5,763,588; 6,005,096; and 5,681,941, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/996,292 filed Nov. 28, 2001, certain of which are commonly owned with the instant application, and each of which is herein incorporated by reference.
- Conjugates
- A further preferred substitution that can be appended to the oligomeric compounds of the invention involves the linkage of one or more moieties or conjugates which enhance the activity, cellular distribution or cellular uptake of the resulting oligomeric compounds. In one embodiment such modified oligomeric compounds are prepared by covalently attaching conjugate groups to functional groups such as hydroxyl or amino groups. Conjugate groups of the invention include intercalators, reporter molecules, polyamines, polyamides, polyethylene glycols, polyethers, groups that enhance the pharmacodynamic properties of oligomers, and groups that enhance the pharmacokinetic properties of oligomers. Typical conjugates groups include cholesterols, lipids, phospholipids, biotin, phenazine, folate, phenanthridine, anthraquinone, acridine, fluoresceins, rhodamines, coumarins, and dyes. Groups that enhance the pharmacodynamic properties, in the context of this invention, include groups that improve oligomer uptake, enhance oligomer resistance to degradation, and/or strengthen sequence-specific hybridization with RNA. Groups that enhance the pharmacokinetic properties, in the context of this invention, include groups that improve oligomer uptake, distribution, metabolism or excretion. Representative conjugate groups are disclosed in International Patent Application PCT/US92/09196, filed Oct. 23, 1992 the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. [0188] Conjugate moieties include but are not limited to lipid moieties such as a cholesterol moiety (Letsinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1989, 86, 6553-6556), cholic acid (Manoharan et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Let., 1994, 4, 1053-1060), a thioether, e.g., hexyl-5-tritylthiol (Manoharan et al., Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 1992, 660, 306-309; Manoharan et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Let., 1993, 3, 2765-2770), a thiocholesterol (Oberhauser et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 1992, 20, 533-538), an aliphatic chain, e.g., dodecandiol or undecyl residues (Saison-Behmoaras et al., EMBO J., 1991, 10, 1111-1118; Kabanov et al., FEBS Lett., 1990, 259, 327-330; Svinarchuk et al., Biochimie, 1993, 75, 49-54), a phospholipid, e.g., di-hexadecyl-rac-glycerol or triethyl-
ammonium 1,2-di-O-hexadecyl-rac-glycero-3-H-phosphonate (Manoharan et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1995, 36, 3651-3654; Shea et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 1990, 18, 3777-3783), a polyamine or a polyethylene glycol chain (Manoharan et al., Nucleosides & Nucleotides, 1995, 14, 969-973), or adamantane acetic acid (Manoharan et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1995, 36, 3651-3654), a palmityl moiety (Mishra et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1995, 1264, 229-237), or an octadecylamine or hexylamino-carbonyl-oxycholesterol moiety (Crooke et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 1996, 277, 923-937. - The oligomeric compounds of the invention may also be conjugated to active drug substances, for example, aspirin, warfarin, phenylbutazone, ibuprofen, suprofen, fenbufen, ketoprofen, (S)-(+)-pranoprofen, carprofen, dansylsarcosine, 2,3,5-triiodobenzoic acid, flufenamic acid, folinic acid, a benzothiadiazide, chlorothiazide, a diazepine, indomethicin, a barbiturate, a cephalosporin, a sulfa drug, an antidiabetic, an antibacterial or an antibiotic. Oligonucleotide-drug conjugates and their preparation are described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/334,130 (filed Jun. 15, 1999) which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of such oligonucleotide conjugates include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,828,979; 4,948,882; 5,218,105; 5,525,465; 5,541,313; 5,545,730; 5,552,538; 5,578,717, 5,580,731; 5,580,731; 5,591,584; 5,109,124; 5,118,802; 5,138,045; 5,414,077; 5,486,603; 5,512,439; 5,578,718; 5,608,046; 4,587,044; 4,605,735; 4,667,025; 4,762,779; 4,789,737; 4,824,941; 4,835,263; 4,876,335; 4,904,582; 4,958,013; 5,082,830; 5,112,963; 5,214,136; 5,082,830; 5,112,963; 5,214,136; 5,245,022; 5,254,469; 5,258,506; 5,262,536; 5,272,250; 5,292,873; 5,317,098; 5,371,241, 5,391,723; 5,416,203, 5,451,463; 5,510,475; 5,512,667; 5,514,785; 5,565,552; 5,567,810; 5,574,142; 5,585,481; 5,587,371; 5,595,726; 5,597,696; 5,599,923; 5,599,928 and 5,688,941, certain of which are commonly owned with the instant application, and each of which is herein incorporated by reference.
- Chimeric Oligomeric Compounds
- It is not necessary for all positions in an oligomeric compound to be uniformly modified, and in fact more than one of the aforementioned modifications may be incorporated in a single oligomeric compound or even at a single monomeric subunit such as a nucleoside within a oligomeric compound. The present invention also includes oligomeric compounds which are chimeric oligomeric compounds. “Chimeric” oligomeric compounds or “chimeras,” in the context of this invention, are oligomeric compounds that contain two or more chemically distinct regions, each made up of at least one monomer unit, i.e., a nucleotide in the case of a nucleic acid based oligomer.
- Chimeric oligomeric compounds typically contain at least one region modified so as to confer increased resistance to nuclease degradation, increased cellular uptake, and/or increased binding affinity for the target nucleic acid. An additional region of the oligomeric compound may serve as a substrate for enzymes capable of cleaving RNA:DNA or RNA:RNA hybrids. By way of example, RNase H is a cellular endonuclease which cleaves the RNA strand of an RNA:DNA duplex. Activation of RNase H, therefore, results in cleavage of the RNA target, thereby greatly enhancing the efficiency of inhibition of gene expression. Consequently, comparable results can often be obtained with shorter oligomeric compounds when chimeras are used, compared to for example phosphorothioate deoxyoligonucleotides hybridizing to the same target region. Cleavage of the RNA target can be routinely detected by gel electrophoresis and, if necessary, associated nucleic acid hybridization techniques known in the art.
- Chimeric oligomeric compounds of the invention may be formed as composite structures of two or more oligonucleotides, oligonucleotide analogs, oligonucleosides and/or oligonucleotide mimetics as described above. Such oligomeric compounds have also been referred to in the art as hybrids hemimers, gapmers or inverted gapmers. Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of such hybrid structures include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,013,830; 5,149,797; 5,220,007; 5,256,775; 5,366,878; 5,403,711; 5,491,133; 5,565,350; 5,623,065; 5,652,355; 5,652,356; and 5,700,922, certain of which are commonly owned with the instant application, and each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- 3′-Endo Modifications
- In one aspect of the present invention oligomeric compounds include nucleosides synthetically modified to induce a 3′-endo sugar conformation. A nucleoside can incorporate synthetic modifications of the heterocyclic base, the sugar moiety or both to induce a desired 3′-endo sugar conformation. These modified nucleosides are used to mimic RNA like nucleosides so that particular properties of an oligomeric compound can be enhanced while maintaining the desirable 3′-endo conformational geometry. There is an apparent preference for an RNA type duplex (A form helix, predominantly 3′-endo) as a requirement (e.g. trigger) of RNA interference which is supported in part by the fact that duplexes composed of 2′-deoxy-2′-F-nucleosides appears efficient in triggering RNAi response in the C. elegans system. Properties that are enhanced by using more stable 3′-endo nucleosides include but aren't limited to modulation of pharmacokinetic properties through modification of protein binding, protein off-rate, absorption and clearance; modulation of nuclease stability as well as chemical stability; modulation of the binding affinity and specificity of the oligomer (affinity and specificity for enzymes as well as for complementary sequences); and increasing efficacy of RNA cleavage. The present invention provides oligomeric triggers of RNAi having one or more nucleosides modified in such a way as to favor a C3′-endo type conformation.
- Nucleoside conformation is influenced by various factors including substitution at the 2′, 3′ or 4′-positions of the pentofuranosyl sugar. Electronegative substituents generally prefer the axial positions, while sterically demanding substituents generally prefer the equatorial positions (Principles of Nucleic Acid Structure, Wolfgang Sanger, 1984, Springer-Verlag.) Modification of the 2′ position to favor the 3′-endo conformation can be achieved while maintaining the 2′-OH as a recognition element, as illustrated in
FIG. 2 , below (Gallo et al., Tetrahedron (2001), 57, 5707-5713. Harry-O'kuru et al., J. Org. Chem., (1997), 62(6), 1754-1759 and Tang et al., J. Org. Chem. (1999), 64, 747-754.) Alternatively, preference for the 3′-endo conformation can be achieved by deletion of the 2′-OH as exemplified by 2′deoxy-2′ F-nucleosides (Kawasaki et al., J. Med. Chem. (1993), 36, 831-841), which adopts the 3′-endo conformation positioning the electronegative fluorine atom in the axial position. Other modifications of the ribose ring, for example substitution at the 4′-position to give 4′-F modified nucleosides (Guillerm et al., Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters (1995), 5, 1455-1460 and Owen et al., J. Org. Chem. (1976), 41, 3010-3017), or for example modification to yield methanocarba nucleoside analogs (Jacobson et al., J. Med. Chem. Lett. (2000), 43, 2196-2203 and Lee et al., Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters (2001), 11, 1333-1337) also induce preference for the 3′-endo conformation. Along similar lines, oligomeric triggers of RNAi response might be composed of one or more nucleosides modified in such a way that conformation is locked into a C3′-endo type conformation, i.e. LNA (LNA, Singh et al, Chem. Commun. (1998), 4, 455-456), and ethylene bridged Nucleic Acids (ENA, Morita et al, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters (2002), 12, 73-76.) Examples of modified nucleosides amenable to the present invention are shown below in Table I. These examples are meant to be representative and not exhaustive.TABLE I - The preferred conformation of modified nucleosides and their oligomers can be estimated by various methods such as molecular dynamics calculations, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy and CD measurements. Hence, modifications predicted to induce RNA like conformations, A-form duplex geometry in an oligomeric context, are selected for use in the modified oligonucleotides of the present invention. The synthesis of numerous of the modified nucleosides amenable to the present invention are known in the art (see for example, Chemistry of Nucleosides and Nucleotides Vol 1-3, ed. Leroy B. Townsend, 1988, Plenum press, and the examples section below.) Nucleosides known to be inhibitors/substrates for RNA dependent RNA polymerases (for example HCV NS5B
- In one aspect, the present invention is directed to oligonucleotides that are prepared having enhanced properties compared to native RNA against nucleic acid targets. A target is identified and an oligonucleotide is selected having an effective length and sequence that is complementary to a portion of the target sequence. Each nucleoside of the selected sequence is scrutinized for possible enhancing modifications. A preferred modification would be the replacement of one or more RNA nucleosides with nucleosides that have the same 3′-endo conformational geometry. Such modifications can enhance chemical and nuclease stability relative to native RNA while at the same time being much cheaper and easier to synthesize and/or incorporate into an oligonucleotide. The selected sequence can be further divided into regions and the nucleosides of each region evaluated for enhancing modifications that can be the result of a chimeric configuration. Consideration is also given to the 5′ and 3′-termini as there are often advantageous modifications that can be made to one or more of the terminal nucleosides. The oligomeric compounds of the present invention include at least one 5′-modified phosphate group on a single strand or on at least one 5′-position of a double stranded sequence or sequences. Further modifications are also considered such as internucleoside linkages, conjugate groups, substitute sugars or bases, substitution of one or more nucleosides with nucleoside mimetics and any other modification that can enhance the selected sequence for its intended target.
- The terms used to describe the conformational geometry of homoduplex nucleic acids are “A Form” for RNA and “B Form” for DNA. The respective conformational geometry for RNA and DNA duplexes was determined from X-ray diffraction analysis of nucleic acid fibers (Arnott and Hukins, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 1970, 47, 1504.) In general, RNA:RNA duplexes are more stable and have higher melting temperatures (Tm's) than DNA:DNA duplexes (Sanger et al., Principles of Nucleic Acid Structure, 1984, Springer-Verlag; New York, N.Y.; Lesnik et al., Biochemistry, 1995, 34, 10807-10815; Conte et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 1997, 25, 2627-2634). The increased stability of RNA has been attributed to several structural features, most notably the improved base stacking interactions that result from an A-form geometry (Searle et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 1993, 21, 2051-2056). The presence of the 2′ hydroxyl in RNA biases the sugar toward a C3′ endo pucker, i.e., also designated as Northern pucker, which causes the duplex to favor the A-form geometry. In addition, the 2′ hydroxyl groups of RNA can form a network of water mediated hydrogen bonds that help stabilize the RNA duplex (Egli et al., Biochemistry, 1996, 35, 8489-8494). On the other hand, deoxy nucleic acids prefer a C2′ endo sugar pucker, i.e., also known as Southern pucker, which is thought to impart a less stable B-form geometry (Sanger, W. (1984) Principles of Nucleic Acid Structure, Springer-Verlag, New York, N.Y.). As used herein, B-form geometry is inclusive of both C2′-endo pucker and O4′-endo pucker. This is consistent with Berger, et. al., Nucleic Acids Research, 1998, 26, 2473-2480, who pointed out that in considering the furanose conformations which give rise to B-form duplexes consideration should also be given to a O4′-endo pucker contribution.
- DNA:RNA hybrid duplexes, however, are usually less stable than pure RNA:RNA duplexes, and depending on their sequence may be either more or less stable than DNA:DNA duplexes (Searle et al, Nucleic Acids Res., 1993, 21, 2051-2056). The structure of a hybrid duplex is intermediate between A- and B-form geometries, which may result in poor stacking interactions (Lane et al., Eur. J. Biochem., 1993, 215, 297-306; Fedoroff et al., J. Mol. Biol., 1993, 233, 509-523; Gonzalez et al., Biochemistry, 1995, 34, 4969-4982; Horton et al., J. Mol. Biol., 1996, 264, 521-533). The stability of the duplex formed between a target RNA and a synthetic sequence is central to therapies such as but not limited to antisense and RNA interference as these mechanisms require the binding of a synthetic oligonucleotide strand to an RNA target strand. In the case of antisense, effective inhibition of the mRNA requires that the antisense DNA have a very high binding affinity with the mRNA. Otherwise the desired interaction between the synthetic oligonucleotide strand and target mRNA strand will occur infrequently, resulting in decreased efficacy.
- One routinely used method of modifying the sugar puckering is the substitution of the sugar at the 2′-position with a substituent group that influences the sugar geometry. The influence on ring conformation is dependant on the nature of the substituent at the 2′-position. A number of different substituents have been studied to determine their sugar puckering effect. For example, 2′-halogens have been studied showing that the 2′-fluoro derivative exhibits the largest population (65%) of the C3′-endo form, and the 2′-iodo exhibits the lowest population (7%). The populations of adenosine (2′-OH) versus deoxyadenosine (2′-H) are 36% and 19%, respectively. Furthermore, the effect of the 2′-fluoro group of adenosine dimers (2′-deoxy-2′-fluoroadenosine-2′-deoxy-2′-fluoro-adenosine) is further correlated to the stabilization of the stacked conformation.
- As expected, the relative duplex stability can be enhanced by replacement of 2′-OH groups with 2′-F groups thereby increasing the C3′-endo population. It is assumed that the highly polar nature of the 2′-F bond and the extreme preference for C3′-endo puckering may stabilize the stacked conformation in an A-form duplex. Data from UV hypochromicity, circular dichroism, and 1H NMR also indicate that the degree of stacking decreases as the electronegativity of the halo substituent decreases. Furthermore, steric bulk at the 2′-position of the sugar moiety is better accommodated in an A-form duplex than a B-form duplex. Thus, a 2′-substituent on the 3′-terminus of a dinucleoside monophosphate is thought to exert a number of effects on the stacking conformation: steric repulsion, furanose puckering preference, electrostatic repulsion, hydrophobic attraction, and hydrogen bonding capabilities. These substituent effects are thought to be determined by the molecular size, electronegativity, and hydrophobicity of the substituent. Melting temperatures of complementary strands is also increased with the 2′-substituted adenosine diphosphates. It is not clear whether the 3′-endo preference of the conformation or the presence of the substituent is responsible for the increased binding. However, greater overlap of adjacent bases (stacking) can be achieved with the 3′-endo conformation.
- One synthetic 2′-modification that imparts increased nuclease resistance and a very high binding affinity to nucleotides is the 2-methoxyethoxy (2′-MOE, 2′-OCH2CH2OCH3) side chain (Baker et al., J. Biol. Chem., 1997, 272, 11944-12000). One of the immediate advantages of the 2′-MOE substitution is the improvement in binding affinity, which is greater than many similar 2′ modifications such as O-methyl, O-propyl, and O-aminopropyl. Oligonucleotides having the 2′-O-methoxyethyl substituent also have been shown to be antisense inhibitors of gene expression with promising features for in vivo use (Martin, P., Helv. Chim. Acta, 1995, 78, 486-504; Altmann et al., Chimia, 1996, 50, 168-176; Altmann et al., Biochem. Soc. Trans., 1996, 24, 630-637; and Altmann et al., Nucleosides Nucleotides, 1997, 16, 917-926). Relative to DNA, the oligonucleotides having the 2′-MOE modification displayed improved RNA affinity and higher nuclease resistance. Chimeric oligonucleotides having 2′-MOE substituents in the wing nucleosides and an internal region of deoxy-phosphorothioate nucleotides (also termed a gapped oligonucleotide or gapmer) have shown effective reduction in the growth of tumors in animal models at low doses. 2′-MOE substituted oligonucleotides have also shown outstanding promise as antisense agents in several disease states. One such MOE substituted oligonucleotide is presently being investigated in clinical trials for the treatment of CMV retinitis.
- Chemistries Defined
- Unless otherwise defined herein, alkyl means C1-C12, preferably C1-C8, and more preferably C1-C6, straight or (where possible) branched chain aliphatic hydrocarbyl.
- Unless otherwise defined herein, heteroalkyl means C1-C12, preferably C1-C8, and more preferably C1-C6, straight or (where possible) branched chain aliphatic hydrocarbyl containing at least one, and preferably about 1 to about 3, hetero atoms in the chain, including the terminal portion of the chain. Preferred heteroatoms include N, O and S.
- Unless otherwise defined herein, cycloalkyl means C3-C12, preferably C3-C8, and more preferably C3-C6, aliphatic hydrocarbyl ring.
- Unless otherwise defined herein, alkenyl means C2-C12, preferably C2-C8, and more preferably C2-C6 alkenyl, which may be straight or (where possible) branched hydrocarbyl moiety, which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
- Unless otherwise defined herein, alkynyl means C2-C12, preferably C2-C8, and more preferably C2-C6 alkynyl, which may be straight or (where possible) branched hydrocarbyl moiety, which contains at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
- Unless otherwise defined herein, heterocycloalkyl means a ring moiety containing at least three ring members, at least one of which is carbon, and of which 1, 2 or three ring members are other than carbon. Preferably the number of carbon atoms varies from 1 to about 12, preferably 1 to about 6, and the total number of ring members varies from three to about 15, preferably from about 3 to about 8. Preferred ring heteroatoms are N, O and S. Preferred heterocycloalkyl groups include morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperidinyl, homopiperazinyl, homomorpholino, homothiomorpholino, pyrrolodinyl, tetrahydrooxazolyl, tetrahydroimidazolyl, tetrahydrothiazolyl, tetrahydroisoxazolyl, tetrahydropyrrazolyl, furanyl, pyranyl, and tetrahydroisothiazolyl.
- Unless otherwise defined herein, aryl means any hydrocarbon ring structure containing at least one aryl ring. Preferred aryl rings have about 6 to about 20 ring carbons. Especially preferred aryl rings include phenyl, napthyl, anthracenyl, and phenanthrenyl.
- Unless otherwise defined herein, hetaryl means a ring moiety containing at least one fully unsaturated ring, the ring consisting of carbon and non-carbon atoms. Preferably the ring system contains about 1 to about 4 rings. Preferably the number of carbon atoms varies from 1 to about 12, preferably 1 to about 6, and the total number of ring members varies from three to about 15, preferably from about 3 to about 8. Preferred ring heteroatoms are N, O and S. Preferred hetaryl moieties include pyrazolyl, thiophenyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, purinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiophenyl, etc.
- Unless otherwise defined herein, where a moiety is defined as a compound moiety, such as hetarylalkyl (hetaryl and alkyl), aralkyl (aryl and alkyl), etc., each of the sub-moieties is as defined herein.
- Unless otherwise defined herein, an electron withdrawing group is a group, such as the cyano or isocyanato group that draws electronic charge away from the carbon to which it is attached. Other electron withdrawing groups of note include those whose electronegativities exceed that of carbon, for example halogen, nitro, or phenyl substituted in the ortho- or para-position with one or more cyano, isothiocyanato, nitro or halo groups.
- Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms halogen and halo have their ordinary meanings. Preferred halo (halogen) substituents are Cl, Br, and I.
- The aforementioned optional substituents are, unless otherwise herein defined, suitable substituents depending upon desired properties. Included are halogens (Cl, Br, I), alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl moieties, NO2, NH3 (substituted and unsubstituted), acid moieties (e.g. —CO2H, —OSO3H2, etc.), heterocycloalkyl moieties, hetaryl moieties, aryl moieties, etc.
- In all the preceding formulae, the squiggle (˜) indicates a bond to an oxygen or sulfur of the 5′-phosphate.
- As used herein, the term “protecting group” refers to a group which is joined to or substituted for a reactive group (e.g. a hydroxyl or an amine) on a molecule. The protecting group is chosen to prevent reaction of the particular radical during one or more steps of a chemical reaction. Generally the particular protecting group is chosen so as to permit removal at a later time to restore the reactive group without altering other reactive groups present in the molecule. The choice of a protecting group is a function of the particular radical to be protected and the compounds to which it will be exposed. The selection of protecting groups is well known to those of skill in the art. See, for example Greene et al., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Somerset, N.J. (1991), which is herein incorporated by reference.
- Phosphate protecting groups include those described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,760,209, U.S. Pat. No. 5,614,621, U.S. Pat. No. 6,051,699, U.S. Pat. No. 6,020,475, U.S. Pat. No. 6,326,478, U.S. Pat. No. 6,169,177, U.S. Pat. No. 6,121,437, U.S. Pat. No. 6,465,628 each of which is expressly incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- Oligomer terminal groups are well know to one skilled in the art. Some terminal groups are hydroxy, protected hydroxy, amino, protected amino, and conjugate groups.
- Screening, Target Validation and Drug Discovery
- For use in screening and target validation, the compounds and compositions of the invention are used to modulate the expression of a selected protein. “Modulators” are those oligomeric compounds and compositions that decrease or increase the expression of a nucleic acid molecule encoding a protein and which comprise at least an 8-nucleobase portion which is complementary to a preferred target segment. The screening method comprises the steps of contacting a preferred target segment of a nucleic acid molecule encoding a protein with one or more candidate modulators, and selecting for one or more candidate modulators which decrease or increase the expression of a nucleic acid molecule encoding a protein. Once it is shown that the candidate modulator or modulators are capable of modulating (e.g. either decreasing or increasing) the expression of a nucleic acid molecule encoding a peptide, the modulator may then be employed in further investigative studies of the function of the peptide, or for use as a research, diagnostic, or therapeutic agent in accordance with the present invention.
- The conduction such screening and target validation studies, oligomeric compounds of invention can be used combined with their respective complementary strand oligomeric compound to form stabilized double-stranded (duplexed) oligonucleotides. Double stranded oligonucleotide moieties have been shown to modulate target expression and regulate translation as well as RNA processing via an antisense mechanism. Moreover, the double-stranded moieties may be subject to chemical modifications (Fire et al., Nature, 1998, 391, 806-811; Timmons and Fire, Nature 1998, 395, 854; Timmons et al., Gene, 2001, 263, 103-112; Tabara et al., Science, 1998, 282, 430-431; Montgomery et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1998, 95, 15502-15507; Tuschl et al., Genes Dev., 1999, 13, 3191-3197; Elbashir et al., Nature, 2001, 411, 494-498; Elbashir et al., Genes Dev. 2001, 15, 188-200; Nishikura et al., Cell (2001), 107, 415-416; and Bass et al., Cell (2000), 101, 235-238.) For example, such double-stranded moieties have been shown to inhibit the target by the classical hybridization of antisense strand of the duplex to the target, thereby triggering enzymatic degradation of the target (Tijsterman et al., Science, 2002, 295, 694-697).
- For use in drug discovery and target validation, oligomeric compounds of the present invention are used to elucidate relationships that exist between proteins and a disease state, phenotype, or condition. These methods include detecting or modulating a target peptide comprising contacting a sample, tissue, cell, or organism with the oligomeric compounds and compositions of the present invention, measuring the nucleic acid or protein level of the target and/or a related phenotypic or chemical endpoint at some time after treatment, and optionally comparing the measured value to a non-treated sample or sample treated with a further oligomeric compound of the invention. These methods can also be performed in parallel or in combination with other experiments to determine the function of unknown genes for the process of target validation or to determine the validity of a particular gene product as a target for treatment or prevention of a disease or disorder.
- Kits, Research Reagents, Diagnostics, and Therapeutics
- The oligomeric compounds and compositions of the present invention can additionally be utilized for diagnostics, therapeutics, prophylaxis and as research reagents and kits. Such uses allows for those of ordinary skill to elucidate the function of particular genes or to distinguish between functions of various members of a biological pathway.
- For use in kits and diagnostics, the oligomeric compounds and compositions of the present invention, either alone or in combination with other compounds or therapeutics, can be used as tools in differential and/or combinatorial analyses to elucidate expression patterns of a portion or the entire complement of genes expressed within cells and tissues.
- As one non-limiting example, expression patterns within cells or tissues treated with one or more compounds or compositions of the invention are compared to control cells or tissues not treated with the compounds or compositions and the patterns produced are analyzed for differential levels of gene expression as they pertain, for example, to disease association, signaling pathway, cellular localization, expression level, size, structure or function of the genes examined. These analyses can be performed on stimulated or unstimulated cells and in the presence or absence of other compounds that affect expression patterns.
- Examples of methods of gene expression analysis known in the art include DNA arrays or microarrays (Brazma and Vilo, FEBS Lett., 2000, 480, 17-24; Celis, et al., FEBS Lett., 2000, 480, 2-16), SAGE (serial analysis of gene expression) (Madden, et al., Drug Discov. Today, 2000, 5, 415-425), READS (restriction enzyme amplification of digested cDNAs) (Prashar and Weissman, Methods Enzymol., 1999, 303, 258-72), TOGA (total gene expression analysis) (Sutcliffe, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 2000, 97, 1976-81), protein arrays and proteomics (Celis, et al., FEBS Lett., 2000, 480, 2-16; Jungblut, et al., Electrophoresis, 1999, 20, 2100-10), expressed sequence tag (EST) sequencing (Celis, et al., FEBS Lett., 2000, 480, 2-16; Larsson, et al., J. Biotechnol., 2000, 80, 143-57), subtractive RNA fingerprinting (SuRF) (Fuchs, et al., Anal. Biochem., 2000, 286, 91-98; Larson, et al., Cytometry, 2000, 41, 203-208), subtractive cloning, differential display (DD) (Jurecic and Belmont, Curr. Opin. Microbiol., 2000, 3, 316-21), comparative genomic hybridization (Carulli, et al., J. Cell Biochem. Suppl., 1998, 31, 286-96), FISH (fluorescent in situ hybridization) techniques (Going and Gusterson, Eur. J. Cancer, 1999, 35, 1895-904) and mass spectrometry methods (To, Comb. Chem. High Throughput Screen, 2000, 3, 235-41).
- The compounds and compositions of the invention are useful for research and diagnostics, because these compounds and compositions hybridize to nucleic acids encoding proteins. Hybridization of the compounds and compositions of the invention with a nucleic acid can be detected by means known in the art. Such means may include conjugation of an enzyme to the compound or composition, radiolabelling or any other suitable detection means. Kits using such detection means for detecting the level of selected proteins in a sample may also be prepared.
- The specificity and sensitivity of compounds and compositions can also be harnessed by those of skill in the art for therapeutic uses. Antisense oligomeric compounds have been employed as therapeutic moieties in the treatment of disease states in animals, including humans. Antisense oligonucleotide drugs, including ribozymes, have been safely and effectively administered to humans and numerous clinical trials are presently underway. It is thus established that oligomeric compounds can be useful therapeutic modalities that can be configured to be useful in treatment regimes for the treatment of cells, tissues and animals, especially humans.
- For therapeutics, an animal, preferably a human, suspected of having a disease or disorder that can be treated by modulating the expression of a selected protein is treated by administering the compounds and compositions. For example, in one non-limiting embodiment, the methods comprise the step of administering to the animal in need of treatment, a therapeutically effective amount of a protein inhibitor. The protein inhibitors of the present invention effectively inhibit the activity of the protein or inhibit the expression of the protein. In one embodiment, the activity or expression of a protein in an animal is inhibited by about 10%. Preferably, the activity or expression of a protein in an animal is inhibited by about 30%. More preferably, the activity or expression of a protein in an animal is inhibited by 50% or more.
- For example, the reduction of the expression of a protein may be measured in serum, adipose tissue, liver or any other body fluid, tissue or organ of the animal. Preferably, the cells contained within the fluids, tissues or organs being analyzed contain a nucleic acid molecule encoding a protein and/or the protein itself.
- The compounds and compositions of the invention can be utilized in pharmaceutical compositions by adding an effective amount of the compound or composition to a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier. Use of the oligomeric compounds and methods of the invention may also be useful prophylactically.
- Formulations
- The compounds and compositions of the invention may also be admixed, encapsulated, conjugated or otherwise associated with other molecules, molecule structures or mixtures of compounds, as for example, liposomes, receptor-targeted molecules, oral, rectal, topical or other formulations, for assisting in uptake, distribution and/or absorption. Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of such uptake, distribution and/or absorption-assisting formulations include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,108,921; 5,354,844; 5,416,016; 5,459,127; 5,521,291; 5,543,158; 5,547,932; 5,583,020; 5,591,721; 4,426,330; 4,534,899; 5,013,556; 5,108,921; 5,213,804; 5,227,170; 5,264,221; 5,356,633; 5,395,619; 5,416,016; 5,417,978; 5,462,854; 5,469,854; 5,512,295; 5,527,528; 5,534,259; 5,543,152; 5,556,948; 5,580,575; and 5,595,756, each of which is herein incorporated by reference.
- The compounds and compositions of the invention encompass any pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, or salts of such esters, or any other compound which, upon administration to an animal, including a human, is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) the biologically active metabolite or residue thereof. Accordingly, for example, the disclosure is also drawn to prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the oligomeric compounds of the invention, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such prodrugs, and other bioequivalents.
- The term “prodrug” indicates a therapeutic agent that is prepared in an inactive form that is converted to an active form (i.e., drug) within the body or cells thereof by the action of endogenous enzymes or other chemicals and/or conditions. In particular, prodrug versions of the oligonucleotides of the invention are prepared as SATE [(S-acetyl-2-thioethyl) phosphate] derivatives according to the methods disclosed in WO 93/24510 to Gosselin et al., published Dec. 9, 1993 or in WO 94/26764 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,770,713 to Imbach et al.
- The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refers to physiologically and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds and compositions of the invention: i.e., salts that retain the desired biological activity of the parent compound and do not impart undesired toxicological effects thereto. For oligonucleotides, preferred examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
- The present invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions and formulations that include the compounds and compositions of the invention. The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be administered in a number of ways depending upon whether local or systemic treatment is desired and upon the area to be treated. Administration may be topical (including ophthalmic and to mucous membranes including vaginal and rectal delivery), pulmonary, e.g., by inhalation or insufflation of powders or aerosols, including by nebulizer; intratracheal, intranasal, epidermal and transdermal), oral or parenteral. Parenteral administration includes intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal or intramuscular injection or infusion; or intracranial, e.g., intrathecal or intraventricular, administration. Pharmaceutical compositions and formulations for topical administration may include transdermal patches, ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders. Conventional pharmaceutical carriers, aqueous, powder or oily bases, thickeners and the like may be necessary or desirable. Coated condoms, gloves and the like may also be useful.
- The pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention, which may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form, may be prepared according to conventional techniques well known in the pharmaceutical industry. Such techniques include the step of bringing into association the active ingredients with the pharmaceutical carrier(s) or excipient(s). In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredients with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
- The compounds and compositions of the present invention may be formulated into any of many possible dosage forms such as, but not limited to, tablets, capsules, gel capsules, liquid syrups, soft gels, suppositories, and enemas. The compositions of the present invention may also be formulated as suspensions in aqueous, non-aqueous or mixed media. Aqueous suspensions may further contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension including, for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol and/or dextran. The suspension may also contain stabilizers.
- Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, solutions, emulsions, foams and liposome-containing formulations. The pharmaceutical compositions and formulations of the present invention may comprise one or more penetration enhancers, carriers, excipients or other active or inactive ingredients.
- Emulsions are typically heterogenous systems of one liquid dispersed in another in the form of droplets usually exceeding 0.1 μm in diameter. Emulsions may contain additional components in addition to the dispersed phases, and the active drug that may be present as a solution in either the aqueous phase, oily phase or itself as a separate phase. Microemulsions are included as an embodiment of the present invention. Emulsions and their uses are well known in the art and are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
- Formulations of the present invention include liposomal formulations. As used in the present invention, the term “liposome” means a vesicle composed of amphiphilic lipids arranged in a spherical bilayer or bilayers. Liposomes are unilamellar or multilamellar vesicles which have a membrane formed from a lipophilic material and an aqueous interior that contains the composition to be delivered. Cationic liposomes are positively charged liposomes which are believed to interact with negatively charged DNA molecules to form a stable complex. Liposomes that are pH-sensitive or negatively-charged are believed to entrap DNA rather than complex with it. Both cationic and noncationic liposomes have been used to deliver DNA to cells.
- Liposomes also include “sterically stabilized” liposomes, a term which, as used herein, refers to liposomes comprising one or more specialized lipids that, when incorporated into liposomes, result in enhanced circulation lifetimes relative to liposomes lacking such specialized lipids. Examples of sterically stabilized liposomes are those in which part of the vesicle-forming lipid portion of the liposome comprises one or more glycolipids or is derivatized with one or more hydrophilic polymers, such as a polyethylene glycol (PEG) moiety. Liposomes and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
- The pharmaceutical formulations and compositions of the present invention may also include surfactants. The use of surfactants in drug products, formulations and in emulsions is well known in the art. Surfactants and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
- In one embodiment, the present invention employs various penetration enhancers to effect the efficient delivery of nucleic acids, particularly oligonucleotides. In addition to aiding the diffusion of non-lipophilic drugs across cell membranes, penetration enhancers also enhance the permeability of lipophilic drugs. Penetration enhancers may be classified as belonging to one of five broad categories, i.e., surfactants, fatty acids, bile salts, chelating agents, and non-chelating non-surfactants. Penetration enhancers and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
- One of skill in the art will recognize that formulations are routinely designed according to their intended use, i.e. route of administration.
- Preferred formulations for topical administration include those in which the oligonucleotides of the invention are in admixture with a topical delivery agent such as lipids, liposomes, fatty acids, fatty acid esters, steroids, chelating agents and surfactants. Preferred lipids and liposomes include neutral (e.g. dioleoylphosphatidyl DOPE ethanolamine, dimyristoylphosphatidyl choline DMPC, distearolyphosphatidyl choline) negative (e.g. dimyristoylphosphatidyl glycerol DMPG) and cationic (e.g. dioleoyltetramethylaminopropyl DOTAP and dioleoylphosphatidyl ethanolamine DOTMA).
- For topical or other administration, compounds and compositions of the invention may be encapsulated within liposomes or may form complexes thereto, in particular to cationic liposomes. Alternatively, they may be complexed to lipids, in particular to cationic lipids. Preferred fatty acids and esters, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety. Topical formulations are described in detail in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/315,298 filed on May 20, 1999, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- Compositions and formulations for oral administration include powders or granules, microparticulates, nanoparticulates, suspensions or solutions in water or non-aqueous media, capsules, gel capsules, sachets, tablets or minitablets. Thickeners, flavoring agents, diluents, emulsifiers, dispersing aids or binders may be desirable. Preferred oral formulations are those in which oligonucleotides of the invention are administered in conjunction with one or more penetration enhancers surfactants and chelators. Preferred surfactants include fatty acids and/or esters or salts thereof, bile acids and/or salts thereof. Preferred bile acids/salts and fatty acids and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety. Also preferred are combinations of penetration enhancers, for example, fatty acids/salts in combination with bile acids/salts. A particularly preferred combination is the sodium salt of lauric acid, capric acid and UDCA. Further penetration enhancers include polyoxyethylene-9-lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene-20-cetyl ether. Compounds and compositions of the invention may be delivered orally, in granular form including sprayed dried particles, or complexed to form micro or nanoparticles. Complexing agents and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety. Certain oral formulations for oligonucleotides and their preparation are described in detail in U.S. application Ser. Nos. 09/108,673 (filed Jul. 1, 1998), 09/315,298 (filed May 20, 1999) and 10/071,822, filed Feb. 8, 2002, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- Compositions and formulations for parenteral, intrathecal or intraventricular administration may include sterile aqueous solutions that may also contain buffers, diluents and other suitable additives such as, but not limited to, penetration enhancers, carrier compounds and other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
- Certain embodiments of the invention provide pharmaceutical compositions containing one or more of the compounds and compositions of the invention and one or more other chemotherapeutic agents that function by a non-antisense mechanism. Examples of such chemotherapeutic agents include but are not limited to cancer chemotherapeutic drugs such as daunorubicin, daunomycin, dactinomycin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin, esorubicin, bleomycin, mafosfamide, ifosfamide, cytosine arabinoside, bis-chloroethylnitrosurea, busulfan, mitomycin C, actinomycin D, mithramycin, prednisone, hydroxyprogesterone, testosterone, tamoxifen, dacarbazine, procarbazine, hexamethylmelamine, pentamethylmelamine, mitoxantrone, amsacrine, chlorambucil, methylcyclohexylnitrosurea, nitrogen mustards, melphalan, cyclophosphamide, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-azacytidine, hydroxyurea, deoxycoformycin, 4-hydroxyperoxycyclophosphoramide, 5-fluorouracil (5-FU), 5-fluorodeoxyuridine (5-FUdR), methotrexate (MTX), colchicine, taxol, vincristine, vinblastine, etoposide (VP-16), trimetrexate, irinotecan, topotecan, gemcitabine, teniposide, cisplatin and diethylstilbestrol (DES). When used with the oligomeric compounds of the invention, such chemotherapeutic agents may be used individually (e.g., 5-FU and oligonucleotide), sequentially (e.g., 5-FU and oligonucleotide for a period of time followed by MTX and oligonucleotide), or in combination with one or more other such chemotherapeutic agents (e.g., 5-FU, MTX and oligonucleotide, or 5-FU, radiotherapy and oligonucleotide). Anti-inflammatory drugs, including but not limited to nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs and corticosteroids, and antiviral drugs, including but not limited to ribivirin, vidarabine, acyclovir and ganciclovir, may also be combined in compositions of the invention. Combinations of compounds and compositions of the invention and other drugs are also within the scope of this invention. Two or more combined compounds such as two oligomeric compounds or one oligomeric compound combined with further compounds may be used together or sequentially.
- In another related embodiment, compositions of the invention may contain one or more of the compounds and compositions of the invention targeted to a first nucleic acid and one or more additional compounds such as antisense oligomeric compounds targeted to a second nucleic acid target. Numerous examples of antisense oligomeric compounds are known in the art. Alternatively, compositions of the invention may contain two or more oligomeric compounds and compositions targeted to different regions of the same nucleic acid target. Two or more combined compounds may be used together or sequentially
- Dosing
- The formulation of therapeutic compounds and compositions of the invention and their subsequent administration (dosing) is believed to be within the skill of those in the art. Dosing is dependent on severity and responsiveness of the disease state to be treated, with the course of treatment lasting from several days to several months, or until a cure is effected or a diminution of the disease state is achieved. Optimal dosing schedules can be calculated from measurements of drug accumulation in the body of the patient. Persons of ordinary skill can easily determine optimum dosages, dosing methodologies and repetition rates. Optimum dosages may vary depending on the relative potency of individual oligonucleotides, and can generally be estimated based on EC50s found to be effective in in vitro and in vivo animal models. In general, dosage is from 0.01 ug to 100 g per kg of body weight, and may be given once or more daily, weekly, monthly or yearly, or even once every 2 to 20 years. Persons of ordinary skill in the art can easily estimate repetition rates for dosing based on measured residence times and concentrations of the drug in bodily fluids or tissues. Following successful treatment, it may be desirable to have the patient undergo maintenance therapy to prevent the recurrence of the disease state, wherein the oligonucleotide is administered in maintenance doses, ranging from 0.01 ug to 100 g per kg of body weight, once or more daily, to once every 20 years.
- While the present invention has been described with specificity in accordance with certain of its preferred embodiments, the following examples serve only to illustrate the invention and are not intended to limit the same.
- The following compounds, including amidites and their intermediates were prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,426,220 and published PCT WO 02/36743; 5′-O-Dimethoxytrityl-thymidine intermediate for 5-methyl dC amidite, 5′-O-Dimethoxytrityl-2′-deoxy-5-methylcytidine intermediate for 5-methyl-dC amidite, 5′-O-Dimethoxytrityl-2′-deoxy-N4-benzoyl-5-methylcytidine penultimate intermediate for 5-methyl dC amidite, [5′-O-(4,4′-Dimethoxytriphenylmethyl)-2′-deoxy-N4-benzoyl-5-methylcytidin-3′-O-yl]-2-cyanoethyl-N,N-diisopropylphosphoramidite (5-methyl dC amidite), 2′-Fluorodeoxyadenosine, 2′-Fluorodeoxyguanosine, 2′-Fluorouridine, 2′-Fluorodeoxycytidine, 2′-O-(2-Methoxyethyl) modified amidites, 2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-methyluridine intermediate, 5′-O-DMT-2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-methyluridine penultimate intermediate, [5′-O-(4,4′-Dimethoxytriphenylmethyl)-2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-methyluridin-3′-O-yl]-2-cyanoethyl-N,N-diisopropylphosphoramidite (MOE T amidite), 5′-O-Dimethoxytrityl-2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-methylcytidine intermediate, 5′-O-dimethoxytrityl-2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)-N4-benzoyl-5-methyl-cytidine penultimate intermediate, [5′-O-(4,4′-Dimethoxytriphenylmethyl)-2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)-N4-benzoyl-5-methylcytidin-3′-O-yl]-2-cyanoethyl-N,N-diisopropylphosphoramidite (MOE 5-Me-C amidite), [5′-O-(4,4′-Dimethoxytriphenylmethyl)-2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)-N6-benzoyladenosin-3′-O-yl]-2-cyanoethyl-N,N-diisopropylphosphoramidite (MOE A amdite), [5′-O-(4,4′-Dimethoxytriphenylmethyl)-2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)-N4-isobutyrylguanosin-3′-O-yl]-2-cyanoethyl-N,N-diisopropylphosphoramidite (MOE G amidite), 2′-O-(Aminooxyethyl) nucleoside amidites and 2′-O-(dimethylaminooxyethyl) nucleoside amidites, 2′-(Dimethylaminooxyethoxy) nucleoside amidites, 5′-O-tert-Butyldiphenylsilyl-O2-2′-anhydro-5-methyluridine, 5′-O-tert-Butyldiphenylsilyl-2′-O-(2-hydroxyethyl)-5-methyluridine, 2′-O-([2-phthalimidoxy)ethyl]-5′-t-butyldiphenylsilyl-5-methyluridine, 5′-O-tert-butyldiphenylsilyl-2′-O-[(2-formadoximinooxy)ethyl]-5-methyluridine, 5′-O-tert-Butyldiphenylsilyl-2′-O—[N,N dimethylaminooxyethyl]-5-methyluridine, 2′-O-(dimethylaminooxyethyl)-5-methyluridine, 5′-O-DMT-2′-O-(dimethylaminooxyethyl)-5-methyluridine, 5′-O-DMT-2′-O-(2-N,N-dimethylaminooxyethyl)-5-methyluridine-3′-[(2-cyanoethyl)-N,N-diisopropylphosphoramidite], 2′-(Aminooxyethoxy) nucleoside amidites, N2-isobutyryl-6-O-diphenylcarbamoyl-2′-O-(2-ethylacetyl)-5′-O-(4,4′-dimethoxytrityl)guanosine-3′-[(2-cyanoethyl)-N,N-diisopropylphosphoramidite], 2′-dimethylaminoethoxyethoxy (2′-DMAEOE) nucleoside amidites, 2′-O-[2(2-N,N-dimethylaminoethoxy)ethyl]-5-methyl uridine, 5′-O-dimethoxytrityl-2′-O-[2(2-N,N-dimethyl-aminoethoxy)-ethyl)]-5-methyl uridine and 5′-O-Dimethoxytrityl-2′-O-[2(2-N,N-dimethylaminoethoxy)-ethyl)]-5-methyl uridine-3′-O-(cyanoethyl-N,N-diisopropyl)phosphoramidite.
- Oligonucleotides: Unsubstituted and substituted phosphodiester (P═O) oligonucleotides are synthesized on an automated DNA synthesizer (Applied Biosystems model 394) using standard phosphoramidite chemistry with oxidation by iodine.
- Phosphorothioates (P═S) are synthesized similar to phosphodiester oligonucleotides with the following exceptions: thiation was effected by utilizing a 10% w/v solution of 3,H-1,2-benzodithiole-3-
one 1,1-dioxide in acetonitrile for the oxidation of the phosphite linkages. The thiation reaction step time was increased to 180 sec and preceded by the normal capping step. After cleavage from the CPG column and deblocking in concentrated ammonium hydroxide at 55° C. (12-16 hr), the oligonucleotides were recovered by precipitating with >3 volumes of ethanol from a 1 M NH4OAc solution. Phosphinate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,508,270, herein incorporated by reference. - Alkyl phosphonate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,469,863, herein incorporated by reference.
- 3′-Deoxy-3′-methylene phosphonate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,610,289 or 5,625,050, herein incorporated by reference.
- Phosphoramidite oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,256,775 or U.S. Pat. No. 5,366,878, herein incorporated by reference.
- Alkylphosphonothioate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in published PCT applications PCT/US94/00902 and PCT/US93/06976 (published as WO 94/17093 and WO 94/02499, respectively), herein incorporated by reference.
- 3′-Deoxy-3′-amino phosphoramidate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,476,925, herein incorporated by reference.
- Phosphotriester oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,023,243, herein incorporated by reference.
- Borano phosphate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,130,302 and 5,177,198, both herein incorporated by reference.
- Oligonucleosides: Methylenemethylimino linked oligonucleosides, also identified as MMI linked oligonucleosides, methylenedimethylhydrazo linked oligonucleosides, also identified as MDH linked oligonucleosides, and methylenecarbonylamino linked oligonucleosides, also identified as amide-3 linked oligonucleosides, and methyleneaminocarbonyl linked oligonucleosides, also identified as amide-4 linked oligo-nucleosides, as well as mixed backbone oligomeric compounds having, for instance, alternating MMI and P═O or P═S linkages are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,378,825, 5,386,023, 5,489,677, 5,602,240 and 5,610,289, all of which are herein incorporated by reference.
- Formacetal and thioformacetal linked oligonucleosides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,264,562 and 5,264,564, herein incorporated by reference.
- Ethylene oxide linked oligonucleosides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,618, herein incorporated by reference.
- In general, RNA synthesis chemistry is based on the selective incorporation of various protecting groups at strategic intermediary reactions. Although one of ordinary skill in the art will understand the use of protecting groups in organic synthesis, a useful class of protecting groups includes silyl ethers. In particular bulky silyl ethers are used to protect the 5′-hydroxyl in combination with an acid-labile orthoester protecting group on the 2′-hydroxyl. This set of protecting groups is then used with standard solid-phase synthesis technology. It is important to lastly remove the acid labile orthoester protecting group after all other synthetic steps. Moreover, the early use of the silyl protecting groups during synthesis ensures facile removal when desired, without undesired deprotection of 2′ hydroxyl.
- Following this procedure for the sequential protection of the 5′-hydroxyl in combination with protection of the 2′-hydroxyl by protecting groups that are differentially removed and are differentially chemically labile, RNA oligonucleotides were synthesized.
- RNA oligonucleotides are synthesized in a stepwise fashion. Each nucleotide is added sequentially (3′- to 5′-direction) to a solid support-bound oligonucleotide. The first nucleoside at the 3′-end of the chain is covalently attached to a solid support. The nucleotide precursor, a ribonucleoside phosphoramidite, and activator are added, coupling the second base onto the 5′-end of the first nucleoside. The support is washed and any unreacted 5′-hydroxyl groups are capped with acetic anhydride to yield 5′-acetyl moieties. The linkage is then oxidized to the more stable and ultimately desired P(V) linkage. At the end of the nucleotide addition cycle, the 5′-silyl group is cleaved with fluoride. The cycle is repeated for each subsequent nucleotide.
- Following synthesis, the methyl protecting groups on the phosphates are cleaved in 30 minutes utilizing 1 M disodium-2-carbamoyl-2-cyanoethylene-1,1-dithiolate trihydrate (S2Na2) in DMF. The deprotection solution is washed from the solid support-bound oligonucleotide using water. The support is then treated with 40% methylamine in water for 10 minutes at 55° C. This releases the RNA oligonucleotides into solution, deprotects the exocyclic amines, and modifies the 2′-groups. The oligonucleotides can be analyzed by anion exchange HPLC at this stage.
- The 2′-orthoester groups are the last protecting groups to be removed. The ethylene glycol monoacetate orthoester protecting group developed by Dharmacon Research, Inc. (Lafayette, Colo.), is one example of a useful orthoester protecting group which, has the following important properties. It is stable to the conditions of nucleoside phosphoramidite synthesis and oligonucleotide synthesis. However, after oligonucleotide synthesis the oligonucleotide is treated with methylamine which not only cleaves the oligonucleotide from the solid support but also removes the acetyl groups from the orthoesters. The resulting 2-ethyl-hydroxyl substituents on the orthoester are less electron withdrawing than the acetylated precursor. As a result, the modified orthoester becomes more labile to acid-catalyzed hydrolysis. Specifically, the rate of cleavage is approximately 10 times faster after the acetyl groups are removed. Therefore, this orthoester possesses sufficient stability in order to be compatible with oligonucleotide synthesis and yet, when subsequently modified, permits deprotection to be carried out under relatively mild aqueous conditions compatible with the final RNA oligonucleotide product.
- Additionally, methods of RNA synthesis are well known in the art (Scaringe, S. A. Ph.D. Thesis, University of Colorado, 1996; Scaringe, S. A., et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1998, 120, 11820-11821; Matteucci, M. D. and Caruthers, M. H. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1981, 103, 3185-3191; Beaucage, S. L. and Caruthers, M. H. Tetrahedron Lett., 1981, 22, 1859-1862; Dahl, B. J., et al., Acta Chem. Scand, 1990, 44, 639-641; Reddy, M. P., et al., Tetrahedrom Lett., 1994, 25, 4311-4314; Wincott, F. et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 1995, 23, 2677-2684; Griffin, B. E., et al., Tetrahedron, 1967, 23, 2301-2313; Griffin, B. E., et al., Tetrahedron, 1967, 23, 2315-2331).
- Chimeric oligonucleotides, oligonucleosides or mixed oligonucleotides/oligonucleosides of the invention can be of several different types. These include a first type wherein the “gap” segment of linked nucleosides is positioned between 5′ and 3′ “wing” segments of linked nucleosides and a second “open end” type wherein the “gap” segment is located at either the 3′ or the 5′ terminus of the oligomeric compound. Oligonucleotides of the first type are also known in the art as “gapmers” or gapped oligonucleotides. Oligonucleotides of the second type are also known in the art as “hemimers” or “wingmers”.
- [2′-O-Me]-[2′-deoxy]-[2′-O-Me] Chimeric Phosphorothioate Oligonucleotides
- Chimeric oligonucleotides having 2′-O-alkyl phosphorothioate and 2′-deoxy phosphorothioate oligonucleotide segments are synthesized using an Applied Biosystems automated DNA synthesizer Model 394, as above. Oligonucleotides are synthesized using the automated synthesizer and 2′-deoxy-5′-dimethoxytrityl-3′-O-phosphoramidite for the DNA portion and 5′-dimethoxytrityl-2′-O-methyl-3′-O-phosphoramidite for 5′ and 3′ wings. The standard synthesis cycle is modified by incorporating coupling steps with increased reaction times for the 5′-dimethoxytrityl-2′-O-methyl-3′-O-phosphoramidite. The fully protected oligonucleotide is cleaved from the support and deprotected in concentrated ammonia (NH4OH) for 12-16 hr at 55° C. The deprotected oligo is then recovered by an appropriate method (precipitation, column chromatography, volume reduced in vacuo and analyzed spetrophotometrically for yield and for purity by capillary electrophoresis and by mass spectrometry.
- [2′-O-(2-Methoxyethyl)]-[2′-deoxy]-[2′-O-(Methoxyethyl)] Chimeric Phosphorothioate Oligonucleotides
- [2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)]-[2′-deoxy]-[-2′-O-(methoxyethyl)] chimeric phosphorothioate oligonucleotides were prepared as per the procedure above for the 2′-O-methyl chimeric oligonucleotide, with the substitution of 2′-O-(methoxyethyl) amidites for the 2′-O-methyl amidites.
- [2′-O-(2-Methoxyethyl)Phosphodiester]-[2′-deoxy Phosphorothioate]-[2′-O-(2-Methoxyethyl) Phosphodiester] Chimeric Oligonucleotides
- [2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl phosphodiester]-[2′-deoxy phosphorothioate]-[2′-O-(methoxyethyl) phosphodiester] chimeric oligonucleotides are prepared as per the above procedure for the 2′-O-methyl chimeric oligonucleotide with the substitution of 2′-O-(methoxyethyl) amidites for the 2′-O-methyl amidites, oxidation with iodine to generate the phosphodiester internucleotide linkages within the wing portions of the chimeric structures and sulfurization utilizing 3,H-1,2 benzodithiole-3-
one - Other chimeric oligonucleotides, chimeric oligonucleosides and mixed chimeric oligonucleotides/oligonucleosides are synthesized according to U.S. Pat. No. 5,623,065, herein incorporated by reference.
- In accordance with the present invention, a series of nucleic acid duplexes comprising the antisense oligomeric compounds of the present invention and their complements can be designed to target a target. The ends of the strands may be modified by the addition of one or more natural or modified nucleobases to form an overhang. The sense strand of the dsRNA is then designed and synthesized as the complement of the antisense strand and may also contain modifications or additions to either terminus. For example, in one embodiment, both strands of the dsRNA duplex would be complementary over the central nucleobases, each having overhangs at one or both termini.
- For example, a duplex comprising an antisense strand having the sequence CGAGAGGCGGACGGGACCG (SEQ ID NO:1) and having a two-nucleobase overhang of deoxythymidine (dT) would have the following structure:
5′ cgagaggcggacgggaccgTT 3′Antisense Strand (SEQ ID NO:2) ||||||||||||||||||| 3′ TTgctctccgcctgccctggc 5′Compliment Strand (SEQ ID NO:3) - RNA strands of the duplex can be synthesized by methods disclosed herein or purchased from Dharmacon Research Inc., (Lafayette, Colo.). Once synthesized, the complementary strands are annealed. The single strands are aliquoted and diluted to a concentration of 50 uM. Once diluted, 30 uL of each strand is combined with 15 uL of a 5× solution of annealing buffer. The final concentration of said buffer is 100 mM potassium acetate, 30 mM HEPES-KOH pH 7.4, and 2 mM magnesium acetate. The final volume is 75 uL. This solution is incubated for 1 minute at 90° C. and then centrifuged for 15 seconds. The tube is allowed to sit for 1 hour at 37° C. at which time the dsRNA duplexes are used in experimentation. The final concentration of the dsRNA duplex is 20 uM. This solution can be stored frozen (−20° C.) and freeze-thawed up to 5 times.
- Once prepared, the duplexed antisense oligomeric compounds are evaluated for their ability to modulate a target expression.
- When cells reached 80% confluency, they are treated with duplexed antisense oligomeric compounds of the invention. For cells grown in 96-well plates, wells are washed once with 200 μL OPTI-MEM-1 reduced-serum medium (Gibco BRL) and then treated with 130 μL of OPTI-MEM-1 containing 12 μg/mL LIPOFECTIN (Gibco BRL) and the desired duplex antisense oligomeric compound at a final concentration of 200 nM. After 5 hours of treatment, the medium is replaced with fresh medium. Cells are harvested 16 hours after treatment, at which time RNA is isolated and target reduction measured by RT-PCR.
- After cleavage from the controlled pore glass solid support and deblocking in concentrated ammonium hydroxide at 55° C. for 12-16 hours, the oligonucleotides or oligonucleosides are recovered by precipitation out of 1 M NH4OAc with >3 volumes of ethanol. Synthesized oligonucleotides were analyzed by electrospray mass spectroscopy (molecular weight determination) and by capillary gel electrophoresis and judged to be at least 70% full length material. The relative amounts of phosphorothioate and phosphodiester linkages obtained in the synthesis was determined by the ratio of correct molecular weight relative to the −16 amu product (+/−32+/−48). For some studies oligonucleotides were purified by HPLC, as described by Chiang et al., J. Biol. Chem. 1991, 266, 18162-18171. Results obtained with HPLC-purified material were similar to those obtained with non-HPLC purified material.
- Oligonucleotides were synthesized via solid phase P(III) phosphoramidite chemistry on an automated synthesizer capable of assembling 96 sequences simultaneously in a 96-well format. Phosphodiester internucleotide linkages were afforded by oxidation with aqueous iodine. Phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages were generated by sulfurization utilizing 3,H-1,2 benzodithiole-3-
one - Oligonucleotides were cleaved from support and deprotected with concentrated NH4OH at elevated temperature (55-60° C.) for 12-16 hours and the released product then dried in vacuo. The dried product was then re-suspended in sterile water to afford a master plate from which all analytical and test plate samples are then diluted utilizing robotic pipettors.
- The concentration of oligonucleotide in each well was assessed by dilution of samples and UV absorption spectroscopy. The full-length integrity of the individual products was evaluated by capillary electrophoresis (CE) in either the 96-well format (Beckman P/ACE™ MDQ) or, for individually prepared samples, on a commercial CE apparatus (e.g., Beckman P/ACE™ 5000, ABI 270). Base and backbone composition was confirmed by mass analysis of the oligomeric compounds utilizing electrospray-mass spectroscopy. All assay test plates were diluted from the master plate using single and multi-channel robotic pipettors. Plates were judged to be acceptable if at least 85% of the oligomeric compounds on the plate were at least 85% full length.
- The effect of oligomeric compounds on target nucleic acid expression can be tested in any of a variety of cell types provided that the target nucleic acid is present at measurable levels. This can be routinely determined using, for example, PCR or Northern blot analysis. The following cell types are provided for illustrative purposes, but other cell types can be routinely used, provided that the target is expressed in the cell type chosen. This can be readily determined by methods routine in the art, for example Northern blot analysis, ribonuclease protection assays, or RT-PCR.
- T-24 Cells:
- The human transitional cell bladder carcinoma cell line T-24 was obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) (Manassas, Va.). T-24 cells were routinely cultured in complete McCoy's 5A basal media (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.) supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.), penicillin 100 units per mL, and streptomycin 100 micrograms per mL (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.). Cells were routinely passaged by trypsinization and dilution when they reached 90% confluence. Cells were seeded into 96-well plates (Falcon-Primaria #353872) at a density of 7000 cells/well for use in RT-PCR analysis.
- For Northern blotting or other analysis, cells may be seeded onto 100 mm or other standard tissue culture plates and treated similarly, using appropriate volumes of medium and oligonucleotide.
- A549 Cells:
- The human lung carcinoma cell line A549 was obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) (Manassas, Va.). A549 cells were routinely cultured in DMEM basal media (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.) supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.), penicillin 100 units per mL, and streptomycin 100 micrograms per mL (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.). Cells were routinely passaged by trypsinization and dilution when they reached 90% confluence.
- NHDF Cells:
- Human neonatal dermal fibroblast (NHDF) were obtained from the Clonetics Corporation (Walkersville, Md.). NHDFs were routinely maintained in Fibroblast Growth Medium (Clonetics Corporation, Walkersville, Md.) supplemented as recommended by the supplier. Cells were maintained for up to 10 passages as recommended by the supplier.
- HEK Cells:
- Human embryonic keratinocytes (HEK) were obtained from the Clonetics Corporation (Walkersville, Md.). HEKs were routinely maintained in Keratinocyte Growth Medium (Clonetics Corporation, Walkersville, Md.) formulated as recommended by the supplier. Cells were routinely maintained for up to 10 passages as recommended by the supplier.
- Treatment with Antisense Oligomeric Compounds:
- When cells reached 65-75% confluency, they were treated with oligonucleotide. For cells grown in 96-well plates, wells were washed once with 100 μL OPTI-MEM™-1 reduced-serum medium (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.) and then treated with 130 μL of OPTI-MEM™-1 containing 3.75 μg/mL LIPOFECTIN™ (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.) and the desired concentration of oligonucleotide. Cells are treated and data are obtained in triplicate. After 4-7 hours of treatment at 37° C., the medium was replaced with fresh medium. Cells were harvested 16-24 hours after oligonucleotide treatment.
- The concentration of oligonucleotide used varies from cell line to cell line. To determine the optimal oligonucleotide concentration for a particular cell line, the cells are treated with a positive control oligonucleotide at a range of concentrations. For human cells the positive control oligonucleotide is selected from either ISIS 13920 (TCCGTCATCGCTCCTCAGGG, SEQ ID NO: 4) which is targeted to human H-ras, or ISIS 18078, (GTGCGCGCGAGCCCGAAATC, SEQ ID NO: 5) which is targeted to human Jun-N-terminal kinase-2 (JNK2). Both controls are 2′-O-methoxyethyl gapmers (2′-O-methoxyethyls shown in bold) with a phosphorothioate backbone. For mouse or rat cells the positive control oligonucleotide is ISIS 15770, ATGCATTCTGCCCCCAAGGA (SEQ ID NO: 6) a 2′-O-methoxyethyl gapmer (2′-O-methoxyethyls shown in bold) with a phosphorothioate backbone which is targeted to both mouse and rat c-raf. The concentration of positive control oligonucleotide that results in 80% inhibition of c-H-ras (for ISIS 13920), JNK2 (for ISIS 18078) or c-raf (for ISIS 15770) mRNA is then utilized as the screening concentration for new oligonucleotides in subsequent experiments for that cell line. If 80% inhibition is not achieved, the lowest concentration of positive control oligonucleotide that results in 60% inhibition of c-H-ras, JNK2 or c-raf mRNA is then utilized as the oligonucleotide screening concentration in subsequent experiments for that cell line. If 60% inhibition is not achieved, that particular cell line is deemed as unsuitable for oligonucleotide transfection experiments. The concentrations of antisense oligonucleotides used herein are from 50 nM to 300 nM.
- Modulation of a target expression can be assayed in a variety of ways known in the art. For example, a target mRNA levels can be quantitated by, e.g., Northern blot analysis, competitive polymerase chain reaction (PCR), or real-time PCR (RT-PCR). Real-time quantitative PCR is presently preferred. RNA analysis can be performed on total cellular RNA or poly(A)+ mRNA. The preferred method of RNA analysis of the present invention is the use of total cellular RNA as described in other examples herein. Methods of RNA isolation are well known in the art. Northern blot analysis is also routine in the art. Real-time quantitative (PCR) can be conveniently accomplished using the commercially available ABI PRISM™ 7600, 7700, or 7900 Sequence Detection System, available from PE-Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif. and used according to manufacturer's instructions.
- Protein levels of a target can be quantitated in a variety of ways well known in the art, such as immunoprecipitation, Western blot analysis (immunoblotting), enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) or fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS). Antibodies directed to a target can be identified and obtained from a variety of sources, such as the MSRS catalog of antibodies (Aerie Corporation, Birmingham, Mich.), or can be prepared via conventional monoclonal or polyclonal antibody generation methods well known in the art.
- Phenotypic Assays
- Once a target inhibitors have been identified by the methods disclosed herein, the oligomeric compounds are further investigated in one or more phenotypic assays, each having measurable endpoints predictive of efficacy in the treatment of a particular disease state or condition.
- Phenotypic assays, kits and reagents for their use are well known to those skilled in the art and are herein used to investigate the role and/or association of a target in health and disease. Representative phenotypic assays, which can be purchased from any one of several commercial vendors, include those for determining cell viability, cytotoxicity, proliferation or cell survival (Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.; PerkinElmer, Boston, Mass.), protein-based assays including enzymatic assays (Panvera, LLC, Madison, Wis.; BD Biosciences, Franklin Lakes, N.J.; Oncogene Research Products, San Diego, Calif.), cell regulation, signal transduction, inflammation, oxidative processes and apoptosis (Assay Designs Inc., Ann Arbor, Mich.), triglyceride accumulation (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.), angiogenesis assays, tube formation assays, cytokine and hormone assays and metabolic assays (Chemicon International Inc., Temecula, Calif.; Amersham Biosciences, Piscataway, N.J.).
- In one non-limiting example, cells determined to be appropriate for a particular phenotypic assay (i.e., MCF-7 cells selected for breast cancer studies; adipocytes for obesity studies) are treated with a target inhibitors identified from the in vitro studies as well as control compounds at optimal concentrations which are determined by the methods described above. At the end of the treatment period, treated and untreated cells are analyzed by one or more methods specific for the assay to determine phenotypic outcomes and endpoints. Phenotypic endpoints include changes in cell morphology over time or treatment dose as well as changes in levels of cellular components such as proteins, lipids, nucleic acids, hormones, saccharides or metals. Measurements of cellular status which include pH, stage of the cell cycle, intake or excretion of biological indicators by the cell, are also endpoints of interest.
- Analysis of the genotype of the cell (measurement of the expression of one or more of the genes of the cell) after treatment is also used as an indicator of the efficacy or potency of the target inhibitors. Hallmark genes, or those genes suspected to be associated with a specific disease state, condition, or phenotype, are measured in both treated and untreated cells.
- In Vivo Studies
- The individual subjects of the in vivo studies described herein are warm-blooded vertebrate animals, which includes humans.
- The clinical trial is subjected to rigorous controls to ensure that individuals are not unnecessarily put at risk and that they are fully informed about their role in the study.
- To account for the psychological effects of receiving treatments, volunteers are randomly given placebo or a target inhibitor. Furthermore, to prevent the doctors from being biased in treatments, they are not informed as to whether the medication they are administering is a target inhibitor or a placebo. Using this randomization approach, each volunteer has the same chance of being given either the new treatment or the placebo.
- Volunteers receive either the a target inhibitor or placebo for eight week period with biological parameters associated with the indicated disease state or condition being measured at the beginning (baseline measurements before any treatment), end (after the final treatment), and at regular intervals during the study period. Such measurements include the levels of nucleic acid molecules encoding a target or a target protein levels in body fluids, tissues or organs compared to pre-treatment levels. Other measurements include, but are not limited to, indices of the disease state or condition being treated, body weight, blood pressure, serum titers of pharmacologic indicators of disease or toxicity as well as ADME (absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion) measurements.
- Information recorded for each patient includes age (years), gender, height (cm), family history of disease state or condition (yes/no), motivation rating (some/moderate/great) and number and type of previous treatment regimens for the indicated disease or condition.
- Volunteers taking part in this study are healthy adults (
age 18 to 65 years) and roughly an equal number of males and females participate in the study. Volunteers with certain characteristics are equally distributed for placebo and a target inhibitor treatment. In general, the volunteers treated with placebo have little or no response to treatment, whereas the volunteers treated with the target inhibitor show positive trends in their disease state or condition index at the conclusion of the study. - Poly(A)+ mRNA Isolation
- Poly(A)+ mRNA was isolated according to Miura et al., (Clin. Chem., 1996, 42, 1758-1764). Other methods for poly(A)+ mRNA isolation are routine in the art. Briefly, for cells grown on 96-well plates, growth medium was removed from the cells and each well was washed with 200 μL cold PBS. 60 μL lysis buffer (10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.6, 1 mM EDTA, 0.5 M NaCl, 0.5% NP-40, 20 mM vanadyl-ribonucleoside complex) was added to each well, the plate was gently agitated and then incubated at room temperature for five minutes. 55 μL of lysate was transferred to Oligo d(T) coated 96-well plates (AGCT Inc., Irvine Calif.). Plates were incubated for 60 minutes at room temperature, washed 3 times with 200 μL of wash buffer (10 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.6, 1 mM EDTA, 0.3 M NaCl). After the final wash, the plate was blotted on paper towels to remove excess wash buffer and then air-dried for 5 minutes. 60 μL of elution buffer (5 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.6), preheated to 70° C., was added to each well, the plate was incubated on a 90° C. hot plate for 5 minutes, and the eluate was then transferred to a fresh 96-well plate.
- Cells grown on 100 mm or other standard plates may be treated similarly, using appropriate volumes of all solutions.
- Total RNA Isolation
- Total RNA was isolated using an RNEASY 96™ kit and buffers purchased from Qiagen Inc. (Valencia, Calif.) following the manufacturer's recommended procedures. Briefly, for cells grown on 96-well plates, growth medium was removed from the cells and each well was washed with 200 μL cold PBS. 150 μL Buffer RLT was added to each well and the plate vigorously agitated for 20 seconds. 150 μL of 70% ethanol was then added to each well and the contents mixed by pipetting three times up and down. The samples were then transferred to the RNEASY 96™ well plate attached to a QIAVAC™ manifold fitted with a waste collection tray and attached to a vacuum source. Vacuum was applied for 1 minute. 500 μL of Buffer RW1 was added to each well of the RNEASY 96™ plate and incubated for 15 minutes and the vacuum was again applied for 1 minute. An additional 500 μL of Buffer RW1 was added to each well of the RNEASY 96™ plate and the vacuum was applied for 2 minutes. 1 mL of Buffer RPE was then added to each well of the RNEASY 96™ plate and the vacuum applied for a period of 90 seconds. The Buffer RPE wash was then repeated and the vacuum was applied for an additional 3 minutes. The plate was then removed from the QIAVAC™ manifold and blotted dry on paper towels. The plate was then re-attached to the QIAVAC™ manifold fitted with a collection tube rack containing 1.2 mL collection tubes. RNA was then eluted by pipetting 140 μL of RNAse free water into each well, incubating 1 minute, and then applying the vacuum for 3 minutes.
- The repetitive pipetting and elution steps may be automated using a QIAGEN Bio-Robot 9604 (Qiagen, Inc., Valencia Calif.). Essentially, after lysing of the cells on the culture plate, the plate is transferred to the robot deck where the pipetting, DNase treatment and elution steps are carried out.
- Quantitation of a target mRNA levels was accomplished by real-time quantitative PCR using the ABI PRISM™ 7600, 7700, or 7900 Sequence Detection System (PE-Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif.) according to manufacturer's instructions. This is a closed-tube, non-gel-based, fluorescence detection system which allows high-throughput quantitation of polymerase chain reaction (PCR) products in real-time. As opposed to standard PCR in which amplification products are quantitated after the PCR is completed, products in real-time quantitative PCR are quantitated as they accumulate. This is accomplished by including in the PCR reaction an oligonucleotide probe that anneals specifically between the forward and reverse PCR primers, and contains two fluorescent dyes. A reporter dye (e.g., FAM or JOE, obtained from either PE-Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif., Operon Technologies Inc., Alameda, Calif. or Integrated DNA Technologies Inc., Coralville, Iowa) is attached to the 5′ end of the probe and a quencher dye (e.g., TAMRA, obtained from either PE-Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif., Operon Technologies Inc., Alameda, Calif. or Integrated DNA Technologies Inc., Coralville, Iowa) is attached to the 3′ end of the probe. When the probe and dyes are intact, reporter dye emission is quenched by the proximity of the 3′ quencher dye. During amplification, annealing of the probe to the target sequence creates a substrate that can be cleaved by the 5′-exonuclease activity of Taq polymerase. During the extension phase of the PCR amplification cycle, cleavage of the probe by Taq polymerase releases the reporter dye from the remainder of the probe (and hence from the quencher moiety) and a sequence-specific fluorescent signal is generated. With each cycle, additional reporter dye molecules are cleaved from their respective probes, and the fluorescence intensity is monitored at regular intervals by laser optics built into the ABI PRISM™ Sequence Detection System. In each assay, a series of parallel reactions containing serial dilutions of mRNA from untreated control samples generates a standard curve that is used to quantitate the percent inhibition after antisense oligonucleotide treatment of test samples.
- Prior to quantitative PCR analysis, primer-probe sets specific to the target gene being measured are evaluated for their ability to be “multiplexed” with a GAPDH amplification reaction. In multiplexing, both the target gene and the internal standard gene GAPDH are amplified concurrently in a single sample. In this analysis, mRNA isolated from untreated cells is serially diluted. Each dilution is amplified in the presence of primer-probe sets specific for GAPDH only, target gene only (“single-plexing”), or both (multiplexing). Following PCR amplification, standard curves of GAPDH and target mRNA signal as a function of dilution are generated from both the single-plexed and multiplexed samples. If both the slope and correlation coefficient of the GAPDH and target signals generated from the multiplexed samples fall within 10% of their corresponding values generated from the single-plexed samples, the primer-probe set specific for that target is deemed multiplexable. Other methods of PCR are also known in the art.
- PCR reagents were obtained from Invitrogen Corporation, (Carlsbad, Calif.). RT-PCR reactions were carried out by adding 20 μL PCR cocktail (2.5×PCR buffer minus MgCl2, 6.6 mM MgCl2, 375 μM each of dATP, dCTP, dCTP and dGTP, 375 nM each of forward primer and reverse primer, 125 nM of probe, 4 Units RNAse inhibitor, 1.25 Units PLATINUM® Taq, 5 Units MuLV reverse transcriptase, and 2.5×ROX dye) to 96-well plates containing 30 μL total RNA solution (20-200 ng). The RT reaction was carried out by incubation for 30 minutes at 48° C. Following a 10 minute incubation at 95° C. to activate the PLATINUM® Taq, 40 cycles of a two-step PCR protocol were carried out: 95° C. for 15 seconds (denaturation) followed by 60° C. for 1.5 minutes (annealing/extension).
- Gene target quantities obtained by real time RT-PCR are normalized using either the expression level of GAPDH, a gene whose expression is constant, or by quantifying total RNA using RiboGreen™ (Molecular Probes, Inc. Eugene, Oreg.). GAPDH expression is quantified by real time RT-PCR, by being run simultaneously with the target, multiplexing, or separately. Total RNA is quantified using RiboGreen™ RNA quantification reagent (Molecular Probes, Inc. Eugene, Oreg.). Methods of RNA quantification by RiboGreen™ are taught in Jones, L. J., et al, (Analytical Biochemistry, 1998, 265, 368-374).
- In this assay, 170 μL of RiboGreen™ working reagent (RiboGreen™ reagent diluted 1:350 in 10 mM Tris-HCl, 1 mM EDTA, pH 7.5) is pipetted into a 96-well plate containing 30 μL purified, cellular RNA. The plate is read in a CytoFluor 4000 (PE Applied Biosystems) with excitation at 485 nm and emission at 530 nm.
- Probes and primers are designed to hybridize to a human a target sequence, using published sequence information.
- Eighteen hours after treatment, cell monolayers were washed twice with cold PBS and lysed in 1 mL RNAZOL™ (TEL-TEST “B” Inc., Friendswood, Tex.). Total RNA was prepared following manufacturer's recommended protocols. Twenty micrograms of total RNA was fractionated by electrophoresis through 1.2% agarose gels containing 1.1% formaldehyde using a MOPS buffer system (AMRESCO, Inc. Solon, Ohio). RNA was transferred from the gel to HYBOND™-N+ nylon membranes (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, N.J.) by overnight capillary transfer using a Northern/Southern Transfer buffer system (TEL-TEST “B” Inc., Friendswood, Tex.). RNA transfer was confirmed by UV visualization. Membranes were fixed by UV cross-linking using a STRATALINKER™ UV Crosslinker 2400 (Stratagene, Inc, La Jolla, Calif.) and then probed using QUICKHYB™ hybridization solution (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) using manufacturer's recommendations for stringent conditions.
- To detect human a target, a human a target specific primer probe set is prepared by PCR To normalize for variations in loading and transfer efficiency membranes are stripped and probed for human glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase (GAPDH) RNA (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.).
- Hybridized membranes were visualized and quantitated using a PHOSPHORIMAGER™ and IMAGEQUANT™ Software V3.3 (Molecular Dynamics, Sunnyvale, Calif.). Data was normalized to GAPDH levels in untreated controls.
- In accordance with the present invention, a series of oligomeric compounds are designed to target different regions of the human target RNA. The oligomeric compounds are analyzed for their effect on human target mRNA levels by quantitative real-time PCR as described in other examples herein. Data are averages from three experiments. The target regions to which these preferred sequences are complementary are herein referred to as “preferred target segments” and are therefore preferred for targeting by oligomeric compounds of the present invention. The sequences represent the reverse complement of the preferred antisense oligomeric compounds.
- As these “preferred target segments” have been found by experimentation to be open to, and accessible for, hybridization with the antisense oligomeric compounds of the present invention, one of skill in the art will recognize or be able to ascertain, using no more than routine experimentation, further embodiments of the invention that encompass other oligomeric compounds that specifically hybridize to these preferred target segments and consequently inhibit the expression of a target.
- According to the present invention, antisense oligomeric compounds include antisense oligomeric compounds, antisense oligonucleotides, ribozymes, external guide sequence (EGS) oligonucleotides, alternate splicers, primers, probes, and other short oligomeric compounds that hybridize to at least a portion of the target nucleic acid.
- Western blot analysis (immunoblot analysis) is carried out using standard methods. Cells are harvested 16-20 h after oligonucleotide treatment, washed once with PBS, suspended in Laemmli buffer (100 ul/well), boiled for 5 minutes and loaded on a 16% SDS-PAGE gel. Gels are run for 1.5 hours at 150 V, and transferred to membrane for western blotting. Appropriate primary antibody directed to a target is used, with a radiolabeled or fluorescently labeled secondary antibody directed against the primary antibody species. Bands are visualized using a PHOSPHORIMAGER™ (Molecular Dynamics, Sunnyvale Calif.).
- LNAs and BSMs are synthesized by the methods taught by Koshkin et. al., Tetrahedron 1998, 54, 3607-30, Singh et. al., J. Org. Chem. 1998, 63, 10035-39; and PCT Patent Applications WO 98/39352 and WO 99/14226.
- TSMs are synthesized by the methods of U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,268,490 and 6,083,482.
-
- The above compound, where X is O, S, NH, or NR1, may be produced essentially by the methods of U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,043,060 and 6,268,490.
- The title compound may be synthesized by the methods of U.S. Pat. No. 6,083,482.
-
- The above compound may be produced essentially by the methods of PCT Patent Application No. WO99/14226.
- BNA compounds may be synthesized by methods taught by Steffens et al., Helv. Chim. Acta, 1997, 80, 2426-2439; Steffens et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1999, 121, 3249-3255; and Renneberg et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2002, 124, 5993-6002.
-
- The 3′,5′-protected nucleoside is prepared as illustrated in Karpeisky, A., et. al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1998, 39, 1131-1134. To a solution of arabinouridine (3, 1.0 eq., 0° C.) in anhydrous pyridine is added 1,3-dichloro-1,1,3,3-tetraisopropyldisiloxane (1.1 eq.). The resulting solution is warmed to room temperature and stirred for two hours. The reaction mixture is subsequently quenched with methanol, concentrated to an oil, dissolved in dichloromethane, washed with aqueous NaHCO3 and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated. Purification by silica gel chromatography will yield
Compound 4. - For the preparation of the corresponding cytidine and adenosine analogs, N4-benzoyl arabinocytidine and N6-benzoyl arabinoadenosine are used, respectively, both of which are prepared from the unprotected arabinonucleoside using the transient protection strategy as illustrated in Ti, et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1982, 104, 1316-1319. Alternatively, the cytidine analog can also be prepared by conversion of the uridine analog as illustrated in Lin, et al., J. Med. Chem. 1983, 26, 1691.
-
Compound 4 is O-Acetylated using well known literature procedures (Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, 1999, pp. 150-160 and references cited therein and in Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M., eds, Wiley-Interscience, New York.) Acetic anhydride (2 to 2.5 eq.) and triethylamine (4 eq.) is added to a solution of 4 (1 eq.) and N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (0.1 eq.) in anhydrous pyridine. After stirring at room temperature for 1 hour the mixture is treated with methanol to quench excess acetic anhydride and evaporated. The residue is redissolved in ethyl acetate, washed extensively with aqueous NaHCO3, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated. The compound is used without further purification. - The Tips protecting group is removed from
Compound 5 as illustrated in the literature (Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, 1999, pp. 239 and references therein, Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M., eds, Wiley-Interscience, New York). To a solution of 5 (1 eq.) in anhydrous dichloromethane is added triethylamine (2 eq.) and triethylamine trihydrofluoride (2 eq.). The reaction mixture is monitored by thin layer chromatography until complete at which point the reaction mixture is diluted with additional dichloromethane, washed with aqueous NaHCO3, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, and evaporated. The resultingCompound 6 is optionally purified by silica gel chromatography. - Dimethoxytritylation of
Compound 6 is performed using known literature procedures. Formation of the primary 4,4′-dimethoxytrityl ether should be achieved using standard conditions (Nucleic Acids in Chemistry and Biology, 1992, pp. 108-110, Blackburn, Michael G., and Gait, Michael J., eds, IRL Press, New York.) Generally, a solution of 6 (1 eq.) and N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (0.1 eq.) in anhydrous pyridine is treated with 4,4′-dimethoxytrityl chloride (DMTCl, 1.2 eq.) and triethylamine (4 eq.). After several hours at room temperature,excess Compound 7. - The preparation of tert-butyldiphenylsilyl ethers is a common, routine procedure (Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, 1999, pp. 141-144 and references therein, Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M., eds, Wiley-Interscience, New York). In general, a solution of one eq. of 7 and imidazole (3.5 eq.) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) is treated with tert-butyldiphenylsilyl chloride (1.2 eq.). After stirring at room temperature for several hours, the reaction mixture is poured into ethyl acetate and washed extensively with water and saturated brine solution. The resulting organic solution is dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, evaporated, and purified by silica gel chromatography to give
Compound 8. - The 5′-O-DMT group is removed as per known
literature procedures compound 9. - To a mixture of trichloroacetic anhydride (1.5 eq.) and dimethylsulfoxide (2.0 eq.) in dichloromethane at −78° C. is added a solution of
Compound 9 in dichloromethane. After 30 minutes, triethylamine (4.5 eq.) is added. Subsequently, the mixture is poured into ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and evaporated to dryness. The resulting material is carried into the next step without further purification. This procedure has been used to prepare the related 4′-C-α-formyl nucleosides (Nomura, M., et. al., J. Med. Chem. 1999, 42, 2901-2908). - Hydroxymethylation of the 5′-aldehyde is performed as per the method of Cannizzaro which is well documented in the literature (Jones, G. H., et. al., J. Org. Chem. 1979, 44, 1309-1317). These conditions are expected to additionally remove the 2′-O-acetyl group. Generally, Briefly, formaldehyde (2.0 eq., 37% aq.) and NaOH (1.2 eq., 2 M) is added to a solution of
Compound 10 in 1,4-dioxane. After stirring at room temperature for several hours, this mixture is neutralized with acetic acid, evaporated to dryness, suspended in methanol, and evaporated onto silica gel. The resulting mixture is added to the top of a silica gel column and eluted using an appropriate solvent system to giveCompound 11. - Preferential protection with DMT at the α-hydroxymethyl position is performed following a published literature procedure (Nomura, M., et. al., J. Med. Chem. 1999, 42, 2901-2908). Generally, a solution of Compound 11 (1 eq.) in anhydrous pyridine is treated with DMTCl (1.3 eq.), then stirred at room temperature for several hours. Subsequently, the mixture is poured into ethyl acetate, washed with water, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated. Purification by silica gel chromatography will yield
Compound 12. - The 5′-hydroxyl position is selectively protected with tert-butyldiphenylsilyl following published literature procedures (Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, 1999, pp. 141-144 and references therein, Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M., eds, Wiley-Interscience, New York). Generally, a solution of Compound 12 (1 eq.) and N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (0.2 eq.) in anhydrous dichloromethane is treated with tert-butyldiphenylsilyl chloride (1.2 eq.) and triethylamine (4 eq.). After several hours at room temperature, the reaction is quenched with methanol, poured into ethyl acetate, washed with saturated NaHCO3, saturated brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated. Purification by silica gel chromatography will yield
Compound 13. -
Compound 14 is prepared as per the procedure illustrated in Example 24 above. -
Compound 15 is prepared as per the procedure illustrated in Example 31 above. - The use of the Mitsunobu procedure to generate the 5′-O-phthalimido nucleosides starting with the 5′-unprotected nucleosides has been reported previously (Perbost, M., et. al., J. Org. Chem. 1995, 60, 5150-5156). Generally, a mixture of Compound 15 (1 eq.), triphenylphosphine (1.15 eq.), and N-hydroxyphthalimide (PhthNOH, 1.15 eq.) in
anhydrous 1,4-dioxane is treated with diethyl azodicarboxylate (DEAD, 1.15 eq.). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for several hours until complete by thin layer chromatography. The resulting mixture is evaporated, suspended in ethyl acetate, washed with both saturated NaHCO3 and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. Purification by silica gel chromatography will yieldCompound 16. - This transformation is performed smoothly in high yield using published procedures (Bhat, B., et. al., J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 8186-8199). Generally, a portion of
Compound 16 is dissolved in dichloromethane and cooled to −10° C. To this solution is added methylhydrazine (2.5 eq.). After 1-2 hours of stirring at 0° C., the mixture is diluted with dichloromethane, washed with water and brine, dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated. The resulting residue is immediately redissolved in a 1:1 mixture of ethyl acetate:methanol, and treated with 20% (w/w) aqueous formaldehyde (1.1 eq.). After an hour at room temperature, the mixture is concentrated then purified by silica gel chromatography to giveCompound 17. - The mesylation of hydroxyl groups proceeds readily under these conditions (Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, 1999, pp. 150-160 and references cited therein). Briefly, to a solution of
Compound 17 in a 1:1 mixture of anhydrous dichloromethane and anhydrous pyridine is added methanesulfonyl chloride (1.2 eq.). After stirring at room temperature for several hours, this mixture is quenched with methanol, concentrated, diluted with dichloromethane, washed with aqueous NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. Purification by silica gel chromatography will yieldCompound 18. - The reduction of the formaldoxime moiety is performed as per known literature procedures. Generally, a solution of
Compound 18 in methanol is treated with sodium cyanoborohydride (1.5 eq.). This treatment will result in quantitative reduction of the formaldoxime moiety to yield the 4′-C-(aminooxymethyl) arabinonucleoside. The proximity of the methylated electron-rich amine to the activated 2′-O-mesylate will result in the spontaneous ring closing of this intermediate to yieldbicyclic Compound 19. The reaction is monitored by thin layer chromatography until completion. The mixture is then poured into ethyl acetate, washed extensively with aqueous NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. Purification by silica gel chromatography will yieldCompound 19. - The tert-butyldiphenylsilyl ether protecting groups are readily cleaved by treatment with tetrabutylammonium fluoride (Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, 1999, pp. 141-144 and references therein, Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M., eds, Wiley-Interscience, New York). Briefly, a solution of
Compound 19 in a minimal amount of tetrahydrofuran (THF) is treated with a 1 M solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride (TBAF, 5-10 eq.) in THF. After several hours at room temperature, this mixture is evaporated onto silica gel and subjected to silica gel chromatography to giveCompound 1. - Alternate Synthetic Route to
Compound 1, Synthesis of Guanosine Analog - The preparation of the protected 4′-C-hydroxymethylribofuranose,
Compound 20, follows published literature procedures (Koshkin, A. A., et. al., Tetrahedron 1998, 54, 3607-3630). Compound 20 (1 eq.) is dissolved in anhydrous methanol and hydrogen chloride in an anhydrous solvent (either methanol or 1,4-dioxane) is added to give a final concentration of 5% (w/v). After stirring at room temperature for several hours, the mixture is concentrated to an oil, dried under vacuum, and used in the next step without further purification. - The O-phthalimido compound is prepared following the reference cited and the procedures illustrated in Example 13 above. The reaction can be adjusted to preferentially react at the primary hydroxyl e.g. the 4′-C-hydroxymethyl group (Bhat, B., et. al., J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 8186-8199). Generally, a solution of 21 (1 eq.), N-hydroxyphthalimide (1.1 eq.), and triphenylphosphine (1.1 eq.) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran is treated with diethyl azodicarboxylate (1.1 eq.). After several hours at room temperature, the mixture is concentrated and subjected to silica gel chromatography to give
Compound 22. -
Compound 23 is prepared as per the procedure illustrated in Example 36 above. - Mesylation is achieved with inversion of configuration using Mitsunobu conditions (Anderson, N. G., et. al., J. Org. Chem. 1996, 60, 7955). Generally, a mixture of Compound 23 (1 eq.), triphenylphosphine (1.2 eq.) and methanesulfonic acid (1.2 eq.) in
anhydrous 1,4-dioxane is treated with diethyl azodicarboxylate (1.2 eq.). After stirring at room temperature for several hours, the resulting mixture is concentrated and subjected to silica gel chromatography to giveCompound 24. -
Compound 25 is prepared as per the procedure illustrated in Example 38 above. -
Compound 25 is dissolved in 80% (v/v) aqueous acetic acid. After 1-2 hours at room temperature, the solution is concentrated, then dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and brine. The organic portion is subsequently dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The resulting mixture is coevaporated from anhydrous pyridine, then dissolved in anhydrous pyridine and treated with acetic anhydride (2 eq.). The solution is stirred overnight, quenched with methanol, dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed extensively with saturated NaHCO3. The organic portion is then dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated without further purification. -
Compound 26 is converted to one of several N-glycosides (nucleosides) using published chemistry procedures including either Vorbrüggen chemistry or one of several other methods (Chemistry of Nucleosides and Nucleotides,Volume 1, 1988, edited by Leroy B. Townsend, Plenum Press, New York). To prepare the uradinyl analog, a mixture of Compound 26 (1 eq.) and uracil (1.3 eq.) is suspended in anhydrous acetonitrile. To the suspension is added N,O-bis-(trimethylsilyl)-acetamide (BSA, 4 eq.). The suspension is heated to 70° C. for 1 hour, then cooled to 0° C. and treated with trimethylsilyl-trifluoromethanesulfonate (TMSOTf, 1.6 eq.). The resulting solution is heated at 55° C. until the reaction appears complete by TLC. The reaction mixture is poured into ethyl acetate and washed extensively with saturated NaHCO3, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, evaporated, and purified by silica gel chromatography to giveCompound 24. - In order to use the above preparation with nucleobases with reactive functional groups the reactive functional groups are protected prior to use. For example such protected nucleobases include naturally occurring nucleobases such as N4-benzoyl cytosine, N6-benzoyl adenine and N2-isobutyryl guanine.
- To give the desired product,
Compound 1 the benzyl ethers protecting groups are removed following published literature procedures (Koshkin, A. A., et. al., Tetrahedron 1998, 54, 3607-3630). Generally, the bis-O-benzylatedbicyclic Compound 27 is dissolved in methanol. To this solution is added 20% Pd(OH)2/C, and the resulting suspension is maintained under an atmosphere of H2 at 1-2 atm pressure. This mixture is stirred at room temperature for several hours until complete by TLC, at which point the Pd(OH)2/C is removed by filtration, and the filtrate is concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography, if necessary, to giveCompound 1. -
Compound 28 is treated with DMTCl, in pyridine in presence of DMAP to get 5′-DMT derivative,Compound 29.Compound 29 is treated with TBDMSCl in pyridine to which yields both the 2′ and the 3′-silyl derivative. The 3′-TBDMS derivative is isolated by silica gel flash column chromatography and further heated with phenyl chlorothionoformate and N-chlorosuccinimide in a solution of pyridine in benzene 60° C. to giveCompound 31.Compound 31 is treated with β-tributylstannylstyrene and AIBN in benzene giveCompound 32.Compound 32 is detritylated with dichloroacetic acid in dichloromethane givecompound 33. -
Compound 33 is treated with oxalyl chloride in DMSO in the presence of ethyl diisopropylamine to give the 5′-aldehyde which is then subjected to a tandem aldol condensation and Cannizzaro reaction using aqueous formaldehyde and 1 M NaOH in 1,4-dioxane to yield the diol,Compound 34. Selective silylation with TBDMSCl in pyridine and isolation of the required isomer will giveCompound 35.Compound 35 is treated with methanesulfonyl chloride in pyridine to give the methane sulfonyl derivative which is treated with methanolic ammonia to givecompound 36. The double bond ofCompound 36 is oxidatively cleaved by oxymylation go give the diol and then by cleavage of the diol with sodium periodate to give the aldehyde,Compound 37. The amino and aldehyde groups inCompound 37 are cross coupled under reductive condition followed by methylation of the amino group with formaldehyde in the presence of sodium borohydride will give theCompound 38. Treatment ofCompound 38 with triethylamine trihydrofluoride and triethylamine in THF will giveCompound 39. The primary alcohol ofCompound 39 is selectively tritylated with DMTCl in pyridine followed by phosphytilation at 8-position to giveCompound 40. -
Compound 35 is benzylated with benzyl bromide in DMF and sodium hydride to giveCompound 41. Oxidative cleavage ofCompound 41 will give an aldehyde at the 2′-position which is reduced to the corresponding alcohol using sodium borohydride in methanol to giveCompound 42.Compound 42 is converted into the 3′-C-aminomethyl derivative,Compound 43 by in situ generation of the methane sulfonyl derivative and treatment with ammonia. The amino group inCompound 43 is protected with an Fmoc protecting group using Fmoc-Cl and sodium bicarbonate in aqueous dioxane to giveCompound 44. Deprotection of the benzyl group is achieved with BCl3 in dichloromethane at −78° C. followed by oxidation of the alcohol with pyridinium dichromate in DMF give the corresponding carboxylic acid. The deprotection of the Fmoc group releases the amino group at the 2′-position to giveCompound 45.Compound 45 is treated with TBTU (2-(1H-benzotriazole-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluroniumtetrafluoroborate) and triethylamine in DMF to yield Compound 46. Compound 46 is desilylated with triethylamine trihydrofluoride in triethylamine in THF followed by tritylation at 3 position to give the 3-trityloxymethyl derivative followed by phosphytilation at 8-position to give Compound 47. The DMT phosphoramidite bicyclic nucleoside, Compound 47 is purified by silica gel flash column chromatography. - The above compound can be synthesized the methods of Frieden et. al.,
Nucleic Acids research 2003, 31, 6365-72. - The activity of LNA modified antisense RNA oligomers and LNA modified siRNAs was measured by observing PTEN mRNA expression in T24 cells which were contacted with either LNA modified antisense RNA or LNA modified RNA. T24 cell preparation and RNA expression analysis may be performed by methods analogous to those described herein.
ISIS No. Sequence (3′->5′) SEQ ID No. 303912 UUC AUU CCU GGU CUC UGU UU 7 331679 UUC AUU CCU GGU CUC UGU UU 8 332231 UUC AUU CCU GGU CUC UGU UU 9 333755 UUC AUU CCU GGU CUC UGU UU 10 331695 UUC AUU CCU GGU CUC UGU UU 11 331694 UUC AUU CCU GGU CUC UGU UU 12 331426 UUC AUU CCU GGU CUC UGU UU 13 331427 UUC AUU CCU GGU CUC UGU UU 14 331428 UUC AUU CCU GGU CUC UGU UU 15 331430 UUC AUU CCU GGU CUC UGU UU 16
In the sequences of the above table, each base that is not underlined is a ribose nucleoside. Each underlined sequence is an LNA of the formula:
where X is O and Bx is the heterocyclic base indicated in the sequence. All linkages are phosphothioate. Each sequence comprises a 5′P modification. -
-
Claims (25)
1. A nucleoside comprising a bicyclic sugar moiety having the formula:
wherein
Q is CH2 or C(═O);
R is H, a protecting group or C1-C12 alkyl; and
T1 and T2 are each, independently, hydroxyl, a protected hydroxyl, a conjugate group, an activated phosphorus moiety or a covalent attachment to a support medium.
2. The nucleoside of claim 1 wherein Q is CH2.
3. The nucleoside of claim 1 wherein Q is C(═O).
4. The nucleoside of claim 1 wherein R is H.
5. The nucleoside of claim 1 wherein R is methyl.
6. The nucleoside of claim 1 having the configuration:
wherein
Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
Q is CH2 or C(═O);
R is H, a protecting group or C1-C12 alkyl; and
T1 and T2 are each independently, hydroxyl, a protected hydroxyl, a conjugate group, an activated phosphorus moiety or a covalent attachment to a support medium.
7. An oligomeric compound comprising at least one nucleoside comprising a bicyclic sugar moiety having the formula:
wherein
Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
Q is CH2 or C(═O);
R is H, a protecting group or C1-C12 alkyl; and
each of T3 and T4 is an internucleoside linkage connecting the nucleoside to the oligomeric compound or one of T3 and T4 is an internucleoside linkage connecting the nucleoside to the oligomeric compound and the other of the T3 and T4 is hydroxyl, a protected hydroxyl, a conjugate group, an activated phosphorus moiety, a covalent attachment to a support medium or an internucleoside linkage attached to a nucleoside, a nucleotide, a nucleoside mimic, an oligonucleoside, an oligonucleotide or an oligonucleotide mimic.
8. The oligomeric compound of claim 7 wherein each nucleoside comprising the bicyclic sugar moiety has the configuration:
wherein
Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
Q is CH2 or C(═O);
R is H, a protecting group or C1-C12 alkyl; and
each of T3 and T4 is an internucleoside linkage connecting the nucleoside to the oligomeric compound or one of T3 and T4 is an internucleoside linkage connecting the nucleoside to the oligomeric compound and the other of the T3 and T4 is hydroxyl, a protected hydroxyl, a conjugate group, an activated phosphorus moiety, a covalent attachment to a support medium or an internucleoside linkage attached to a nucleoside, a nucleotide, a nucleoside mimic, an oligonucleoside, an oligonucleotide or an oligonucleotide mimic.
9. The oligomeric compound of claim 7 comprising from about 10 to about 40 nucleosides.
10. The oligomeric compound of claim 7 comprising from about 18 to about 30 nucleosides.
11. The oligomeric compound of claim 7 comprising from about 21 to about 24 nucleosides.
12. The oligomeric compound of claim 7 comprising from about 15 to about 30 nucleosides.
13. The oligomeric compound of claim 7 comprising a plurality of nucleosides linked by internucleoside linking groups wherein each of the internucleoside linking groups is, independently, phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, chiral phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphotriester, aminoalkylphosphotriester, methyl and other alkyl phosphonate, chiral phosphonate, phosphinate, phosphoramidate, thionophosphoramidate, thionoalkylphosphonate, thionoalkylphosphotriester, selenophosphate, boranophosphate or methylene(methylimino).
14. The oligomeric compound of claim 13 wherein each of the internucleoside linking groups is, independently, phosphodiester or phosphorothioate.
15. The oligomeric compound of claim 7 further comprising at least one nucleoside having formula I:
wherein
Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
J is H, hydroxyl, protected hydroxyl or a sugar substituent group; and
each of T5 and T6 is an internucleoside linkage connecting the nucleoside to the oligomeric compound or one of T5 and T6 is an internucleoside linkage connecting the nucleoside to the oligomeric compound and the other of the T5 and T6 is hydroxyl, a protected hydroxyl, a conjugate group, an activated phosphorus moiety, a covalent attachment to a support medium or an internucleoside linkage attached to a nucleoside, a nucleotide, a nucleoside mimic, an oligonucleoside, an oligonucleotide or an oligonucleotide mimic.
16. The oligomeric compound of claim 15 comprising a plurality of nucleosides having formula I wherein each J is, independently, H, hydroxyl, protected hydroxyl or a sugar substituent group.
17. The oligomeric compound of claim 15 wherein each sugar substituent group is, independently, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, O-, S- or N-alkyl; O-, S- or N-alkenyl; O-, S,- or N-alkynyl; O-alkyl-O-alkyl, alkaryl, aralkyl, O-alkaryl, O-aralkyl, O[(CH2)nO]mCH3, OCH2C(═O)N(H)(CH3), O(CH2)nOCH3, O(CH2)nNH2, O(CH2)nCH3, O(CH2)nONH2, O(CH2)nON[(CH2)nCH3]2, SH, SCH3, OCN, F, Cl, Br, CN, CF3, OCF3, SOCH3, SO2CH3, ONO2, NO2, N3, NH2, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkaryl, aminoalkylamino, polyalkylamino, substituted silyl, an RNA cleaving group or a reporter group;
wherein alkyl groups are C1 to C10 and are substituted or unsubstituted, alkenyl groups are C2 to C10 and are substituted or unsubstituted, and alkynyl groups are C2 to C10 and are substituted or unsubstituted and where n and m are each independently from 1 to about 10.
18. The oligomeric compound of claim 17 wherein each of the sugar substituents groups is, independently, OCH2C(═O)N(H)(CH3), O—CH2CH2OCH3, O(CH2)2ON(CH3)2, O—(CH2)2—O—(CH2)2—N(CH3)2, O—CH3, OCH2CH2CH2NH2, CH2—CH═CH2, O—CH2—CH═CH2 or F.
19. The oligomeric compound of claim 15 wherein each of the sugar substituent groups independently, comprises formula II:
wherein:
Rd is a single bond, O, S or C(═O);
Re is C1-C10 alkyl, N(Rk)(Rm), N(Rk)(Rn), N═C(Rp)(Rq), N═C(Rp)(Rr) or has formula IIIa;
Rp and Rq, are each independently hydrogen or C1-C10 alkyl;
Rr is —Rx—Ry;
each Rs, Rt, Ru, and Rv is, independently, hydrogen, C(O)Rw, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C10 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C10 alkynyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, a chemical functional group or a conjugate group, wherein the substituent groups are selected from hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro, thiol, thioalkoxy, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, and alkynyl;
or optionally, Ru and Rv, together form a phthalimido moiety with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached;
each Rw is, independently, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, cyanoethyloxy, methoxy, ethoxy, t-butoxy, allyloxy, 9-fluorenylmethoxy, 2-(trimethylsilyl)-ethoxy, 2,2,2-trichloroethoxy, benzyloxy, butyryl, iso-butyryl, phenyl or aryl;
Rk is hydrogen, a nitrogen protecting group or —Rx—Ry;
Rx is a bond or a linking moiety;
Ry is a chemical functional group, a conjugate group or a solid support medium;
each Rm and Rn is, independently, H, a nitrogen protecting group, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C10 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C10 alkynyl, wherein the substituent groups are selected from hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro, thiol, thioalkoxy, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl;
or Rm and Rn, together, are a nitrogen protecting group, are joined in a ring structure that optionally includes an additional heteroatom selected from N and O or are a chemical, functional group;
ma is 1 to about 10;
each mb is, independently, 0 or 1;
mc is 0 or an integer from 1 to 10;
md is an integer from 1 to 10; and
provided that when mc is 0, md is greater than 1.
20. A composition comprising a first oligomeric compound and a second oligomeric compound;
the first oligomeric compound is complementary to and capable of hybridizing with the second oligomeric compound;
the first oligomeric compound is complementary to and capable of hybridizing to a selected target nucleic acid,
wherein at least one of the first and the second oligomeric compounds comprises at least one nucleoside of claim 1; and
wherein the composition further comprises one or more optional overhangs, phosphate moieties, conjugate groups or oligomer terminal groups.
21. The composition of claim 20 wherein the first and the second oligomeric compounds are a complementary pair of siRNA oligomeric compounds.
22. The composition of claim 20 wherein the first and the second oligomeric compounds are an antisense/sense pair of oligomeric compounds.
23. The composition of claim 20 wherein each of the first and the second oligomeric compounds has from about 10 to about 40 nucleosides.
24. The composition of claim 20 wherein each of the first and the second oligomeric compounds has from about 18 to about 30 nucleosides.
25. The composition of claim 20 wherein each of the first and the second oligomeric compounds has from about 21 to about 24 nucle
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/871,436 US20080039618A1 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2007-10-12 | Polycyclic sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation |
US12/774,566 US8124745B2 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2010-05-05 | Polycyclic sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US42376002P | 2002-11-05 | 2002-11-05 | |
US10/701,285 US7696345B2 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2003-11-04 | Polycyclic sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation |
US11/871,436 US20080039618A1 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2007-10-12 | Polycyclic sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/701,285 Continuation US7696345B2 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2003-11-04 | Polycyclic sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/774,566 Division US8124745B2 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2010-05-05 | Polycyclic sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20080039618A1 true US20080039618A1 (en) | 2008-02-14 |
Family
ID=32312707
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/701,007 Active 2027-04-20 US8604183B2 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2003-11-04 | Compositions comprising alternating 2′-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation |
US11/871,436 Abandoned US20080039618A1 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2007-10-12 | Polycyclic sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation |
US12/774,566 Expired - Fee Related US8124745B2 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2010-05-05 | Polycyclic sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/701,007 Active 2027-04-20 US8604183B2 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2003-11-04 | Compositions comprising alternating 2′-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/774,566 Expired - Fee Related US8124745B2 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2010-05-05 | Polycyclic sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US8604183B2 (en) |
EP (3) | EP1578765A4 (en) |
AU (6) | AU2003290598A1 (en) |
CA (2) | CA2504929C (en) |
WO (6) | WO2004044139A2 (en) |
Cited By (309)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2010091308A2 (en) | 2009-02-06 | 2010-08-12 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds and methods |
US20110172296A1 (en) * | 2010-01-12 | 2011-07-14 | Bennett C Frank | Modulation of transforming growth factor-beta 1 expression |
WO2011085271A2 (en) | 2010-01-08 | 2011-07-14 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of angiopoietin-like 3 expression |
WO2011097643A1 (en) | 2010-02-08 | 2011-08-11 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective reduction of allelic variants |
US20110213011A1 (en) * | 2010-02-26 | 2011-09-01 | Dean Nicholas M | Modulation of smad3 expression |
US20110237646A1 (en) * | 2008-08-07 | 2011-09-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of transthyretin expression for the treatment of cns related disorders |
WO2011139699A2 (en) | 2010-04-28 | 2011-11-10 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 5' modified nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
WO2011139911A2 (en) | 2010-04-29 | 2011-11-10 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Lipid formulated single stranded rna |
WO2011139917A1 (en) | 2010-04-29 | 2011-11-10 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of transthyretin expression |
WO2011139702A2 (en) | 2010-04-28 | 2011-11-10 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modified nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
WO2011139695A2 (en) | 2010-04-28 | 2011-11-10 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modified 5' diphosphate nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
WO2011156278A1 (en) | 2010-06-07 | 2011-12-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
WO2011156202A1 (en) | 2010-06-08 | 2011-12-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Substituted 2 '-amino and 2 '-thio-bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
WO2012012443A2 (en) | 2010-07-19 | 2012-01-26 | Bennett C Frank | Modulation of dystrophia myotonica-protein kinase (dmpk) expression |
EP2447274A2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2012-05-02 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds and methods |
WO2012068405A2 (en) | 2010-11-17 | 2012-05-24 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of alpha synuclein expression |
WO2012109395A1 (en) | 2011-02-08 | 2012-08-16 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleotides and uses thereof |
WO2012142458A1 (en) | 2011-04-13 | 2012-10-18 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of ptp1b expression |
WO2012149495A1 (en) | 2011-04-27 | 2012-11-01 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of apolipoprotein ciii (apociii) expression |
WO2012170347A1 (en) | 2011-06-09 | 2012-12-13 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
WO2012174476A2 (en) | 2011-06-16 | 2012-12-20 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of fibroblast growth factor receptor 4 expression |
WO2013003808A1 (en) | 2011-06-29 | 2013-01-03 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating kallikrein (klkb1) expression |
WO2013022967A1 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2013-02-14 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Gapped oligomeric compounds comprising 5'-modified deoxyribonucleosides in the gap and uses thereof |
WO2013043817A1 (en) | 2011-09-20 | 2013-03-28 | Isis Phamaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of gcgr expression |
WO2013063313A1 (en) | 2011-10-25 | 2013-05-02 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of gccr expression |
WO2013070786A1 (en) | 2011-11-07 | 2013-05-16 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of tmprss6 expression |
WO2013096837A1 (en) | 2011-12-22 | 2013-06-27 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating metastasis-associated-in-lung-adenocarcinoma-transcript-1(malat-1) expression |
WO2013106770A1 (en) | 2012-01-11 | 2013-07-18 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulation of ikbkap splicing |
WO2013120003A1 (en) | 2012-02-08 | 2013-08-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of rna by repeat targeting |
WO2013154799A1 (en) | 2012-04-09 | 2013-10-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Tricyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
WO2013154798A1 (en) | 2012-04-09 | 2013-10-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Tricyclic nucleic acid analogs |
WO2013177248A2 (en) | 2012-05-22 | 2013-11-28 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of enhancer rna mediated gene expression |
WO2013177468A2 (en) | 2012-05-24 | 2013-11-28 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for modulating apolipoprotein(a) expression |
WO2014004572A2 (en) | 2012-06-25 | 2014-01-03 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of ube3a-ats expression |
WO2014018930A1 (en) | 2012-07-27 | 2014-01-30 | Isis Pharmaceuticals. Inc. | Modulation of renin-angiotensin system (ras) related diseases by angiotensinogen |
WO2014059356A2 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2014-04-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof |
WO2014059238A2 (en) | 2012-10-11 | 2014-04-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Modulation of androgen receptor expression |
WO2014059341A2 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2014-04-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense compounds and uses thereof |
WO2014062686A1 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2014-04-24 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating c9orf72 expression |
WO2014070868A1 (en) | 2012-10-31 | 2014-05-08 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Cancer treatment |
WO2014076196A1 (en) | 2012-11-15 | 2014-05-22 | Santaris Pharma A/S | Anti apob antisense conjugate compounds |
WO2014080004A1 (en) | 2012-11-26 | 2014-05-30 | Santaris Pharma A/S | Compositions and methods for modulation of fgfr3 expression |
WO2014118272A1 (en) | 2013-01-30 | 2014-08-07 | Santaris Pharma A/S | Antimir-122 oligonucleotide carbohydrate conjugates |
WO2014118267A1 (en) | 2013-01-30 | 2014-08-07 | Santaris Pharma A/S | Lna oligonucleotide carbohydrate conjugates |
WO2014153236A1 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2014-09-25 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating tau expression |
WO2014179626A2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2014-11-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating apolipoprotein c-iii expression |
WO2014205451A2 (en) | 2013-06-21 | 2014-12-24 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulation of target nucleic acids |
WO2014205449A2 (en) | 2013-06-21 | 2014-12-24 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating apolipoprotein c-iii expression for improving a diabetic profile |
WO2015002971A2 (en) | 2013-07-02 | 2015-01-08 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of growth hormone receptor |
WO2015010135A2 (en) | 2013-07-19 | 2015-01-22 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating tau expression |
WO2015021457A2 (en) | 2013-08-09 | 2015-02-12 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulation of dystrophia myotonica-protein kinase (dmpk) expression |
WO2015031679A2 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2015-03-05 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of prekallikrein (pkk) expression |
US9006198B2 (en) | 2010-02-08 | 2015-04-14 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective reduction of allelic variants |
US9029335B2 (en) | 2012-10-16 | 2015-05-12 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Substituted 2′-thio-bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
WO2015100394A1 (en) | 2013-12-24 | 2015-07-02 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of angiopoietin-like 3 expression |
WO2015123264A1 (en) | 2014-02-11 | 2015-08-20 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Ketohexokinase (khk) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2015143246A1 (en) | 2014-03-19 | 2015-09-24 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating ataxin 2 expression |
US9150864B2 (en) | 2010-11-08 | 2015-10-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating factor 12 expression |
WO2015153800A2 (en) | 2014-04-01 | 2015-10-08 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating sod-1 expression |
WO2015164693A1 (en) | 2014-04-24 | 2015-10-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising alpha-beta-constrained nucleic acid |
WO2015168172A1 (en) | 2014-04-28 | 2015-11-05 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Linkage modified oligomeric compounds |
WO2015168589A2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2015-11-05 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating angiopoietin-like 3 expression |
WO2015168618A2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2015-11-05 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating growth hormone receptor expression |
US9187749B2 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2015-11-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating factor 12 expression |
WO2015175510A1 (en) | 2014-05-12 | 2015-11-19 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for treating a serpinc1-associated disorder |
WO2015179724A1 (en) | 2014-05-22 | 2015-11-26 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Angiotensinogen (agt) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US9243291B1 (en) | 2011-12-01 | 2016-01-26 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of predicting toxicity |
WO2016040589A1 (en) | 2014-09-12 | 2016-03-17 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Polynucleotide agents targeting complement component c5 and methods of use thereof |
US9315811B2 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2016-04-19 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating kallikrein (KLKB1) expression |
WO2016061487A1 (en) | 2014-10-17 | 2016-04-21 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Polynucleotide agents targeting aminolevulinic acid synthase-1 (alas1) and uses thereof |
WO2016069694A2 (en) | 2014-10-30 | 2016-05-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Polynucleotide agents targeting serpinc1 (at3) and methods of use thereof |
US9340784B2 (en) | 2012-03-19 | 2016-05-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for modulating alpha-1-antitrypsin expression |
WO2016077321A1 (en) | 2014-11-10 | 2016-05-19 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Hepatitis b virus (hbv) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2016081444A1 (en) | 2014-11-17 | 2016-05-26 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Apolipoprotein c3 (apoc3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US9353371B2 (en) | 2011-05-02 | 2016-05-31 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense compounds targeting genes associated with usher syndrome |
WO2016094342A1 (en) | 2014-12-08 | 2016-06-16 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System | Lipocationic polymers and uses thereof |
US9403865B2 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2016-08-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method of preparing oligomeric compounds using modified capping protocols |
WO2016130806A2 (en) | 2015-02-13 | 2016-08-18 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2016138353A1 (en) | 2015-02-26 | 2016-09-01 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Allele specific modulators of p23h rhodopsin |
WO2016164746A1 (en) | 2015-04-08 | 2016-10-13 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene |
WO2016168592A2 (en) | 2015-04-16 | 2016-10-20 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating c9orf72 expression |
US9487780B2 (en) | 2012-06-01 | 2016-11-08 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense compounds targeting genes associated with fibronectin |
US9518259B2 (en) | 2010-06-15 | 2016-12-13 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating interaction between proteins and target nucleic acids |
WO2016201301A1 (en) | 2015-06-12 | 2016-12-15 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement component c5 irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US9523094B2 (en) | 2012-10-11 | 2016-12-20 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of treating kennedy's disease |
WO2016205323A1 (en) | 2015-06-18 | 2016-12-22 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Polynucleotde agents targeting hydroxyacid oxidase (glycolate oxidase, hao1) and methods of use thereof |
WO2016209862A1 (en) | 2015-06-23 | 2016-12-29 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Glucokinase (gck) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2017004261A1 (en) | 2015-06-29 | 2017-01-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modified crispr rna and modified single crispr rna and uses thereof |
WO2017011286A1 (en) | 2015-07-10 | 2017-01-19 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Insulin-like growth factor binding protein, acid labile subunit (igfals) and insulin-like growth factor 1 (igf-1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US9550988B2 (en) | 2006-10-18 | 2017-01-24 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense compounds |
US9556434B2 (en) | 2010-10-20 | 2017-01-31 | Rosalind Franklin University Of Medicine And Science | Antisense oligonucleotides that target a cryptic splice site in Ush1c as a therapeutic for usher syndrome |
US9574193B2 (en) | 2012-05-17 | 2017-02-21 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression |
WO2017040078A1 (en) | 2015-09-02 | 2017-03-09 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | PROGRAMMED CELL DEATH 1 LIGAND 1 (PD-L1) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
US9593333B2 (en) | 2013-02-14 | 2017-03-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of apolipoprotein C-III (ApoCIII) expression in lipoprotein lipase deficient (LPLD) populations |
WO2017048789A1 (en) | 2015-09-14 | 2017-03-23 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System | Lipocationic dendrimers and uses thereof |
WO2017053722A1 (en) | 2015-09-24 | 2017-03-30 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of kras expression |
WO2017079745A1 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2017-05-11 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugated antisense compounds for use in therapy |
US9688707B2 (en) | 2014-12-30 | 2017-06-27 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bicyclic morpholino compounds and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
US9695475B2 (en) | 2012-12-11 | 2017-07-04 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Competitive modulation of microRNAs |
US9695418B2 (en) | 2012-10-11 | 2017-07-04 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleosides and uses thereof |
US9701708B2 (en) | 2013-01-31 | 2017-07-11 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method of preparing oligomeric compounds using modified coupling protocols |
WO2017120365A1 (en) | 2016-01-05 | 2017-07-13 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for reducing lrrk2 expression |
US9758546B2 (en) | 2013-10-21 | 2017-09-12 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method for solution phase detritylation of oligomeric compounds |
WO2017161172A1 (en) | 2016-03-16 | 2017-09-21 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of modulating keap1 |
WO2017180835A1 (en) | 2016-04-13 | 2017-10-19 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for reducing c9orf72 expression |
WO2017184689A1 (en) | 2016-04-19 | 2017-10-26 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | High density lipoprotein binding protein (hdlbp/vigilin) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2017201076A1 (en) | 2016-05-16 | 2017-11-23 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System | Cationic sulfonamide amino lipids and amphiphilic zwitterionic amino lipids |
US9828602B2 (en) | 2012-06-01 | 2017-11-28 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense compounds targeting genes associated with fibronectin |
WO2017214518A1 (en) | 2016-06-10 | 2017-12-14 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | COMPLETMENT COMPONENT C5 iRNA COMPOSTIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF FOR TREATING PAROXYSMAL NOCTURNAL HEMOGLOBINURIA (PNH) |
WO2017223528A1 (en) | 2016-06-24 | 2017-12-28 | The Scripps Research Institute | Novel nucleoside triphosphate transporter and uses thereof |
WO2018014041A2 (en) | 2016-07-15 | 2018-01-18 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulation of smn2 |
US9914922B2 (en) | 2012-04-20 | 2018-03-13 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleotides and uses thereof |
WO2018064593A1 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2018-04-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing tau expression |
US9943604B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2018-04-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Targeted therapeutic nucleosides and their use |
EP3312189A1 (en) | 2011-04-21 | 2018-04-25 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of hepatitis b virus (hbv) expression |
WO2018089805A1 (en) | 2016-11-10 | 2018-05-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing atxn3 expression |
US9976138B2 (en) | 2011-08-29 | 2018-05-22 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compounds useful in conditions related to repeat expansion |
WO2018098117A1 (en) | 2016-11-23 | 2018-05-31 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | SERPINA1 iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2018112320A1 (en) | 2016-12-16 | 2018-06-21 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for treating or preventing ttr-associated diseases using transthyretin (ttr) irna compositions |
US10006027B2 (en) | 2014-03-19 | 2018-06-26 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating Ataxin 2 expression |
US10023861B2 (en) | 2011-08-29 | 2018-07-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomer-conjugate complexes and their use |
US10036019B2 (en) | 2014-03-17 | 2018-07-31 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bicyclic carbocyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
US10077236B2 (en) | 2013-07-15 | 2018-09-18 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Azacyclic constrained analogs of FTY720 |
US10098959B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2018-10-16 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method for synthesis of reactive conjugate clusters |
WO2018195165A1 (en) | 2017-04-18 | 2018-10-25 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for the treatment of subjects having a hepatitis b virus (hbv) infection |
US10221414B2 (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2019-03-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating C9ORF72 expression |
EP3466960A2 (en) | 2011-04-01 | 2019-04-10 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of signal transducer and activator of transcription 3 (stat3) expression |
US10260089B2 (en) | 2012-10-29 | 2019-04-16 | The Research Foundation Of The State University Of New York | Compositions and methods for recognition of RNA using triple helical peptide nucleic acids |
US10273474B2 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2019-04-30 | Washington University | Methods for modulating Tau expression for reducing seizure and modifying a neurodegenerative syndrome |
US10280423B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2019-05-07 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating complement factor B expression |
WO2019089922A1 (en) | 2017-11-01 | 2019-05-09 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US10294477B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2019-05-21 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating PKK expression |
WO2019099610A1 (en) | 2017-11-16 | 2019-05-23 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Kisspeptin 1 (kiss1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2019100039A1 (en) | 2017-11-20 | 2019-05-23 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Serum amyloid p component (apcs) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2019118916A1 (en) | 2017-12-14 | 2019-06-20 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugated antisense compounds and their use |
WO2019126097A1 (en) | 2017-12-18 | 2019-06-27 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | High mobility group box-1 (hmgb1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2019140452A1 (en) | 2018-01-15 | 2019-07-18 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of dnm2 expression |
US10364433B2 (en) | 2014-11-14 | 2019-07-30 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Modulation of AGPAT5 expression |
WO2019165453A1 (en) | 2018-02-26 | 2019-08-29 | Synthorx, Inc. | Il-15 conjugates and uses thereof |
US10400243B2 (en) | 2014-11-25 | 2019-09-03 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of UBE3A-ATS expression |
US10407678B2 (en) | 2015-04-16 | 2019-09-10 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating expression of C9ORF72 antisense transcript |
US10415038B2 (en) | 2015-04-03 | 2019-09-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating TMPRSS6 expression |
US10435430B2 (en) | 2013-07-31 | 2019-10-08 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compounds useful in conditions related to repeat expansion |
US10443052B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2019-10-15 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating C9ORF72 expression |
WO2019217527A1 (en) | 2018-05-09 | 2019-11-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing fxi expression |
WO2019222166A1 (en) | 2018-05-14 | 2019-11-21 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Angiotensinogen (agt) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US10513706B2 (en) | 2014-04-09 | 2019-12-24 | The Scripps Research Institute | Import of unnatural or modified nucleoside triphosphates into cells via nucleic acid triphosphate transporters |
US10517889B2 (en) | 2017-09-08 | 2019-12-31 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of SMAD7 expression |
EP3591054A1 (en) | 2013-06-27 | 2020-01-08 | Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S | Antisense oligomers and conjugates targeting pcsk9 |
US10533175B2 (en) | 2015-09-25 | 2020-01-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating Ataxin 3 expression |
US10538763B2 (en) | 2015-01-16 | 2020-01-21 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulation of DUX4 |
EP3603677A1 (en) | 2013-09-13 | 2020-02-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of complement factor b |
US10557137B2 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2020-02-11 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression |
WO2020036862A1 (en) | 2018-08-13 | 2020-02-20 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | HEPATITIS B VIRUS (HBV) dsRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
US10570169B2 (en) | 2014-05-22 | 2020-02-25 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugated antisense compounds and their use |
WO2020041348A1 (en) | 2018-08-20 | 2020-02-27 | Rogcon, Inc. | Antisense oligonucleotides targeting scn2a for the treatment of scn1a encephalopathies |
US10577607B2 (en) | 2016-03-16 | 2020-03-03 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of DYRK1B expression |
US10577604B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2020-03-03 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for monitoring C9ORF72 expression |
EP3620520A1 (en) | 2018-09-10 | 2020-03-11 | Universidad del Pais Vasco | Novel target to treat a metabolic disease in an individual |
US10590412B2 (en) | 2013-04-19 | 2020-03-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulation nucleic acids through nonsense mediated decay |
WO2020060986A1 (en) | 2018-09-18 | 2020-03-26 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Ketohexokinase (khk) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2020061200A1 (en) | 2018-09-19 | 2020-03-26 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of pnpla3 expression |
US10610571B2 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2020-04-07 | Synthorx, Inc. | Cytokine conjugates for the treatment of proliferative and infectious diseases |
US10626138B2 (en) | 2013-08-08 | 2020-04-21 | The Scripps Research Institute National Institutes Of Health (Nih), U.S. Dept Of Health And Human Services (Dhhs) | Method for the site-specific enzymatic labelling of nucleic acids in vitro by incorporation of unnatural nucleotides |
WO2020106996A1 (en) | 2018-11-21 | 2020-05-28 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing prion expression |
WO2020132521A1 (en) | 2018-12-20 | 2020-06-25 | Praxis Precision Medicines, Inc. | Compositions and methods for the treatment of kcnt1 related disorders |
WO2020150431A1 (en) | 2019-01-16 | 2020-07-23 | Genzyme Corporation | Serpinc1 irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US10772906B2 (en) | 2008-10-15 | 2020-09-15 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of Factor 11 expression |
US10793855B2 (en) | 2015-01-06 | 2020-10-06 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating expression of C9ORF72 antisense transcript |
WO2020205463A1 (en) | 2019-03-29 | 2020-10-08 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating ube3a-ats |
WO2020203880A1 (en) | 2019-03-29 | 2020-10-08 | 田辺三菱製薬株式会社 | Compound, method and pharmaceutical composition for dux4 expression adjustment |
EP3750997A1 (en) | 2013-12-02 | 2020-12-16 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense compounds and uses thereof |
WO2021022109A1 (en) | 2019-08-01 | 2021-02-04 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | SERPIN FAMILY F MEMBER 2 (SERPINF2) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2021022108A2 (en) | 2019-08-01 | 2021-02-04 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | CARBOXYPEPTIDASE B2 (CPB2) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2021021673A1 (en) | 2019-07-26 | 2021-02-04 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating gfap |
US10912792B2 (en) | 2015-10-08 | 2021-02-09 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating angiotensinogen expression |
US10913951B2 (en) | 2018-10-31 | 2021-02-09 | University of Pittsburgh—of the Commonwealth System of Higher Education | Silencing of HNF4A-P2 isoforms with siRNA to improve hepatocyte function in liver failure |
EP3778618A1 (en) | 2013-02-04 | 2021-02-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof |
WO2021030522A1 (en) | 2019-08-13 | 2021-02-18 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | SMALL RIBOSOMAL PROTEIN SUBUNIT 25 (RPS25) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2021030706A1 (en) | 2019-08-15 | 2021-02-18 | Synthorx, Inc. | Immuno oncology combination therapies with il-2 conjugates |
WO2021041206A1 (en) | 2019-08-23 | 2021-03-04 | Synthorx, Inc. | Il-15 conjugates and uses thereof |
WO2021050554A1 (en) | 2019-09-10 | 2021-03-18 | Synthorx, Inc. | Il-2 conjugates and methods of use to treat autoimmune diseases |
EP3798306A1 (en) | 2013-12-12 | 2021-03-31 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement component irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2021074772A1 (en) | 2019-10-14 | 2021-04-22 | Astrazeneca Ab | Modulators of pnpla3 expression |
WO2021076828A1 (en) | 2019-10-18 | 2021-04-22 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Solute carrier family member irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2021081026A1 (en) | 2019-10-22 | 2021-04-29 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US10995068B2 (en) | 2015-09-24 | 2021-05-04 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Synthetic sphingolipid-like molecules, drugs, methods of their synthesis and methods of treatment |
WO2021087036A1 (en) | 2019-11-01 | 2021-05-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | HUNTINGTIN (HTT) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2021091986A1 (en) | 2019-11-04 | 2021-05-14 | Synthorx, Inc. | Interleukin 10 conjugates and uses thereof |
WO2021102373A1 (en) | 2019-11-22 | 2021-05-27 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Ataxin3 (atxn3) rnai agent compositions and methods of use thereof |
US11033570B2 (en) | 2016-12-02 | 2021-06-15 | Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory | Modulation of Lnc05 expression |
WO2021119226A1 (en) | 2019-12-13 | 2021-06-17 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Human chromosome 9 open reading frame 72 (c9orf72) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2021126734A1 (en) | 2019-12-16 | 2021-06-24 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US11058709B1 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2021-07-13 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of treating breast cancer |
US11078486B2 (en) | 2018-07-25 | 2021-08-03 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing ATXN2 expression |
US11077195B2 (en) | 2019-02-06 | 2021-08-03 | Synthorx, Inc. | IL-2 conjugates and methods of use thereof |
WO2021167841A1 (en) | 2020-02-18 | 2021-08-26 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Apolipoprotein c3 (apoc3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2021178736A1 (en) | 2020-03-06 | 2021-09-10 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | KETOHEXOKINASE (KHK) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2021178778A1 (en) | 2020-03-06 | 2021-09-10 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of transthyretin (ttr) |
WO2021178607A1 (en) | 2020-03-05 | 2021-09-10 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof for treating or preventing complement component c3-associated diseases |
WO2021188611A1 (en) | 2020-03-18 | 2021-09-23 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for treating subjects having a heterozygous alanine-glyoxylate aminotransferase gene (agxt) variant |
US11129844B2 (en) | 2015-03-03 | 2021-09-28 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating MECP2 expression |
WO2021195307A1 (en) | 2020-03-26 | 2021-09-30 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Coronavirus irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US11136577B2 (en) | 2016-03-09 | 2021-10-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for inhibiting PMP22 expression |
WO2021206922A1 (en) | 2020-04-07 | 2021-10-14 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Transmembrane serine protease 2 (tmprss2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2021206917A1 (en) | 2020-04-07 | 2021-10-14 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | ANGIOTENSIN-CONVERTING ENZYME 2 (ACE2) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
US11149264B2 (en) | 2018-02-12 | 2021-10-19 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modified compounds and uses thereof |
US11162096B2 (en) | 2013-10-14 | 2021-11-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc | Methods for modulating expression of C9ORF72 antisense transcript |
WO2021222549A1 (en) | 2020-04-30 | 2021-11-04 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement factor b (cfb) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2021222065A1 (en) | 2020-04-27 | 2021-11-04 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Apolipoprotein e (apoe) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2021231679A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2021-11-18 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of gap junction protein beta 2 (gjb2) |
WO2021231685A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2021-11-18 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of transmembrane channel-like protein 1 (tmc1) |
WO2021231698A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2021-11-18 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of argininosuccinate lyase (asl) |
WO2021230286A1 (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2021-11-18 | 田辺三菱製薬株式会社 | Compound, method and pharmaceutical composition for regulating expression of ataxin 3 |
WO2021231680A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2021-11-18 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of methyl-cpg binding protein 2 (mecp2) |
WO2021231675A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2021-11-18 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of argininosuccinate synthetase (ass1) |
WO2021231673A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2021-11-18 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of leucine rich repeat kinase 2 (lrrk2) |
WO2021231691A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2021-11-18 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of retinoschisin 1 (rsi) |
WO2021231692A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2021-11-18 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of otoferlin (otof) |
US11197884B2 (en) | 2017-08-18 | 2021-12-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of the notch signaling pathway for treatment of respiratory disorders |
WO2021252557A1 (en) | 2020-06-09 | 2021-12-16 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Rnai compositions and methods of use thereof for delivery by inhalation |
WO2021257782A1 (en) | 2020-06-18 | 2021-12-23 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | XANTHINE DEHYDROGENASE (XDH) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
US11208650B2 (en) | 2018-11-15 | 2021-12-28 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of IRF5 expression |
WO2021263026A1 (en) | 2020-06-25 | 2021-12-30 | Synthorx, Inc. | Immuno oncology combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and anti-egfr antibodies |
US11214803B2 (en) | 2019-01-31 | 2022-01-04 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of YAP1 expression |
US11230712B2 (en) | 2017-11-09 | 2022-01-25 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing SNCA expression |
US11236339B2 (en) | 2016-06-17 | 2022-02-01 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of GYS1 expression |
US11241451B2 (en) | 2018-03-02 | 2022-02-08 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of IRF4 expression |
US11260073B2 (en) | 2015-11-02 | 2022-03-01 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating C90RF72 |
US11279932B2 (en) | 2019-02-27 | 2022-03-22 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of MALAT1 expression |
WO2022063782A1 (en) | 2020-09-22 | 2022-03-31 | Astrazeneca Ab | Method of treating fatty liver disease |
WO2022066847A1 (en) | 2020-09-24 | 2022-03-31 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Dipeptidyl peptidase 4 (dpp4) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US11299737B1 (en) | 2020-02-28 | 2022-04-12 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating SMN2 |
WO2022076853A1 (en) | 2020-10-09 | 2022-04-14 | Synthorx, Inc. | Immuno oncology combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and pembrolizumab |
WO2022076291A1 (en) | 2020-10-05 | 2022-04-14 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | G protein-coupled receptor 75 (gpr75) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022076859A1 (en) | 2020-10-09 | 2022-04-14 | Synthorx, Inc. | Immuno oncology therapies with il-2 conjugates |
WO2022087329A1 (en) | 2020-10-23 | 2022-04-28 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Mucin 5b (muc5b) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US11332746B1 (en) | 2018-06-27 | 2022-05-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing LRRK2 expression |
WO2022103999A1 (en) | 2020-11-13 | 2022-05-19 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | COAGULATION FACTOR V (F5) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
US11359197B2 (en) | 2018-01-12 | 2022-06-14 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Antisense oligonucleotides targeting alpha-synuclein and uses thereof |
WO2022125490A1 (en) | 2020-12-08 | 2022-06-16 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Coagulation factor x (f10) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022122872A1 (en) | 2020-12-09 | 2022-06-16 | Ucl Business Ltd | Therapeutics for the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders |
US11365416B2 (en) | 2018-04-11 | 2022-06-21 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of EZH2 expression |
WO2022150260A1 (en) | 2021-01-05 | 2022-07-14 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | COMPLEMENT COMPONENT 9 (C9) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
US11400161B2 (en) | 2016-10-06 | 2022-08-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method of conjugating oligomeric compounds |
US11408000B2 (en) | 2020-06-03 | 2022-08-09 | Triplet Therapeutics, Inc. | Oligonucleotides for the treatment of nucleotide repeat expansion disorders associated with MSH3 activity |
WO2022174101A1 (en) | 2021-02-12 | 2022-08-18 | Synthorx, Inc. | Skin cancer combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and cemiplimab |
WO2022174102A1 (en) | 2021-02-12 | 2022-08-18 | Synthorx, Inc. | Lung cancer combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and an anti-pd-1 antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof |
WO2022174000A2 (en) | 2021-02-12 | 2022-08-18 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Superoxide dismutase 1 (sod1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof for treating or preventing superoxide dismutase 1- (sod1-) associated neurodegenerative diseases |
WO2022182864A1 (en) | 2021-02-25 | 2022-09-01 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Prion protein (prnp) irna compositions and methods and methods of use thereof |
WO2022182574A1 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2022-09-01 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | KETOHEXOKINASE (KHK) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
US11434488B2 (en) | 2018-05-09 | 2022-09-06 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing ATXN3 expression |
WO2022187435A1 (en) | 2021-03-04 | 2022-09-09 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Angiopoietin-like 3 (angptl3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
EP4056703A1 (en) | 2015-03-03 | 2022-09-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating mecp2 expression |
WO2022192519A1 (en) | 2021-03-12 | 2022-09-15 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Glycogen synthase kinase 3 alpha (gsk3a) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US11447521B2 (en) | 2020-11-18 | 2022-09-20 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating angiotensinogen expression |
US11459564B2 (en) | 2017-12-21 | 2022-10-04 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of frataxin expression |
WO2022212231A2 (en) | 2021-03-29 | 2022-10-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Huntingtin (htt) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022212153A1 (en) | 2021-04-01 | 2022-10-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Proline dehydrogenase 2 (prodh2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022232343A1 (en) | 2021-04-29 | 2022-11-03 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Signal transducer and activator of transcription factor 6 (stat6) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022231999A1 (en) | 2021-04-26 | 2022-11-03 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Transmembrane protease, serine 6 (tmprss6) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
EP4092119A2 (en) | 2015-07-10 | 2022-11-23 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of diacyglycerol acyltransferase 2 (dgat2) |
WO2022245583A1 (en) | 2021-05-18 | 2022-11-24 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Sodium-glucose cotransporter-2 (sglt2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022246023A1 (en) | 2021-05-20 | 2022-11-24 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing |
WO2022256395A1 (en) | 2021-06-02 | 2022-12-08 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022256283A2 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2022-12-08 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods for restoring protein function using adar |
WO2022256538A1 (en) | 2021-06-03 | 2022-12-08 | Synthorx, Inc. | Head and neck cancer combination therapy comprising an il-2 conjugate and cetuximab |
WO2022256290A2 (en) | 2021-06-04 | 2022-12-08 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | HUMAN CHROMOSOME 9 OPEN READING FRAME 72 (C9ORF72) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2022260939A2 (en) | 2021-06-08 | 2022-12-15 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for treating or preventing stargardt's disease and/or retinal binding protein 4 (rbp4)-associated disorders |
WO2022271836A2 (en) | 2021-06-22 | 2022-12-29 | AcuraStem, Inc. | Pikfyve antisense oligonucleotides |
US11542504B2 (en) | 2020-05-01 | 2023-01-03 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating ATXN1 |
WO2023278410A1 (en) | 2021-06-29 | 2023-01-05 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing |
WO2023278407A1 (en) | 2021-06-29 | 2023-01-05 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing |
US11547718B2 (en) | 2018-11-14 | 2023-01-10 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of FOXP3 expression |
WO2023003805A1 (en) | 2021-07-19 | 2023-01-26 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for treating subjects having or at risk of developing a non-primary hyperoxaluria disease or disorder |
WO2023003995A1 (en) | 2021-07-23 | 2023-01-26 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Beta-catenin (ctnnb1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2023004049A1 (en) | 2021-07-21 | 2023-01-26 | AcuraStem, Inc. | Unc13a antisense oligonucleotides |
WO2023009687A1 (en) | 2021-07-29 | 2023-02-02 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-coa reductase (hmgcr) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2023014677A1 (en) | 2021-08-03 | 2023-02-09 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Transthyretin (ttr) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2023014765A1 (en) | 2021-08-04 | 2023-02-09 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR SILENCING ANGIOTENSINOGEN (AGT) |
WO2023019246A1 (en) | 2021-08-13 | 2023-02-16 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Factor xii (f12) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2023044094A1 (en) | 2021-09-20 | 2023-03-23 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Inhibin subunit beta e (inhbe) modulator compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2023044370A2 (en) | 2021-09-17 | 2023-03-23 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Irna compositions and methods for silencing complement component 3 (c3) |
US11634711B2 (en) | 2012-05-17 | 2023-04-25 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression |
WO2023069603A1 (en) | 2021-10-22 | 2023-04-27 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for disrupting nrf2-keap1 protein interaction by adar mediated rna editing |
WO2023076450A2 (en) | 2021-10-29 | 2023-05-04 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | HUNTINGTIN (HTT) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2023076451A1 (en) | 2021-10-29 | 2023-05-04 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement factor b (cfb) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2023086292A2 (en) | 2021-11-10 | 2023-05-19 | University Of Rochester | Gata4-targeted therapeutics for treatment of cardiac hypertrophy |
WO2023086295A2 (en) | 2021-11-10 | 2023-05-19 | University Of Rochester | Antisense oligonucleotides for modifying protein expression |
US11661601B2 (en) | 2018-03-22 | 2023-05-30 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating FMR1 expression |
WO2023104964A1 (en) | 2021-12-09 | 2023-06-15 | Ucl Business Ltd | Therapeutics for the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders |
WO2023122762A1 (en) | 2021-12-22 | 2023-06-29 | Camp4 Therapeutics Corporation | Modulation of gene transcription using antisense oligonucleotides targeting regulatory rnas |
WO2023122750A1 (en) | 2021-12-23 | 2023-06-29 | Synthorx, Inc. | Cancer combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and cetuximab |
WO2023122573A1 (en) | 2021-12-20 | 2023-06-29 | Synthorx, Inc. | Head and neck cancer combination therapy comprising an il-2 conjugate and pembrolizumab |
WO2023141314A2 (en) | 2022-01-24 | 2023-07-27 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Heparin sulfate biosynthesis pathway enzyme irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof |
US11732260B2 (en) | 2018-03-02 | 2023-08-22 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for the modulation of amyloid-β precursor protein |
US11732263B2 (en) | 2020-06-29 | 2023-08-22 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating PLP1 |
US11753644B2 (en) | 2021-06-18 | 2023-09-12 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing IFNAR1 expression |
US11761007B2 (en) | 2015-12-18 | 2023-09-19 | The Scripps Research Institute | Production of unnatural nucleotides using a CRISPR/Cas9 system |
WO2023212625A1 (en) | 2022-04-28 | 2023-11-02 | AcuraStem Incorporated | Syf2 antisense oligonucleotides |
US11833168B2 (en) | 2018-06-14 | 2023-12-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for increasing STMN2 expression |
US11834689B2 (en) | 2017-07-11 | 2023-12-05 | The Scripps Research Institute | Incorporation of unnatural nucleotides and methods thereof |
US11833221B2 (en) | 2021-09-01 | 2023-12-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds for reducing DMPK expression |
WO2023240277A2 (en) | 2022-06-10 | 2023-12-14 | Camp4 Therapeutics Corporation | Methods of modulating progranulin expression using antisense oligonucleotides targeting regulatory rnas |
US11879145B2 (en) | 2019-06-14 | 2024-01-23 | The Scripps Research Institute | Reagents and methods for replication, transcription, and translation in semi-synthetic organisms |
EP4309732A2 (en) | 2017-03-24 | 2024-01-24 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of pcsk9 expression |
WO2024039776A2 (en) | 2022-08-18 | 2024-02-22 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Universal non-targeting sirna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2024050261A1 (en) | 2022-08-29 | 2024-03-07 | University Of Rochester | Antisense oligonucleotide-based anti-fibrotic therapeutics |
WO2024059165A1 (en) | 2022-09-15 | 2024-03-21 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 17b-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 13 (hsd17b13) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
Families Citing this family (181)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7812149B2 (en) | 1996-06-06 | 2010-10-12 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2′-Fluoro substituted oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulations |
US9096636B2 (en) | 1996-06-06 | 2015-08-04 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Chimeric oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation |
US5898031A (en) | 1996-06-06 | 1999-04-27 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligoribonucleotides for cleaving RNA |
DE60140676D1 (en) | 2000-03-30 | 2010-01-14 | Massachusetts Inst Technology | RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATORS WHICH ARE RNA SEQUENCE SPECIFIC |
MY164523A (en) | 2000-05-23 | 2017-12-29 | Univ Degli Studi Cagliari | Methods and compositions for treating hepatitis c virus |
CN101099745A (en) | 2000-05-26 | 2008-01-09 | 艾登尼科斯(开曼)有限公司 | Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses |
DE60130583T3 (en) | 2000-12-01 | 2018-03-22 | Europäisches Laboratorium für Molekularbiologie | SMALL RNA MOLECULES TRANSFERRING RNA INTERFERENCE |
US20050239731A1 (en) * | 2001-05-18 | 2005-10-27 | Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. | RNA interference mediated inhibition of MAP kinase gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA) |
EP2128248B2 (en) | 2002-02-01 | 2017-01-11 | Life Technologies Corporation | Oligonucleotide compositions with enhanced efficiency |
US20060009409A1 (en) * | 2002-02-01 | 2006-01-12 | Woolf Tod M | Double-stranded oligonucleotides |
US20030166282A1 (en) * | 2002-02-01 | 2003-09-04 | David Brown | High potency siRNAS for reducing the expression of target genes |
US20090306182A1 (en) * | 2002-02-20 | 2009-12-10 | Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. | RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF MAP KINASE GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA) |
US20100075423A1 (en) * | 2002-06-12 | 2010-03-25 | Life Technologies Corporation | Methods and compositions relating to polypeptides with rnase iii domains that mediate rna interference |
US20040248094A1 (en) * | 2002-06-12 | 2004-12-09 | Ford Lance P. | Methods and compositions relating to labeled RNA molecules that reduce gene expression |
EP1532271A4 (en) * | 2002-06-12 | 2006-10-18 | Ambion Inc | Methods and compositions relating to polypeptides with rnase iii domains that mediate rna interference |
WO2004014933A1 (en) | 2002-08-07 | 2004-02-19 | University Of Massachusetts | Compositions for rna interference and methods of use thereof |
US20040029275A1 (en) * | 2002-08-10 | 2004-02-12 | David Brown | Methods and compositions for reducing target gene expression using cocktails of siRNAs or constructs expressing siRNAs |
CA2881743A1 (en) | 2002-09-25 | 2004-04-08 | University Of Massachusetts | In vivo gene silencing by chemically modified and stable sirna |
US9150605B2 (en) * | 2002-11-05 | 2015-10-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions comprising alternating 2′-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation |
CA2504929C (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2014-07-22 | Charles Allerson | Compositions comprising alternating 2'-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation |
PT1576138T (en) | 2002-11-15 | 2017-05-03 | Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc | 2'-methyl nucleosides in combination with interferon and flaviviridae mutation |
US20040198640A1 (en) * | 2003-04-02 | 2004-10-07 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Stabilized polynucleotides for use in RNA interference |
EP1644475A4 (en) * | 2003-06-20 | 2009-06-03 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Double stranded compositions comprising a 3'-endo modified strand for use in gene modulation |
US7480382B2 (en) * | 2003-09-30 | 2009-01-20 | Microsoft Corporation | Image file container |
US7338669B2 (en) | 2004-02-02 | 2008-03-04 | Bar-Ilan University | Inorganic boranophosphate salts |
US20090280567A1 (en) * | 2004-02-06 | 2009-11-12 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Stabilized sirnas as transfection controls and silencing reagents |
US20070269889A1 (en) * | 2004-02-06 | 2007-11-22 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Stabilized siRNAs as transfection controls and silencing reagents |
US8569474B2 (en) | 2004-03-09 | 2013-10-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Double stranded constructs comprising one or more short strands hybridized to a longer strand |
US20070265220A1 (en) | 2004-03-15 | 2007-11-15 | City Of Hope | Methods and compositions for the specific inhibition of gene expression by double-stranded RNA |
KR101147147B1 (en) * | 2004-04-01 | 2012-05-25 | 머크 샤프 앤드 돔 코포레이션 | Modified polynucleotides for reducing off-target effects in rna interference |
US8394947B2 (en) | 2004-06-03 | 2013-03-12 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Positionally modified siRNA constructs |
AU2005252663B2 (en) * | 2004-06-03 | 2011-07-07 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Double strand compositions comprising differentially modified strands for use in gene modulation |
JP2008501335A (en) * | 2004-06-03 | 2008-01-24 | アイシス ファーマシューティカルズ、インク. | Chimeric gapped oligomer composition |
WO2006019892A2 (en) * | 2004-07-14 | 2006-02-23 | Invitrogen Corporation | Methods and systems for in silico experimental design and for providing a biotechnology product to a customer |
US7884086B2 (en) | 2004-09-08 | 2011-02-08 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugates for use in hepatocyte free uptake assays |
WO2006035434A2 (en) | 2004-09-28 | 2006-04-06 | Quark Biotech, Inc. | Oligoribonucleotides and methods of use thereof for treatment of alopecia, acute renal failure and other diseases |
US7935811B2 (en) * | 2004-11-22 | 2011-05-03 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Apparatus and system having dry gene silencing compositions |
US7923206B2 (en) * | 2004-11-22 | 2011-04-12 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Method of determining a cellular response to a biological agent |
US7923207B2 (en) | 2004-11-22 | 2011-04-12 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Apparatus and system having dry gene silencing pools |
US20060142228A1 (en) * | 2004-12-23 | 2006-06-29 | Ambion, Inc. | Methods and compositions concerning siRNA's as mediators of RNA interference |
US20060223777A1 (en) * | 2005-03-29 | 2006-10-05 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Highly functional short hairpin RNA |
CA2603206A1 (en) * | 2005-04-08 | 2006-10-19 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and their uses directed to acetyl-coa carboxylases |
EP1942943A2 (en) * | 2005-11-04 | 2008-07-16 | Nastech Pharmaceutical Company Inc. | Peptide-dicer substrate rna conjugates as delivery vehicles for sirna |
EP1976567B1 (en) * | 2005-12-28 | 2020-05-13 | The Scripps Research Institute | Natural antisense and non-coding rna transcripts as drug targets |
WO2007112414A2 (en) * | 2006-03-27 | 2007-10-04 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugated double strand compositions for use in gene modulation |
EP2064223B1 (en) * | 2006-09-22 | 2013-04-24 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Duplex oligonucleotide complexes and methods for gene silencing by RNA interference |
EP2076600A1 (en) * | 2006-10-18 | 2009-07-08 | Nastech Pharmaceutical Company Inc. | Nicked or gapped nucleic acid molecules and uses thereof |
CA2688321A1 (en) * | 2007-05-30 | 2008-12-11 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | N-substituted-aminomethylene bridged bicyclic nucleic acid analogs |
ES2474176T3 (en) | 2007-06-27 | 2014-07-08 | Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods to inhibit the expression of pro-apoptotic genes |
US8188060B2 (en) | 2008-02-11 | 2012-05-29 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Duplex oligonucleotides with enhanced functionality in gene regulation |
TWI455944B (en) * | 2008-07-01 | 2014-10-11 | Daiichi Sankyo Co Ltd | Double-stranded polynucleotides |
MX339820B (en) * | 2008-10-03 | 2016-06-13 | Curna Inc | Treatment of apolipoprotein-a1 related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to apolipoprotein-a1. |
US9394333B2 (en) | 2008-12-02 | 2016-07-19 | Wave Life Sciences Japan | Method for the synthesis of phosphorus atom modified nucleic acids |
US9340789B2 (en) | 2008-12-03 | 2016-05-17 | Arcturus Therapeutics, Inc. | UNA oligomer structures for therapeutic agents |
RU2746478C2 (en) * | 2008-12-04 | 2021-04-14 | КьюРНА, Инк. | Treatment of tumors of diseases related to the genom-suppressor by therapy of natural transcript inhibition in anti-significant orientation regarding this gene |
WO2010065662A2 (en) * | 2008-12-04 | 2010-06-10 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of sirtuin 1 (sirt1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to sirtuin 1 |
KR101829469B1 (en) * | 2008-12-04 | 2018-03-30 | 큐알엔에이, 인크. | Treatment of erythropoietin (epo) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to epo |
JP5971948B2 (en) * | 2008-12-04 | 2016-08-17 | クルナ・インコーポレーテッド | Treatment of vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) -related diseases by suppression of natural antisense transcripts against VEGF |
SG172857A1 (en) | 2009-02-09 | 2011-08-29 | Supergen Inc | Pyrrolopyrimidinyl axl kinase inhibitors |
KR101682735B1 (en) | 2009-02-12 | 2016-12-06 | 큐알엔에이, 인크. | Treatment of brain derived neurotrophic factor (bdnf) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to bdnf |
ES2656290T3 (en) | 2009-03-16 | 2018-02-26 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of diseases related to nuclear factor (derived from erythroid 2) similar to 2 (NRF2) by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to NRF2 |
EP2408920B1 (en) | 2009-03-17 | 2017-03-08 | CuRNA, Inc. | Treatment of delta-like 1 homolog (dlk1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to dlk1 |
WO2010114905A1 (en) | 2009-03-31 | 2010-10-07 | Arqule, Inc. | Peri-fused pyrazolo-pyrimidine compounds |
WO2010129746A2 (en) | 2009-05-06 | 2010-11-11 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of tristetraproline (ttp) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to ttp |
JP5883782B2 (en) | 2009-05-06 | 2016-03-15 | クルナ・インコーポレーテッド | Treatment of lipid transport metabolism gene-related diseases by suppression of natural antisense transcripts on lipid transport metabolism genes |
KR101742334B1 (en) | 2009-05-08 | 2017-06-01 | 큐알엔에이, 인크. | Treatment of dystrophin family related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to dmd family |
DK2432881T3 (en) | 2009-05-18 | 2018-02-26 | Curna Inc | TREATMENT OF REPROGRAMMING FACTOR-RELATED DISEASES BY INHIBITING NATURAL ANTISENSE TRANSCRIPTS TO A REPROGRAMMING FACTOR |
KR101703695B1 (en) | 2009-05-22 | 2017-02-08 | 큐알엔에이, 인크. | Treatment of transcription factor e3 (tfe3) and insulin receptor substrate 2 (irs2) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to tfe3 |
CN103221541B (en) | 2009-05-28 | 2017-03-01 | 库尔纳公司 | Antiviral gene relevant disease is treated by the natural antisense transcript suppressing antiviral gene |
JP6128846B2 (en) | 2009-06-16 | 2017-05-17 | クルナ・インコーポレーテッド | Treatment of PON1 gene-related diseases by suppression of natural antisense transcripts against paraoxonase (PON1) |
WO2010148050A2 (en) | 2009-06-16 | 2010-12-23 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of collagen gene related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to a collagen gene |
US8859515B2 (en) | 2009-06-24 | 2014-10-14 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of tumor necrosis factor receptor 2 (TNFR2) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to TNFR2 |
EP2446037B1 (en) | 2009-06-26 | 2016-04-20 | CuRNA, Inc. | Treatment of down syndrome gene related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to a down syndrome gene |
WO2011005761A1 (en) | 2009-07-06 | 2011-01-13 | Ontorii, Inc | Novel nucleic acid prodrugs and methods use thereof |
US20120252869A1 (en) | 2009-07-24 | 2012-10-04 | Opko Curna, Llc | Treatment of sirtuin (sirt) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to a sirtuin (sirt) |
CA2769665A1 (en) | 2009-08-05 | 2011-02-10 | Opko Curna, Llc | Treatment of insulin gene (ins) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to an insulin gene (ins) |
CN102625841A (en) | 2009-08-11 | 2012-08-01 | 欧科库尔纳有限责任公司 | Treatment of Adiponectin (ADIPOQ) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to an Adiponectin (ADIPOQ) |
US8791087B2 (en) | 2009-08-21 | 2014-07-29 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of ‘C terminus of HSP70-interacting protein’ (CHIP)related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to CHIP |
CN102482671B (en) | 2009-08-25 | 2017-12-01 | 库尔纳公司 | IQGAP relevant diseases are treated by suppressing the natural antisense transcript of ' gtpase activating protein containing IQ die bodys ' (IQGAP) |
ES2664591T3 (en) | 2009-09-25 | 2018-04-20 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of phylagrin-related diseases (flg) by modulating the expression and activity of the FLG gene |
CA2780741C (en) | 2009-10-12 | 2023-04-04 | Smith Holdings, Llc | Methods and compositions for modulating gene expression using oligonucleotide based drugs administered in vivo or in vitro |
US20120220649A1 (en) * | 2009-10-30 | 2012-08-30 | Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited | Modified double-stranded polynucleotide |
AU2010324658A1 (en) | 2009-11-26 | 2012-05-03 | Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | siRNA compounds comprising terminal substitutions |
WO2011084455A2 (en) | 2009-12-16 | 2011-07-14 | Opko Curna, Llc. | Treatment of membrane bound transcription factor peptidase, site 1 (mbtps1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to mbtps1 |
KR101891352B1 (en) | 2009-12-23 | 2018-08-24 | 큐알엔에이, 인크. | Treatment of hepatocyte growth factor (hgf) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to hgf |
RU2619185C2 (en) | 2009-12-23 | 2017-05-12 | Курна, Инк. | Treatment of diseases associated with uncoupling proteins 2 (ucp2), by inhibiting of natural antisense transcript to ucp2 |
JP5982288B2 (en) | 2009-12-29 | 2016-08-31 | カッパーアールエヌエー,インコーポレイテッド | Treatment of tumor protein 63-related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcripts against tumor protein 63 (p63) |
EP2519633B1 (en) | 2009-12-29 | 2017-10-25 | CuRNA, Inc. | Treatment of nuclear respiratory factor 1 (nrf1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to nrf1 |
US20120289583A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2012-11-15 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of insulin receptor substrate 2 (irs2) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to irs2 and transcription factor e3 (tfe3) |
NO2521784T3 (en) | 2010-01-04 | 2018-05-05 | ||
EP2521785B1 (en) | 2010-01-06 | 2022-03-09 | CuRNA, Inc. | Inhibition of natural antisense transcript to a pancreatic developmental gene for use in a treatment of pancreatic developmental gene related diseases |
ES2664866T3 (en) | 2010-01-11 | 2018-04-23 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of diseases related to sex hormone binding globulin (shbg) by inhibition of the natural antisense transcript to shbg |
CA2786568A1 (en) | 2010-01-25 | 2011-07-28 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of rnase h1 related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to rnase h1 |
JP5976548B2 (en) | 2010-02-22 | 2016-08-23 | カッパーアールエヌエー,インコーポレイテッド | Treatment of pyrroline-5-carboxylate reductase 1 (PYCR1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcripts against PYCR1 |
WO2011123745A2 (en) | 2010-04-02 | 2011-10-06 | Opko Curna Llc | Treatment of colony-stimulating factor 3 (csf3) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to csf3 |
WO2011127337A2 (en) | 2010-04-09 | 2011-10-13 | Opko Curna Llc | Treatment of fibroblast growth factor 21 (fgf21) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to fgf21 |
WO2011139387A1 (en) | 2010-05-03 | 2011-11-10 | Opko Curna, Llc | Treatment of sirtuin (sirt) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to a sirtuin (sirt) |
TWI586356B (en) | 2010-05-14 | 2017-06-11 | 可娜公司 | Treatment of par4 related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to par4 |
RU2620978C2 (en) | 2010-05-26 | 2017-05-30 | Курна, Инк. | Treatment of diseases associated with methionine sulfoxide reductase a (msra), by msra natural antisense transcript inhibition |
RU2585229C2 (en) | 2010-05-26 | 2016-05-27 | Курна, Инк. | Treatment of diseases associated with atonal homolog 1 (aton1) by inhibiting natural antisense transcript of gene aton1 |
ES2863526T3 (en) | 2010-06-23 | 2021-10-11 | Curna Inc | Treatment of voltage-controlled sodium channel alpha subunit (SCNA) -related diseases by inhibiting natural antisense transcription to SCNA |
RU2611190C2 (en) | 2010-07-14 | 2017-02-21 | Курна, Инк. | Treatment of diseases related with gene dlg by inhibition of natural antisense transcript of dlg gene |
US9290760B2 (en) | 2010-09-15 | 2016-03-22 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modified iRNA agents |
WO2012039448A1 (en) | 2010-09-24 | 2012-03-29 | 株式会社キラルジェン | Asymmetric auxiliary group |
ES2640755T3 (en) | 2010-10-06 | 2017-11-06 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of diseases related to Sialidase 4 (neu4) by inhibition of the natural antisense transcript to the neu4 gene |
WO2012054723A2 (en) | 2010-10-22 | 2012-04-26 | Opko Curna Llc | Treatment of alpha-l-iduronidase (idua) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to idua |
US10000752B2 (en) | 2010-11-18 | 2018-06-19 | Curna, Inc. | Antagonat compositions and methods of use |
CA2818824A1 (en) | 2010-11-23 | 2012-05-31 | Joseph Collard | Treatment of nanog related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to nanog |
JP6069215B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2017-02-01 | ギリアド ファーマセット エルエルシー | Compound |
AU2011353283A1 (en) * | 2010-12-30 | 2013-07-18 | Samyang Biopharmaceuticals Corporation | siRNA for inhibition of Hif1alpha expression and anticancer composition containing the same |
ES2653247T3 (en) | 2011-06-09 | 2018-02-06 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of frataxin-related diseases (FXN) by inhibiting the natural antisense transcript to the FXN gene |
EP4134433A1 (en) * | 2011-06-23 | 2023-02-15 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Serpina1 sirnas: compositions of matter and methods of treatment |
TW202244278A (en) | 2011-06-30 | 2022-11-16 | 美商艾羅海德製藥公司 | Compositions and methods for inhibiting gene expression of hepatitis b virus |
RU2014105311A (en) | 2011-07-19 | 2015-08-27 | Уэйв Лайф Сайенсес Пте. Лтд. | METHODS FOR SYNTHESIS OF FUNCTIONALIZED NUCLEIC ACIDS |
JP6125505B2 (en) | 2011-09-06 | 2017-05-10 | カッパーアールエヌエー,インコーポレイテッド | Treatment of voltage-gated sodium channel alpha subunit related diseases with small molecules |
AU2012308320C1 (en) | 2011-09-14 | 2018-08-23 | Translate Bio Ma, Inc. | Multimeric oligonucleotide compounds |
PE20141056A1 (en) | 2011-09-16 | 2014-09-05 | Gilead Pharmasset Llc | METHODS FOR THE TREATMENT OF HCV |
MX359548B (en) | 2011-11-18 | 2018-10-02 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc | Modified rnai agents. |
US8889159B2 (en) | 2011-11-29 | 2014-11-18 | Gilead Pharmasset Llc | Compositions and methods for treating hepatitis C virus |
CA2867262C (en) | 2012-03-15 | 2021-03-16 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of brain derived neurotrophic factor (bdnf) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to bdnf |
JP2012180358A (en) * | 2012-04-20 | 2012-09-20 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Chimeric gapped oligomeric composition |
BR112014028646A2 (en) * | 2012-05-16 | 2017-08-15 | Rana Therapeutics Inc | COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR PTEN EXPRESSION MODULATION |
EP2850185A4 (en) * | 2012-05-16 | 2015-12-30 | Rana Therapeutics Inc | Compositions and methods for modulating utrn expression |
AU2013262700A1 (en) * | 2012-05-16 | 2015-01-22 | Rana Therapeutics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating hemoglobin gene family expression |
US20150133529A1 (en) * | 2012-05-16 | 2015-05-14 | Rana Therapeutics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating bdnf expression |
AU2013262699A1 (en) * | 2012-05-16 | 2015-01-22 | Rana Therapeutics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating ATP2A2 expression |
US10837014B2 (en) | 2012-05-16 | 2020-11-17 | Translate Bio Ma, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating SMN gene family expression |
EP2850190B1 (en) * | 2012-05-16 | 2020-07-08 | Translate Bio MA, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating mecp2 expression |
EP2850186B1 (en) * | 2012-05-16 | 2018-12-19 | Translate Bio MA, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating smn gene family expression |
EP2855679B1 (en) | 2012-05-31 | 2018-07-18 | QBI Enterprises Ltd. | Therapeutic oligonucleotides comprising pyrazolotriazine nucleotide analogues |
CN104684893B (en) | 2012-07-13 | 2016-10-26 | 日本波涛生命科学公司 | Asymmetric auxiliary group |
MX356830B (en) | 2012-07-13 | 2018-06-15 | Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories Ltd | Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant. |
RU2015104762A (en) | 2012-07-13 | 2018-08-31 | Уэйв Лайф Сайенсес Лтд. | CHIRAL CONTROL |
EP2895200B1 (en) | 2012-09-14 | 2019-11-06 | Translate Bio MA, Inc. | Multimeric oligonucleotide compounds |
WO2014089146A1 (en) * | 2012-12-04 | 2014-06-12 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for in vivo delivery of antisense compounds |
MD4595B1 (en) | 2013-01-31 | 2018-10-31 | Gilead Pharmasset Llc. | Combination formulation of two antiviral compounds |
WO2014144423A2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Techulon Inc. | Antisense molecules for treatment of staphylococcus aureus infection |
WO2014144442A2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Techulon Inc. | Antisense molecules for treatment of staphylococcus aureus infection |
BR112016003127A2 (en) * | 2013-08-16 | 2017-10-17 | Rana Therapeutics Inc | “COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS TO MODULATE RNA” |
AU2014364520B2 (en) | 2013-12-20 | 2020-01-02 | The General Hospital Corporation | Methods and assays relating to circulating tumor cells |
US10322173B2 (en) | 2014-01-15 | 2019-06-18 | Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. | Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant having anti-allergic activity, and anti-allergic agent |
US10144933B2 (en) | 2014-01-15 | 2018-12-04 | Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. | Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant having immunity induction activity, and immunity induction activator |
EP3095459A4 (en) | 2014-01-15 | 2017-08-23 | Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. | Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant having antitumor effect and antitumor agent |
ES2917473T3 (en) | 2014-01-16 | 2022-07-08 | Wave Life Sciences Ltd | chiral design |
PL3102576T3 (en) | 2014-02-03 | 2019-12-31 | Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Llc | Dihydropyrrolopyridine inhibitors of ror-gamma |
GB201410693D0 (en) | 2014-06-16 | 2014-07-30 | Univ Southampton | Splicing modulation |
SG11201702682PA (en) | 2014-10-03 | 2017-04-27 | Cold Spring Harbor Lab | Targeted augmentation of nuclear gene output |
AU2015333610B2 (en) | 2014-10-14 | 2019-11-07 | Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Llc | Dihydropyrrolopyridine inhibitors of ROR-gamma |
US9663515B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2017-05-30 | Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Dihydropyrrolopyridine inhibitors of ROR-gamma |
US9845308B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2017-12-19 | Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Isoindoline inhibitors of ROR-gamma |
EP3256591A4 (en) | 2015-02-13 | 2018-08-08 | Translate Bio Ma, Inc. | Hybrid oligonucleotides and uses thereof |
ES2901455T3 (en) | 2015-04-03 | 2022-03-22 | Univ Massachusetts | Oligonucleotide compounds for the treatment of preeclampsia and other angiogenic disorders |
RS60762B1 (en) | 2015-04-03 | 2020-10-30 | Univ Massachusetts | Oligonucleotide compounds for targeting huntingtin mrna |
US20160319278A1 (en) * | 2015-04-03 | 2016-11-03 | University Of Massachusetts | Fully stabilized asymmetric sirna |
WO2017011766A1 (en) * | 2015-07-16 | 2017-01-19 | Cornell University | Methods of enhancing translation ability of rna molecules treatments, and kits |
DK3331876T3 (en) | 2015-08-05 | 2021-01-11 | Vitae Pharmaceuticals Llc | MODULATORS OF ROR-GAMMA |
JP2018523665A (en) | 2015-08-06 | 2018-08-23 | キメリックス インコーポレイテッド | Pyrrolopyrimidine nucleosides and their analogs useful as antiviral agents |
CN108271387B (en) | 2015-08-07 | 2023-06-27 | 箭头药业股份有限公司 | RNAi therapy of hepatitis B virus infection |
US10633653B2 (en) | 2015-08-14 | 2020-04-28 | University Of Massachusetts | Bioactive conjugates for oligonucleotide delivery |
KR102422625B1 (en) | 2015-10-09 | 2022-07-20 | 유니버시티 오브 사우스앰톤 | Regulation of gene expression and screening of deregulated protein expression |
CA3005658A1 (en) | 2015-11-20 | 2017-05-26 | Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of ror-gamma |
US11096956B2 (en) | 2015-12-14 | 2021-08-24 | Stoke Therapeutics, Inc. | Antisense oligomers and uses thereof |
SG11201804443UA (en) | 2015-12-14 | 2018-06-28 | Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory | Antisense oligomers for treatment of autosomal dominant mental retardation-5 and dravet syndrome |
TW202220968A (en) | 2016-01-29 | 2022-06-01 | 美商維它藥物有限責任公司 | Modulators of ror-gamma |
US10478503B2 (en) | 2016-01-31 | 2019-11-19 | University Of Massachusetts | Branched oligonucleotides |
MA45470A (en) * | 2016-04-01 | 2019-02-06 | Avidity Biosciences Llc | KRAS NUCLEIC ACIDS AND THEIR USES |
MA45468A (en) * | 2016-04-01 | 2019-02-06 | Avidity Biosciences Llc | MYC NUCLEIC ACIDS AND USES |
US9481674B1 (en) | 2016-06-10 | 2016-11-01 | Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Dihydropyrrolopyridine inhibitors of ROR-gamma |
JOP20170161A1 (en) | 2016-08-04 | 2019-01-30 | Arrowhead Pharmaceuticals Inc | RNAi Agents for Hepatitis B Virus Infection |
WO2018031933A2 (en) | 2016-08-12 | 2018-02-15 | University Of Massachusetts | Conjugated oligonucleotides |
EP3548005A4 (en) | 2016-11-29 | 2020-06-17 | Puretech Health LLC | Exosomes for delivery of therapeutic agents |
DE102017100636A1 (en) | 2017-01-13 | 2018-07-19 | Walter Döll | Device for measuring loads and / or partial loads of a foot and for providing a feedback signal thereto and operating method therefor |
US10913739B2 (en) | 2017-07-24 | 2021-02-09 | Vitae Pharmaceuticals, LLC (121374) | Inhibitors of RORγ |
WO2019018975A1 (en) | 2017-07-24 | 2019-01-31 | Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Inhibitors of ror gamma |
JP6827148B2 (en) | 2017-08-25 | 2021-02-10 | ストーク セラピューティクス,インク. | Antisense oligomers for the treatment of conditions and diseases |
EP3684771A1 (en) | 2017-09-21 | 2020-07-29 | Chimerix, Inc. | MORPHIC FORMS OF 4-AMINO-7-(3,4-DIHYDROXY-5-(HYDROXYMETHYL)TETRAHYDROFURAN-2-YL)-2-METHYL-7H-PYRROLO[2,3-d]PYRIMIDINE-5-CARBOXAMIDE AND USES THEREOF |
EP3833763A4 (en) | 2018-08-10 | 2023-07-19 | University of Massachusetts | Modified oligonucleotides targeting snps |
JP2022526251A (en) | 2019-03-18 | 2022-05-24 | サウンド アグリカルチャー カンパニー | Programmable epigenetic regulation of gene expression in plants |
WO2021231107A1 (en) | 2020-05-11 | 2021-11-18 | Stoke Therapeutics, Inc. | Opa1 antisense oligomers for treatment of conditions and diseases |
WO2022106695A1 (en) | 2020-11-23 | 2022-05-27 | Alpha Anomeric Sas | Nucleic acid duplexes |
WO2022271786A1 (en) | 2021-06-23 | 2022-12-29 | University Of Massachusetts | Optimized anti-flt1 oligonucleotide compounds for treatment of preeclampsia and other angiogenic disorders |
Citations (12)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5955443A (en) * | 1998-03-19 | 1999-09-21 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Antisense modulation of PECAM-1 |
US6043060A (en) * | 1996-11-18 | 2000-03-28 | Imanishi; Takeshi | Nucleotide analogues |
US6046306A (en) * | 1994-03-14 | 2000-04-04 | Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft | PNA synthesis using an amino protecting group which is labile to weak acids |
US6083482A (en) * | 1999-05-11 | 2000-07-04 | Icn Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conformationally locked nucleosides and oligonucleotides |
US6107094A (en) * | 1996-06-06 | 2000-08-22 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligoribonucleotides and ribonucleases for cleaving RNA |
US6150510A (en) * | 1995-11-06 | 2000-11-21 | Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh | Modified oligonucleotides, their preparation and their use |
US6268490B1 (en) * | 1997-03-07 | 2001-07-31 | Takeshi Imanishi | Bicyclonucleoside and oligonucleotide analogues |
US6294522B1 (en) * | 1999-12-03 | 2001-09-25 | Cv Therapeutics, Inc. | N6 heterocyclic 8-modified adenosine derivatives |
US6329346B1 (en) * | 1991-05-25 | 2001-12-11 | Roche Diagnostics Gmbh | Oligo-2′-deoxynucleotides and their use as pharmaceutical agents with antiviral activity |
US6380169B1 (en) * | 1994-08-31 | 2002-04-30 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Metal complex containing oligonucleoside cleavage compounds and therapies |
US6395474B1 (en) * | 1991-05-24 | 2002-05-28 | Ole Buchardt | Peptide nucleic acids |
US6436640B1 (en) * | 1999-03-18 | 2002-08-20 | Exiqon A/S | Use of LNA in mass spectrometry |
Family Cites Families (434)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3687808A (en) | 1969-08-14 | 1972-08-29 | Univ Leland Stanford Junior | Synthetic polynucleotides |
US4500707A (en) | 1980-02-29 | 1985-02-19 | University Patents, Inc. | Nucleosides useful in the preparation of polynucleotides |
US5132418A (en) | 1980-02-29 | 1992-07-21 | University Patents, Inc. | Process for preparing polynucleotides |
US4458066A (en) | 1980-02-29 | 1984-07-03 | University Patents, Inc. | Process for preparing polynucleotides |
US4381344A (en) | 1980-04-25 | 1983-04-26 | Burroughs Wellcome Co. | Process for producing deoxyribosides using bacterial phosphorylase |
US4469863A (en) | 1980-11-12 | 1984-09-04 | Ts O Paul O P | Nonionic nucleic acid alkyl and aryl phosphonates and processes for manufacture and use thereof |
US4511713A (en) | 1980-11-12 | 1985-04-16 | The Johns Hopkins University | Process for selectively controlling unwanted expression or function of foreign nucleic acids in animal or mammalian cells |
US4668777A (en) | 1981-03-27 | 1987-05-26 | University Patents, Inc. | Phosphoramidite nucleoside compounds |
US4973679A (en) | 1981-03-27 | 1990-11-27 | University Patents, Inc. | Process for oligonucleo tide synthesis using phosphormidite intermediates |
US4415732A (en) | 1981-03-27 | 1983-11-15 | University Patents, Inc. | Phosphoramidite compounds and processes |
US4401796A (en) | 1981-04-30 | 1983-08-30 | City Of Hope Research Institute | Solid-phase synthesis of polynucleotides |
US4373071A (en) | 1981-04-30 | 1983-02-08 | City Of Hope Research Institute | Solid-phase synthesis of polynucleotides |
US4426330A (en) | 1981-07-20 | 1984-01-17 | Lipid Specialties, Inc. | Synthetic phospholipid compounds |
US4534899A (en) | 1981-07-20 | 1985-08-13 | Lipid Specialties, Inc. | Synthetic phospholipid compounds |
US5023243A (en) | 1981-10-23 | 1991-06-11 | Molecular Biosystems, Inc. | Oligonucleotide therapeutic agent and method of making same |
US4476301A (en) | 1982-04-29 | 1984-10-09 | Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique | Oligonucleotides, a process for preparing the same and their application as mediators of the action of interferon |
JPS5927900A (en) | 1982-08-09 | 1984-02-14 | Wakunaga Seiyaku Kk | Oligonucleotide derivative and its preparation |
FR2540122B1 (en) | 1983-01-27 | 1985-11-29 | Centre Nat Rech Scient | NOVEL COMPOUNDS COMPRISING A SEQUENCE OF OLIGONUCLEOTIDE LINKED TO AN INTERCALATION AGENT, THEIR SYNTHESIS PROCESS AND THEIR APPLICATION |
US4605735A (en) | 1983-02-14 | 1986-08-12 | Wakunaga Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha | Oligonucleotide derivatives |
US4948882A (en) | 1983-02-22 | 1990-08-14 | Syngene, Inc. | Single-stranded labelled oligonucleotides, reactive monomers and methods of synthesis |
US4824941A (en) | 1983-03-10 | 1989-04-25 | Julian Gordon | Specific antibody to the native form of 2'5'-oligonucleotides, the method of preparation and the use as reagents in immunoassays or for binding 2'5'-oligonucleotides in biological systems |
DE3329892A1 (en) | 1983-08-18 | 1985-03-07 | Köster, Hubert, Prof. Dr., 2000 Hamburg | METHOD FOR PRODUCING OLIGONUCLEOTIDES |
USRE34069E (en) | 1983-08-18 | 1992-09-15 | Biosyntech Gmbh | Process for the preparation of oligonucleotides |
US4587044A (en) | 1983-09-01 | 1986-05-06 | The Johns Hopkins University | Linkage of proteins to nucleic acids |
US4507433A (en) | 1983-10-07 | 1985-03-26 | The Johns Hopkins University | Preparation of oligodeoxyribonucleoside alkyl or arylphosphonates |
NZ209840A (en) | 1983-10-17 | 1988-11-29 | Kaji Akira | A method of inhibiting viral propagation by hybridising dna with the viral rna thus blocking its action |
US4849513A (en) | 1983-12-20 | 1989-07-18 | California Institute Of Technology | Deoxyribonucleoside phosphoramidites in which an aliphatic amino group is attached to the sugar ring and their use for the preparation of oligonucleotides containing aliphatic amino groups |
US5118802A (en) | 1983-12-20 | 1992-06-02 | California Institute Of Technology | DNA-reporter conjugates linked via the 2' or 5'-primary amino group of the 5'-terminal nucleoside |
US5118800A (en) | 1983-12-20 | 1992-06-02 | California Institute Of Technology | Oligonucleotides possessing a primary amino group in the terminal nucleotide |
US5550111A (en) | 1984-07-11 | 1996-08-27 | Temple University-Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education | Dual action 2',5'-oligoadenylate antiviral derivatives and uses thereof |
US5700785A (en) | 1984-07-11 | 1997-12-23 | Temple University - Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education | 3'-deoxy or 3'-O-substituted-2',5'-oligoadenylates as antiviral agents |
US5643889A (en) | 1984-07-11 | 1997-07-01 | Temple University-Of The Commonwealth System Of Pennsylvania | Cholesterol conjugates of 2'5'-oligoadenylate derivatives and antiviral uses thereof |
FR2567892B1 (en) | 1984-07-19 | 1989-02-17 | Centre Nat Rech Scient | NOVEL OLIGONUCLEOTIDES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS AS MEDIATORS IN DEVELOPING THE EFFECTS OF INTERFERONS |
US5430136A (en) | 1984-10-16 | 1995-07-04 | Chiron Corporation | Oligonucleotides having selectably cleavable and/or abasic sites |
US5367066A (en) | 1984-10-16 | 1994-11-22 | Chiron Corporation | Oligonucleotides with selectably cleavable and/or abasic sites |
US5258506A (en) | 1984-10-16 | 1993-11-02 | Chiron Corporation | Photolabile reagents for incorporation into oligonucleotide chains |
US4828979A (en) | 1984-11-08 | 1989-05-09 | Life Technologies, Inc. | Nucleotide analogs for nucleic acid labeling and detection |
DE3500180A1 (en) | 1985-01-04 | 1986-07-10 | Ernst Prof. Dr. 7400 Tübingen Bayer | Graft copolymers from crosslinked polymers and polyoxyethylene, process for their preparation and their use |
FR2575751B1 (en) | 1985-01-08 | 1987-04-03 | Pasteur Institut | NOVEL ADENOSINE DERIVATIVE NUCLEOSIDES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR BIOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS |
ATE78040T1 (en) | 1985-01-16 | 1992-07-15 | Ciba Geigy Ag | OLIGOPEPTIDES AND INTERMEDIATE PRODUCTS AND PROCESSES FOR THEIR MANUFACTURE. |
US5034506A (en) | 1985-03-15 | 1991-07-23 | Anti-Gene Development Group | Uncharged morpholino-based polymers having achiral intersubunit linkages |
US5185444A (en) | 1985-03-15 | 1993-02-09 | Anti-Gene Deveopment Group | Uncharged morpolino-based polymers having phosphorous containing chiral intersubunit linkages |
US5235033A (en) | 1985-03-15 | 1993-08-10 | Anti-Gene Development Group | Alpha-morpholino ribonucleoside derivatives and polymers thereof |
US5405938A (en) | 1989-12-20 | 1995-04-11 | Anti-Gene Development Group | Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids |
ATE171185T1 (en) | 1985-03-15 | 1998-10-15 | Antivirals Inc | POLYNUCLEOTIDE IMMUNOTESTING AGENTS AND METHODS |
US5166315A (en) | 1989-12-20 | 1992-11-24 | Anti-Gene Development Group | Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids |
US5506337A (en) | 1985-03-15 | 1996-04-09 | Antivirals Inc. | Morpholino-subunit combinatorial library and method |
US4762779A (en) | 1985-06-13 | 1988-08-09 | Amgen Inc. | Compositions and methods for functionalizing nucleic acids |
FR2584090B1 (en) | 1985-06-27 | 1987-08-28 | Roussel Uclaf | NEW SUPPORTS, THEIR PREPARATION AND THE INTERMEDIATES OBTAINED, THEIR APPLICATION TO THE SYNTHESIS OF OLIGONUCLEOTIDES AND THE NEW NUCLEOSIDES AND OLIGONUCLEOTIDES RELATED TO THE SUPPORTS OBTAINED |
US4757141A (en) | 1985-08-26 | 1988-07-12 | Applied Biosystems, Incorporated | Amino-derivatized phosphite and phosphate linking agents, phosphoramidite precursors, and useful conjugates thereof |
DE3686150T2 (en) | 1985-09-09 | 1993-03-04 | Teijin Ltd | PYRIDOPYRIMIDINE NUCLEOTIDE COMBINATION LEATHER. |
US4760017A (en) | 1985-12-23 | 1988-07-26 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Arabinonucleic acid probes for DNA/RNA assays |
US5317098A (en) | 1986-03-17 | 1994-05-31 | Hiroaki Shizuya | Non-radioisotope tagging of fragments |
CH678897A5 (en) | 1986-05-10 | 1991-11-15 | Ciba Geigy Ag | |
JPS638396A (en) | 1986-06-30 | 1988-01-14 | Wakunaga Pharmaceut Co Ltd | Poly-labeled oligonucleotide derivative |
DE3788914T2 (en) | 1986-09-08 | 1994-08-25 | Ajinomoto Kk | Compounds for cleaving RNA at a specific position, oligomers used in the preparation of these compounds and starting materials for the synthesis of these oligomers. |
US6005094A (en) | 1986-10-28 | 1999-12-21 | Genta Incorporated | Oligonucleotide analogues having improved stability at acid pH |
US5071974A (en) | 1986-10-31 | 1991-12-10 | Amoco Corporation | Compositions and methods for the synthesis of oligonucleotides having 5'-phosphorylated termini |
JPH0723394B2 (en) | 1986-11-27 | 1995-03-15 | 日本臓器製薬株式会社 | Novel adenosine derivative and pharmaceutical composition containing the compound as an active ingredient |
US5264423A (en) | 1987-03-25 | 1993-11-23 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Inhibitors for replication of retroviruses and for the expression of oncogene products |
US5276019A (en) | 1987-03-25 | 1994-01-04 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Inhibitors for replication of retroviruses and for the expression of oncogene products |
CA1340645C (en) | 1987-04-17 | 1999-07-13 | Victor E. Marquez | Acid stable dideoxynucleosides active against the cytopathic effects of human immunodeficiency virus |
US4904582A (en) | 1987-06-11 | 1990-02-27 | Synthetic Genetics | Novel amphiphilic nucleic acid conjugates |
EP0366685B1 (en) | 1987-06-24 | 1994-10-19 | Howard Florey Institute Of Experimental Physiology And Medicine | Nucleoside derivatives |
US5585481A (en) | 1987-09-21 | 1996-12-17 | Gen-Probe Incorporated | Linking reagents for nucleotide probes |
US5188897A (en) | 1987-10-22 | 1993-02-23 | Temple University Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education | Encapsulated 2',5'-phosphorothioate oligoadenylates |
US4924624A (en) | 1987-10-22 | 1990-05-15 | Temple University-Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education | 2,',5'-phosphorothioate oligoadenylates and plant antiviral uses thereof |
US5525465A (en) | 1987-10-28 | 1996-06-11 | Howard Florey Institute Of Experimental Physiology And Medicine | Oligonucleotide-polyamide conjugates and methods of production and applications of the same |
DE3738460A1 (en) | 1987-11-12 | 1989-05-24 | Max Planck Gesellschaft | MODIFIED OLIGONUCLEOTIDS |
EP0348458B1 (en) | 1987-11-30 | 1997-04-09 | University Of Iowa Research Foundation | Dna molecules stabilized by modifications of the 3'-terminal phosphodiester linkage and their use as nucleic acid probes and as therapeutic agents to block the expression of specifically targeted genes |
US5403711A (en) | 1987-11-30 | 1995-04-04 | University Of Iowa Research Foundation | Nucleic acid hybridization and amplification method for detection of specific sequences in which a complementary labeled nucleic acid probe is cleaved |
US5082830A (en) | 1988-02-26 | 1992-01-21 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | End labeled nucleotide probe |
JPH03503894A (en) | 1988-03-25 | 1991-08-29 | ユニバーシィティ オブ バージニア アランミ パテンツ ファウンデイション | Oligonucleotide N-alkylphosphoramidate |
DE3814095A1 (en) | 1988-04-26 | 1989-11-09 | Hans F W Spradau | METHOD FOR PRODUCING ETHYL ACETATE |
US5750666A (en) | 1988-05-26 | 1998-05-12 | Competitve Technologies, Inc. | Polynucleotide phosphorodithioate compounds |
US5278302A (en) | 1988-05-26 | 1994-01-11 | University Patents, Inc. | Polynucleotide phosphorodithioates |
US5109124A (en) | 1988-06-01 | 1992-04-28 | Biogen, Inc. | Nucleic acid probe linked to a label having a terminal cysteine |
US5216141A (en) | 1988-06-06 | 1993-06-01 | Benner Steven A | Oligonucleotide analogs containing sulfur linkages |
US5175273A (en) | 1988-07-01 | 1992-12-29 | Genentech, Inc. | Nucleic acid intercalating agents |
US5149782A (en) | 1988-08-19 | 1992-09-22 | Tanox Biosystems, Inc. | Molecular conjugates containing cell membrane-blending agents |
US5000000A (en) * | 1988-08-31 | 1991-03-19 | University Of Florida | Ethanol production by Escherichia coli strains co-expressing Zymomonas PDC and ADH genes |
US5262536A (en) | 1988-09-15 | 1993-11-16 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Reagents for the preparation of 5'-tagged oligonucleotides |
US5194599A (en) | 1988-09-23 | 1993-03-16 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Hydrogen phosphonodithioate compositions |
US5512439A (en) | 1988-11-21 | 1996-04-30 | Dynal As | Oligonucleotide-linked magnetic particles and uses thereof |
US5599923A (en) | 1989-03-06 | 1997-02-04 | Board Of Regents, University Of Tx | Texaphyrin metal complexes having improved functionalization |
US5457183A (en) | 1989-03-06 | 1995-10-10 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Hydroxylated texaphyrins |
US5354844A (en) | 1989-03-16 | 1994-10-11 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Protein-polycation conjugates |
US5108921A (en) | 1989-04-03 | 1992-04-28 | Purdue Research Foundation | Method for enhanced transmembrane transport of exogenous molecules |
US5082934A (en) | 1989-04-05 | 1992-01-21 | Naxcor | Coumarin derivatives for use as nucleotide crosslinking reagents |
DE3915432C2 (en) | 1989-05-11 | 1996-05-09 | Kloeckner Humboldt Deutz Ag | Process for the production of standard cement |
DE3916871A1 (en) | 1989-05-24 | 1990-11-29 | Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh | MODIFIED PHOSPHORAMIDITE PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF MODIFIED NUCLEIC ACIDS |
US5391723A (en) | 1989-05-31 | 1995-02-21 | Neorx Corporation | Oligonucleotide conjugates |
US5256775A (en) | 1989-06-05 | 1993-10-26 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Exonuclease-resistant oligonucleotides |
US4958013A (en) | 1989-06-06 | 1990-09-18 | Northwestern University | Cholesteryl modified oligonucleotides |
AU5931290A (en) | 1989-06-20 | 1991-01-08 | Meiogenics, Inc. | Nuclease resistant, single-stranded, non-naturally occurring nucleic acid molecules |
US5227170A (en) | 1989-06-22 | 1993-07-13 | Vestar, Inc. | Encapsulation process |
US5451463A (en) | 1989-08-28 | 1995-09-19 | Clontech Laboratories, Inc. | Non-nucleoside 1,3-diol reagents for labeling synthetic oligonucleotides |
US5134066A (en) | 1989-08-29 | 1992-07-28 | Monsanto Company | Improved probes using nucleosides containing 3-dezauracil analogs |
GB8920534D0 (en) | 1989-09-11 | 1989-10-25 | Wellcome Found | Antiviral compounds |
US5254469A (en) | 1989-09-12 | 1993-10-19 | Eastman Kodak Company | Oligonucleotide-enzyme conjugate that can be used as a probe in hybridization assays and polymerase chain reaction procedures |
US5591722A (en) | 1989-09-15 | 1997-01-07 | Southern Research Institute | 2'-deoxy-4'-thioribonucleosides and their antiviral activity |
US5356633A (en) | 1989-10-20 | 1994-10-18 | Liposome Technology, Inc. | Method of treatment of inflamed tissues |
US5527528A (en) | 1989-10-20 | 1996-06-18 | Sequus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Solid-tumor treatment method |
US5013556A (en) | 1989-10-20 | 1991-05-07 | Liposome Technology, Inc. | Liposomes with enhanced circulation time |
US5399676A (en) | 1989-10-23 | 1995-03-21 | Gilead Sciences | Oligonucleotides with inverted polarity |
US5721218A (en) | 1989-10-23 | 1998-02-24 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Oligonucleotides with inverted polarity |
ATE190981T1 (en) | 1989-10-24 | 2000-04-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | 2'-MODIFIED NUCLEOTIDES |
US5264564A (en) | 1989-10-24 | 1993-11-23 | Gilead Sciences | Oligonucleotide analogs with novel linkages |
US5264562A (en) | 1989-10-24 | 1993-11-23 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Oligonucleotide analogs with novel linkages |
US5292873A (en) | 1989-11-29 | 1994-03-08 | The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York | Nucleic acids labeled with naphthoquinone probe |
US5177198A (en) | 1989-11-30 | 1993-01-05 | University Of N.C. At Chapel Hill | Process for preparing oligoribonucleoside and oligodeoxyribonucleoside boranophosphates |
US5130302A (en) | 1989-12-20 | 1992-07-14 | Boron Bilogicals, Inc. | Boronated nucleoside, nucleotide and oligonucleotide compounds, compositions and methods for using same |
US5580575A (en) | 1989-12-22 | 1996-12-03 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Therapeutic drug delivery systems |
US5469854A (en) | 1989-12-22 | 1995-11-28 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Methods of preparing gas-filled liposomes |
US5486603A (en) | 1990-01-08 | 1996-01-23 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Oligonucleotide having enhanced binding affinity |
US5914396A (en) | 1990-01-11 | 1999-06-22 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2'-O-modified nucleosides and phosphoramidites |
US5578718A (en) | 1990-01-11 | 1996-11-26 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Thiol-derivatized nucleosides |
US5506351A (en) | 1992-07-23 | 1996-04-09 | Isis Pharmaceuticals | Process for the preparation of 2'-O-alkyl guanosine and related compounds |
US5587470A (en) | 1990-01-11 | 1996-12-24 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 3-deazapurines |
US5872232A (en) | 1990-01-11 | 1999-02-16 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | 2'-O-modified oligonucleotides |
US5852188A (en) | 1990-01-11 | 1998-12-22 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligonucleotides having chiral phosphorus linkages |
US5859221A (en) | 1990-01-11 | 1999-01-12 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2'-modified oligonucleotides |
US5681941A (en) | 1990-01-11 | 1997-10-28 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Substituted purines and oligonucleotide cross-linking |
US5459255A (en) | 1990-01-11 | 1995-10-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | N-2 substituted purines |
US5506212A (en) | 1990-01-11 | 1996-04-09 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligonucleotides with substantially chirally pure phosphorothioate linkages |
US5514786A (en) | 1990-01-11 | 1996-05-07 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for inhibiting RNA activity |
US5670633A (en) | 1990-01-11 | 1997-09-23 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Sugar modified oligonucleotides that detect and modulate gene expression |
US5646265A (en) | 1990-01-11 | 1997-07-08 | Isis Pharmceuticals, Inc. | Process for the preparation of 2'-O-alkyl purine phosphoramidites |
JP2580091B2 (en) | 1990-01-11 | 1997-02-12 | アイシス・ファーマシューティカルス・インコーポレーテッド | Compositions and methods for detecting and modulating RNA activity and gene expression |
US5457191A (en) | 1990-01-11 | 1995-10-10 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 3-deazapurines |
US5212295A (en) | 1990-01-11 | 1993-05-18 | Isis Pharmaceuticals | Monomers for preparation of oligonucleotides having chiral phosphorus linkages |
US6399754B1 (en) | 1991-12-24 | 2002-06-04 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Sugar modified oligonucleotides |
US5587361A (en) | 1991-10-15 | 1996-12-24 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligonucleotides having phosphorothioate linkages of high chiral purity |
US6005087A (en) | 1995-06-06 | 1999-12-21 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2'-modified oligonucleotides |
US5623065A (en) | 1990-08-13 | 1997-04-22 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Gapped 2' modified oligonucleotides |
US6358931B1 (en) | 1990-01-11 | 2002-03-19 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating RNA |
US5635488A (en) | 1991-10-15 | 1997-06-03 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds having phosphorodithioate linkages of high chiral purity |
US6395492B1 (en) | 1990-01-11 | 2002-05-28 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Derivatized oligonucleotides having improved uptake and other properties |
US6153737A (en) | 1990-01-11 | 2000-11-28 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Derivatized oligonucleotides having improved uptake and other properties |
US5220007A (en) | 1990-02-15 | 1993-06-15 | The Worcester Foundation For Experimental Biology | Method of site-specific alteration of RNA and production of encoded polypeptides |
US5149797A (en) | 1990-02-15 | 1992-09-22 | The Worcester Foundation For Experimental Biology | Method of site-specific alteration of rna and production of encoded polypeptides |
US5214136A (en) | 1990-02-20 | 1993-05-25 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Anthraquinone-derivatives oligonucleotides |
AU7579991A (en) | 1990-02-20 | 1991-09-18 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Pseudonucleosides and pseudonucleotides and their polymers |
US5321131A (en) | 1990-03-08 | 1994-06-14 | Hybridon, Inc. | Site-specific functionalization of oligodeoxynucleotides for non-radioactive labelling |
US5658731A (en) | 1990-04-09 | 1997-08-19 | Europaisches Laboratorium Fur Molekularbiologie | 2'-O-alkylnucleotides as well as polymers which contain such nucleotides |
DE4037363A1 (en) | 1990-04-09 | 1991-10-10 | Europ Lab Molekularbiolog | New 2-O-alkyl nucleotide(s) and polymers contg. them - for nuclease-resistant anti-sense probes and to treat viral infection including herpes influenza and AIDS and cancer |
US5470967A (en) | 1990-04-10 | 1995-11-28 | The Dupont Merck Pharmaceutical Company | Oligonucleotide analogs with sulfamate linkages |
US5264618A (en) | 1990-04-19 | 1993-11-23 | Vical, Inc. | Cationic lipids for intracellular delivery of biologically active molecules |
US5151510A (en) | 1990-04-20 | 1992-09-29 | Applied Biosystems, Inc. | Method of synethesizing sulfurized oligonucleotide analogs |
GB9009980D0 (en) * | 1990-05-03 | 1990-06-27 | Amersham Int Plc | Phosphoramidite derivatives,their preparation and the use thereof in the incorporation of reporter groups on synthetic oligonucleotides |
ATE167523T1 (en) | 1990-05-11 | 1998-07-15 | Microprobe Corp | IMMERSIBLE TEST STRIPS FOR NUCLEIC ACID HYBRIDIZATION ASSAY AND METHOD FOR COVALENT IMMOBILIZATION OF OLIGONUCLEOTIDES |
DK0464638T3 (en) | 1990-07-02 | 1997-10-13 | Hoechst Ag | Oligonucleotide analogs with terminal 3-3 or 5-5 internucleotide bonds. |
US5378825A (en) | 1990-07-27 | 1995-01-03 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Backbone modified oligonucleotide analogs |
US5541307A (en) | 1990-07-27 | 1996-07-30 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Backbone modified oligonucleotide analogs and solid phase synthesis thereof |
US5218105A (en) | 1990-07-27 | 1993-06-08 | Isis Pharmaceuticals | Polyamine conjugated oligonucleotides |
US5138045A (en) | 1990-07-27 | 1992-08-11 | Isis Pharmaceuticals | Polyamine conjugated oligonucleotides |
US5677437A (en) | 1990-07-27 | 1997-10-14 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Heteroatomic oligonucleoside linkages |
US5386023A (en) | 1990-07-27 | 1995-01-31 | Isis Pharmaceuticals | Backbone modified oligonucleotide analogs and preparation thereof through reductive coupling |
US5688941A (en) | 1990-07-27 | 1997-11-18 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of making conjugated 4' desmethyl nucleoside analog compounds |
US5489677A (en) | 1990-07-27 | 1996-02-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligonucleoside linkages containing adjacent oxygen and nitrogen atoms |
US5618704A (en) | 1990-07-27 | 1997-04-08 | Isis Pharmacueticals, Inc. | Backbone-modified oligonucleotide analogs and preparation thereof through radical coupling |
US5608046A (en) | 1990-07-27 | 1997-03-04 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugated 4'-desmethyl nucleoside analog compounds |
US5610289A (en) | 1990-07-27 | 1997-03-11 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Backbone modified oligonucleotide analogues |
US5623070A (en) | 1990-07-27 | 1997-04-22 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Heteroatomic oligonucleoside linkages |
US5223618A (en) * | 1990-08-13 | 1993-06-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 4'-desmethyl nucleoside analog compounds |
ATE154246T1 (en) | 1990-07-27 | 1997-06-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | NUCLEASE RESISTANT PYRIMIDINE MODIFIED OLIGONUCLEOTIDES THAT DETECTE AND MODULATE GENE EXPRESSION |
US5792844A (en) | 1990-07-27 | 1998-08-11 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligonucleoside linkages containing adjacent nitrogen atoms |
US5602240A (en) | 1990-07-27 | 1997-02-11 | Ciba Geigy Ag. | Backbone modified oligonucleotide analogs |
US5245022A (en) | 1990-08-03 | 1993-09-14 | Sterling Drug, Inc. | Exonuclease resistant terminally substituted oligonucleotides |
WO1992002534A2 (en) | 1990-08-03 | 1992-02-20 | Sterling Drug, Inc. | Compounds and methods for inhibiting gene expression |
US6262241B1 (en) | 1990-08-13 | 2001-07-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compound for detecting and modulating RNA activity and gene expression |
BR9106826A (en) | 1990-08-13 | 1994-01-25 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | OLIGONUCLEOTIDEO OR ANALOG OF OLIGONUCLEOTIDEO, PROCESS TO MODULATE THE PRODUCTION OF A PROTEIN BY AN ORGANISM, TO TREAT AN ORGANISM AND PROCESSES TO SYNTHESIZE: 9 (2'-DEOXI-2'-SUBSTITUTED-BETA-D-RIBOFURANI -DESOXY-2'-FLUOR-BETA-D-RIBOFURANOSYL) -GUANINE |
US5177196A (en) | 1990-08-16 | 1993-01-05 | Microprobe Corporation | Oligo (α-arabinofuranosyl nucleotides) and α-arabinofuranosyl precursors thereof |
US5512667A (en) | 1990-08-28 | 1996-04-30 | Reed; Michael W. | Trifunctional intermediates for preparing 3'-tailed oligonucleotides |
US5214134A (en) | 1990-09-12 | 1993-05-25 | Sterling Winthrop Inc. | Process of linking nucleosides with a siloxane bridge |
US5561225A (en) | 1990-09-19 | 1996-10-01 | Southern Research Institute | Polynucleotide analogs containing sulfonate and sulfonamide internucleoside linkages |
JPH06505704A (en) | 1990-09-20 | 1994-06-30 | ギリアド サイエンシズ,インコーポレイテッド | Modified internucleoside linkages |
US5432272A (en) | 1990-10-09 | 1995-07-11 | Benner; Steven A. | Method for incorporating into a DNA or RNA oligonucleotide using nucleotides bearing heterocyclic bases |
DE552178T1 (en) | 1990-10-12 | 1994-02-03 | Max Planck Gesellschaft | MODIFIED RIBOZYMS. |
KR930702373A (en) | 1990-11-08 | 1993-09-08 | 안토니 제이. 페이네 | Addition of Multiple Reporter Groups to Synthetic Oligonucleotides |
US5672697A (en) | 1991-02-08 | 1997-09-30 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Nucleoside 5'-methylene phosphonates |
DE69225821T2 (en) | 1991-03-13 | 1998-11-05 | Otsuka Kagaku Kk | Penam derivatives and process for their preparation |
DE4110085A1 (en) | 1991-03-27 | 1992-10-01 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | New 2'O-alkyl-oligo-ribonucleotide(s) with 8-35 nucleotide units - useful as anti-sense oligo-nucleotide(s), primers and probes |
JP3220180B2 (en) | 1991-05-23 | 2001-10-22 | 三菱化学株式会社 | Drug-containing protein-bound liposomes |
US5714331A (en) | 1991-05-24 | 1998-02-03 | Buchardt, Deceased; Ole | Peptide nucleic acids having enhanced binding affinity, sequence specificity and solubility |
US5719262A (en) | 1993-11-22 | 1998-02-17 | Buchardt, Deceased; Ole | Peptide nucleic acids having amino acid side chains |
US5539082A (en) | 1993-04-26 | 1996-07-23 | Nielsen; Peter E. | Peptide nucleic acids |
BR9206156A (en) | 1991-06-14 | 1995-10-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Oligonucleotide or aligonucleotide analogue process of modulating the expression of the human H-RAS gene process of detecting the presence of the H-RAS gene in cells or tissues process of detecting activated H-RAS based on the differential affinity of particular oligonucleotides by activated H-RAS VS, like, process of treating conditions that arise from the activation of the H-RAS oncogene |
US5371241A (en) | 1991-07-19 | 1994-12-06 | Pharmacia P-L Biochemicals Inc. | Fluorescein labelled phosphoramidites |
US6307040B1 (en) | 1992-03-05 | 2001-10-23 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Sugar modified oligonucleotides that detect and modulate gene expression |
US5571799A (en) | 1991-08-12 | 1996-11-05 | Basco, Ltd. | (2'-5') oligoadenylate analogues useful as inhibitors of host-v5.-graft response |
US5214135A (en) | 1991-08-30 | 1993-05-25 | Chemgenes Corporation | N-protected-2'-O-methyl-ribonucleosides and N-protected 2'-O-methyl-3'-cyanoethyl-N-,N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite ribonucleosides |
NZ244306A (en) | 1991-09-30 | 1995-07-26 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | Composition for introducing nucleic acid complexes into eucaryotic cells, complex containing nucleic acid and endosomolytic agent, peptide with endosomolytic domain and nucleic acid binding domain and preparation |
US5521291A (en) | 1991-09-30 | 1996-05-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim International, Gmbh | Conjugates for introducing nucleic acid into higher eucaryotic cells |
US5661134A (en) | 1991-10-15 | 1997-08-26 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligonucleotides for modulating Ha-ras or Ki-ras having phosphorothioate linkages of high chiral purity |
US5599797A (en) | 1991-10-15 | 1997-02-04 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligonucleotides having phosphorothioate linkages of high chiral purity |
US5607923A (en) | 1991-10-15 | 1997-03-04 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligonucleotides for modulating cytomegalovirus having phosphorothioate linkages of high chiral purity |
US5576302A (en) | 1991-10-15 | 1996-11-19 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligonucleotides for modulating hepatitis C virus having phosphorothioate linkages of high chiral purity |
DE59208572D1 (en) | 1991-10-17 | 1997-07-10 | Ciba Geigy Ag | Bicyclic nucleosides, oligonucleotides, processes for their preparation and intermediates |
EP1331011A3 (en) | 1991-10-24 | 2003-12-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Derivatized oligonucleotides having improved uptake and other properties |
US6335434B1 (en) | 1998-06-16 | 2002-01-01 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., | Nucleosidic and non-nucleosidic folate conjugates |
US5594121A (en) | 1991-11-07 | 1997-01-14 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified purines |
TW393513B (en) | 1991-11-26 | 2000-06-11 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines |
US5484908A (en) | 1991-11-26 | 1996-01-16 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Oligonucleotides containing 5-propynyl pyrimidines |
ATE226093T1 (en) | 1991-11-26 | 2002-11-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | INCREASED FORMATION OF TRIPLE AND DOUBLE HELICES FROM OLIGOMERS WITH MODIFIED PYRIMIDINES |
WO1993010715A2 (en) | 1991-12-03 | 1993-06-10 | Vesitec Medical, Inc. | Surgical treatment of stress urinary incontinence |
US5792608A (en) | 1991-12-12 | 1998-08-11 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Nuclease stable and binding competent oligomers and methods for their use |
US5359044A (en) | 1991-12-13 | 1994-10-25 | Isis Pharmaceuticals | Cyclobutyl oligonucleotide surrogates |
US5700922A (en) | 1991-12-24 | 1997-12-23 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | PNA-DNA-PNA chimeric macromolecules |
US20070032446A1 (en) | 1991-12-24 | 2007-02-08 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Gapped 2' modified oligonucleotides |
US5595726A (en) | 1992-01-21 | 1997-01-21 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Chromophore probe for detection of nucleic acid |
US5565552A (en) | 1992-01-21 | 1996-10-15 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Method of expanded porphyrin-oligonucleotide conjugate synthesis |
US5424413A (en) | 1992-01-22 | 1995-06-13 | Gen-Probe Incorporated | Branched nucleic acid probes |
US6087484A (en) | 1992-02-04 | 2000-07-11 | University Of Massachusetts Worcester | Enhancement of ribozyme catalytic activity by A 2'-O-substituted facilitator oligonucleotide |
KR950700408A (en) | 1992-02-04 | 1995-01-16 | 토루페터슨 | Enhancement of RIBOZYME CATALYTIC ACTIVITY BY A NEIGHBORING FACILITATOR OLIGONUCLEOTIDE |
FR2687679B1 (en) | 1992-02-05 | 1994-10-28 | Centre Nat Rech Scient | OLIGOTHIONUCLEOTIDES. |
US6204027B1 (en) | 1992-02-26 | 2001-03-20 | University Of Massachusetts Worcester | Ribozymes having 2′-O substituted nucleotides in the flanking sequences |
DE69331543T2 (en) | 1992-03-05 | 2002-09-26 | Isis Pharmaceutical Inc | COVALENTLY NETWORKED OLIGONUCLEOTIDES |
US5633360A (en) | 1992-04-14 | 1997-05-27 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Oligonucleotide analogs capable of passive cell membrane permeation |
US5804683A (en) | 1992-05-14 | 1998-09-08 | Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Deprotection of RNA with alkylamine |
US20030206887A1 (en) * | 1992-05-14 | 2003-11-06 | David Morrissey | RNA interference mediated inhibition of hepatitis B virus (HBV) using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA) |
FR2692265B1 (en) | 1992-05-25 | 1996-11-08 | Centre Nat Rech Scient | BIOLOGICALLY ACTIVE COMPOUNDS OF THE PHOSPHOTRIESTER TYPE. |
US5434257A (en) | 1992-06-01 | 1995-07-18 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Binding compentent oligomers containing unsaturated 3',5' and 2',5' linkages |
US5817781A (en) | 1992-06-01 | 1998-10-06 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Modified internucleoside linkages (II) |
NL9300058A (en) * | 1992-06-18 | 1994-01-17 | Stichting Rega V Z W | 1,5-ANHYDROHEXITOL NUCLEOSIDE ANALOGA AND PHARMACEUTICAL USE THEREOF. |
EP0577558A2 (en) | 1992-07-01 | 1994-01-05 | Ciba-Geigy Ag | Carbocyclic nucleosides having bicyclic rings, oligonucleotides therefrom, process for their preparation, their use and intermediates |
ATE171210T1 (en) | 1992-07-02 | 1998-10-15 | Hybridon Inc | SELF-STABILIZED OLIGONUCLEOTIDES AS THERAPEUTICS |
US6172208B1 (en) | 1992-07-06 | 2001-01-09 | Genzyme Corporation | Oligonucleotides modified with conjugate groups |
US5272250A (en) | 1992-07-10 | 1993-12-21 | Spielvogel Bernard F | Boronated phosphoramidate compounds |
US5652355A (en) | 1992-07-23 | 1997-07-29 | Worcester Foundation For Experimental Biology | Hybrid oligonucleotide phosphorothioates |
ATE256143T1 (en) | 1992-07-23 | 2003-12-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | 2'-0-ALKYL NUCLEOSIDES AND PHOSPHORAMIDITES, METHOD FOR THEIR PRODUCTION AND USES THEREOF |
US6346614B1 (en) | 1992-07-23 | 2002-02-12 | Hybridon, Inc. | Hybrid oligonucleotide phosphorothioates |
RU95104940A (en) | 1992-07-27 | 1997-01-10 | Хайбрайдон | Method of incorporation of alkylphosphonothioate or arylphosphonothioate internucleotide linkage in oligonucleotide, method of oligonucleotide synthesis, method of gene expression inhibition, treatment method |
US5891684A (en) | 1992-10-15 | 1999-04-06 | Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Base-modified enzymatic nucleic acid |
US5583032A (en) | 1992-10-21 | 1996-12-10 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation And National Institutes Of Health | Method of cleaving specific strands of RNA |
US5574142A (en) | 1992-12-15 | 1996-11-12 | Microprobe Corporation | Peptide linkers for improved oligonucleotide delivery |
JP3351476B2 (en) | 1993-01-22 | 2002-11-25 | 三菱化学株式会社 | Phospholipid derivatives and liposomes containing the same |
DE69400208T2 (en) | 1993-01-25 | 1996-11-28 | Hybridon Inc | OLIONUCLEOTIDALKYLPHOSPHONATES AND PHOSPHONOTHIOATES |
US5476925A (en) | 1993-02-01 | 1995-12-19 | Northwestern University | Oligodeoxyribonucleotides including 3'-aminonucleoside-phosphoramidate linkages and terminal 3'-amino groups |
US5395619A (en) | 1993-03-03 | 1995-03-07 | Liposome Technology, Inc. | Lipid-polymer conjugates and liposomes |
US5391667A (en) | 1993-03-04 | 1995-02-21 | Isis Pharmaceuticals | Copolymers of N-vinyl-lactams suitable for oligomer solid phase synthesis |
GB9304618D0 (en) | 1993-03-06 | 1993-04-21 | Ciba Geigy Ag | Chemical compounds |
GB9304620D0 (en) | 1993-03-06 | 1993-04-21 | Ciba Geigy Ag | Compounds |
FR2703053B1 (en) | 1993-03-26 | 1995-06-16 | Genset Sa | STAPLE AND SEMI-STAPLE OLIGONUCLEOTIDES, PREPARATION METHOD AND APPLICATIONS. |
CA2159631A1 (en) | 1993-03-30 | 1994-10-13 | Sanofi | Acyclic nucleoside analogs and oligonucleotide sequences containing them |
CA2159629A1 (en) | 1993-03-31 | 1994-10-13 | Sanofi | Oligonucleotides with amide linkages replacing phosphodiester linkages |
DE4311944A1 (en) | 1993-04-10 | 1994-10-13 | Degussa | Coated sodium percarbonate particles, process for their preparation and detergent, cleaning and bleaching compositions containing them |
US5462854A (en) | 1993-04-19 | 1995-10-31 | Beckman Instruments, Inc. | Inverse linkage oligonucleotides for chemical and enzymatic processes |
ES2128535T3 (en) | 1993-05-12 | 1999-05-16 | Novartis Ag | NUCLEOSIDES AND OLIGONUCLEOTIDES WITH 2'-ETER GROUPS. |
FR2705099B1 (en) | 1993-05-12 | 1995-08-04 | Centre Nat Rech Scient | Phosphorothioate triester oligonucleotides and process for their preparation. |
US6015886A (en) | 1993-05-24 | 2000-01-18 | Chemgenes Corporation | Oligonucleotide phosphate esters |
US5534259A (en) | 1993-07-08 | 1996-07-09 | Liposome Technology, Inc. | Polymer compound and coated particle composition |
US5532130A (en) | 1993-07-20 | 1996-07-02 | Dyad Pharmaceutical Corporation | Methods and compositions for sequence-specific hybridization of RNA by 2'-5' oligonucleotides |
US5543158A (en) | 1993-07-23 | 1996-08-06 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Biodegradable injectable nanoparticles |
US5614621A (en) | 1993-07-29 | 1997-03-25 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Process for preparing oligonucleotides using silyl-containing diamino phosphorous reagents |
US5417978A (en) | 1993-07-29 | 1995-05-23 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Liposomal antisense methyl phosphonate oligonucleotides and methods for their preparation and use |
US5808036A (en) | 1993-09-01 | 1998-09-15 | Research Corporation Technologies Inc. | Stem-loop oligonucleotides containing parallel and antiparallel binding domains |
ES2186690T3 (en) | 1993-09-02 | 2003-05-16 | Ribozyme Pharm Inc | ENZYMATIC NUCLEIC ACID CONTAINING NON-NUCLEOTIDES. |
CA2170869C (en) | 1993-09-03 | 1999-09-14 | Phillip Dan Cook | Amine-derivatized nucleosides and oligonucleosides |
US5502177A (en) | 1993-09-17 | 1996-03-26 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Pyrimidine derivatives for labeled binding partners |
US5837852A (en) | 1993-10-14 | 1998-11-17 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Capped nucleic acid oligomers that inhibit cap-dependent transcription of the influenza virus endonuclease |
US5801154A (en) | 1993-10-18 | 1998-09-01 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense oligonucleotide modulation of multidrug resistance-associated protein |
CA2176256A1 (en) | 1993-11-16 | 1995-05-26 | Lyle John Arnold, Jr. | Synthetic oligomers having chirally pure phosphonate internucleosidyl linkages mixed with non-phosphonate internucleosidyl linkages |
AU687492B2 (en) | 1993-11-16 | 1998-02-26 | Genta Incorporated | Synthetic oligomers having phosphonate internucleosidyl linkages of undefined chirality mixed with non-phosphonate internucleosidyl linkages |
US6060456A (en) * | 1993-11-16 | 2000-05-09 | Genta Incorporated | Chimeric oligonucleoside compounds |
US5457187A (en) | 1993-12-08 | 1995-10-10 | Board Of Regents University Of Nebraska | Oligonucleotides containing 5-fluorouracil |
NZ278490A (en) | 1993-12-09 | 1998-03-25 | Univ Jefferson | Chimeric polynucleotide with both ribo- and deoxyribonucleotides in one strand and deoxyribonucleotides in a second strand |
US5446137B1 (en) | 1993-12-09 | 1998-10-06 | Behringwerke Ag | Oligonucleotides containing 4'-substituted nucleotides |
US5595756A (en) | 1993-12-22 | 1997-01-21 | Inex Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Liposomal compositions for enhanced retention of bioactive agents |
US5519134A (en) | 1994-01-11 | 1996-05-21 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pyrrolidine-containing monomers and oligomers |
US5561043A (en) | 1994-01-31 | 1996-10-01 | Trustees Of Boston University | Self-assembling multimeric nucleic acid constructs |
US5639647A (en) | 1994-03-29 | 1997-06-17 | Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2'-deoxy-2'alkylnucleotide containing nucleic acid |
US5539083A (en) | 1994-02-23 | 1996-07-23 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Peptide nucleic acid combinatorial libraries and improved methods of synthesis |
EP0669363B1 (en) | 1994-02-28 | 1999-08-18 | Toshiba Silicone Co., Ltd. | Process for preparing polyorganosilane |
ES2104518T1 (en) | 1994-03-07 | 1997-10-16 | Dow Chemical Co | CONJUGATES BIOACTIVE DENDRIMEROS AND / OR DIRECTORS TO DIANA. |
US5599922A (en) | 1994-03-18 | 1997-02-04 | Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. | Oligonucleotide N3'-P5' phosphoramidates: hybridization and nuclease resistance properties |
US5726297A (en) | 1994-03-18 | 1998-03-10 | Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. | Oligodeoxyribonucleotide N3' P5' phosphoramidates |
JP3482209B2 (en) | 1994-03-18 | 2003-12-22 | ジェロン・コーポレーション | Oligonucleotides N3 '→ P5' phosphoramidate: synthesis and compounds; hybridization and nuclease resistance properties |
US5596091A (en) | 1994-03-18 | 1997-01-21 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Antisense oligonucleotides comprising 5-aminoalkyl pyrimidine nucleotides |
US5627053A (en) | 1994-03-29 | 1997-05-06 | Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2'deoxy-2'-alkylnucleotide containing nucleic acid |
US5625050A (en) | 1994-03-31 | 1997-04-29 | Amgen Inc. | Modified oligonucleotides and intermediates useful in nucleic acid therapeutics |
US5854410A (en) | 1994-03-31 | 1998-12-29 | Genta Incorporated | Oligonucleoside cleavage compounds and therapies |
US5631148A (en) | 1994-04-22 | 1997-05-20 | Chiron Corporation | Ribozymes with product ejection by strand displacement |
US5646269A (en) | 1994-04-28 | 1997-07-08 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Method for oligonucleotide analog synthesis |
US5525711A (en) | 1994-05-18 | 1996-06-11 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services | Pteridine nucleotide analogs as fluorescent DNA probes |
US5543152A (en) | 1994-06-20 | 1996-08-06 | Inex Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Sphingosomes for enhanced drug delivery |
US5696253A (en) | 1994-06-30 | 1997-12-09 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Polynucleoside chain with 3'→5' guanidyl linkages |
US6207646B1 (en) | 1994-07-15 | 2001-03-27 | University Of Iowa Research Foundation | Immunostimulatory nucleic acid molecules |
US5597696A (en) | 1994-07-18 | 1997-01-28 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Covalent cyanine dye oligonucleotide conjugates |
US5597909A (en) | 1994-08-25 | 1997-01-28 | Chiron Corporation | Polynucleotide reagents containing modified deoxyribose moieties, and associated methods of synthesis and use |
US5580731A (en) | 1994-08-25 | 1996-12-03 | Chiron Corporation | N-4 modified pyrimidine deoxynucleotides and oligonucleotide probes synthesized therewith |
CA2199464A1 (en) | 1994-09-07 | 1996-03-14 | Radhakrishnan Iyer | Oligonucleotide prodrugs |
AU3999495A (en) | 1994-10-06 | 1996-05-02 | Buchardt, Dorte | Peptide nucleic acid conjugates |
US5591721A (en) | 1994-10-25 | 1997-01-07 | Hybridon, Inc. | Method of down-regulating gene expression |
US5585546A (en) | 1994-10-31 | 1996-12-17 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Apparatus and methods for controlling sensitivity of transducers |
US5681940A (en) * | 1994-11-02 | 1997-10-28 | Icn Pharmaceuticals | Sugar modified nucleosides and oligonucleotides |
US5512295A (en) | 1994-11-10 | 1996-04-30 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Synthetic liposomes for enhanced uptake and delivery |
US5789576A (en) | 1994-12-09 | 1998-08-04 | Genta Incorporated | Methylphosphonate dimer synthesis |
US5716824A (en) | 1995-04-20 | 1998-02-10 | Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2'-O-alkylthioalkyl and 2-C-alkylthioalkyl-containing enzymatic nucleic acids (ribozymes) |
US5792747A (en) | 1995-01-24 | 1998-08-11 | The Administrators Of The Tulane Educational Fund | Highly potent agonists of growth hormone releasing hormone |
DE19502912A1 (en) | 1995-01-31 | 1996-08-01 | Hoechst Ag | G-Cap Stabilized Oligonucleotides |
EP0813539B1 (en) | 1995-03-06 | 2006-05-24 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Improved process for the synthesis of 2'-o-substituted pyrimidines and oligomeric compounds therefrom |
US6166197A (en) | 1995-03-06 | 2000-12-26 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds having pyrimidine nucleotide (S) with 2'and 5 substitutions |
DE59607750D1 (en) | 1995-03-13 | 2001-10-31 | Aventis Pharma Gmbh | Phosphonomonoester nucleic acids, process for their preparation and their use |
US5830635A (en) | 1995-03-31 | 1998-11-03 | Agnello; Vincent | Method of detecting hepatitis C virus in tissues |
US5801155A (en) | 1995-04-03 | 1998-09-01 | Epoch Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Covalently linked oligonucleotide minor grove binder conjugates |
IT1274571B (en) | 1995-05-25 | 1997-07-17 | Fabbrica Italiana Sintetici Spa | PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF ¬R- (R *, R *) | -5- (3-CHLOROPHENYL) -3- ¬2- (3,4-DIMETOXYPHENYL) -1-METHYL-ETHYL--SOXZOLIDIN-2-ONE |
US6420549B1 (en) | 1995-06-06 | 2002-07-16 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligonucleotide analogs having modified dimers |
US20020081577A1 (en) | 1995-06-06 | 2002-06-27 | Robert L. Kilkuskie | Oligonucleotides speciific for hepatitis c virus |
US5684142A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1997-11-04 | Oncor, Inc. | Modified nucleotides for nucleic acid labeling |
NZ308970A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1999-10-28 | Commw Scient Ind Res Org | Optimized minizymes and miniribozymes and uses thereof |
US5672662A (en) | 1995-07-07 | 1997-09-30 | Shearwater Polymers, Inc. | Poly(ethylene glycol) and related polymers monosubstituted with propionic or butanoic acids and functional derivatives thereof for biotechnical applications |
US5652356A (en) | 1995-08-17 | 1997-07-29 | Hybridon, Inc. | Inverted chimeric and hybrid oligonucleotides |
EP0851768B1 (en) | 1995-09-01 | 2002-04-24 | University of Washington | Interactive molecular conjugates |
US5936080A (en) | 1996-05-24 | 1999-08-10 | Genta Incorporated | Compositions and methods for the synthesis of organophosphorus derivatives |
AU7286696A (en) | 1995-10-13 | 1997-05-07 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Antisense oligomers |
US5734041A (en) | 1995-10-20 | 1998-03-31 | Mcgill University | Preparation of chiral phosphorothioate oligomers |
US5705621A (en) | 1995-11-17 | 1998-01-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric phosphite, phosphodiester, Phosphorothioate and phosphorodithioate compounds and intermediates for preparing same |
US6344436B1 (en) | 1996-01-08 | 2002-02-05 | Baylor College Of Medicine | Lipophilic peptides for macromolecule delivery |
DE69637256T2 (en) | 1996-01-16 | 2008-06-19 | Sirna Therapeutics, Inc., Boulder | Synthesis of methoxynucleosides and enzymatic nucleic acid molecules |
US5998203A (en) | 1996-04-16 | 1999-12-07 | Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Enzymatic nucleic acids containing 5'-and/or 3'-cap structures |
AU1874397A (en) | 1996-02-16 | 1997-09-02 | Stichting Rega Vzw | Hexitol containing oligonucleotides and their use in antisense strategies |
US5684143A (en) | 1996-02-21 | 1997-11-04 | Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. | Oligo-2'-fluoronucleotide N3'->P5' phosphoramidates |
US6331617B1 (en) | 1996-03-21 | 2001-12-18 | University Of Iowa Research Foundation | Positively charged oligonucleotides as regulators of gene expression |
US6444806B1 (en) | 1996-04-30 | 2002-09-03 | Hisamitsu Pharmaceutical Co., Inc. | Conjugates and methods of forming conjugates of oligonucleotides and carbohydrates |
US5634488A (en) | 1996-05-20 | 1997-06-03 | C.P. Test Services-Valvco, Inc. | Modular valve service box |
DE69729145T2 (en) | 1996-05-24 | 2005-06-09 | Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh | Reagent and method for inhibiting N-RAS expression |
US6111085A (en) | 1996-09-13 | 2000-08-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Carbamate-derivatized nucleosides and oligonucleosides |
GB9621367D0 (en) * | 1996-10-14 | 1996-12-04 | Isis Innovation | Chiral peptide nucleic acids |
US6172209B1 (en) | 1997-02-14 | 2001-01-09 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Aminooxy-modified oligonucleotides and methods for making same |
US6127533A (en) | 1997-02-14 | 2000-10-03 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2'-O-aminooxy-modified oligonucleotides |
US5760209A (en) | 1997-03-03 | 1998-06-02 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Protecting group for synthesizing oligonucleotide analogs |
US6227982B1 (en) | 1997-03-03 | 2001-05-08 | Lazereyes Golf, Llc | Dual ended laser swing aid |
US5770716A (en) | 1997-04-10 | 1998-06-23 | The Perkin-Elmer Corporation | Substituted propargylethoxyamido nucleosides, oligonucleotides and methods for using same |
US6306993B1 (en) | 1997-05-21 | 2001-10-23 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford, Jr. University | Method and composition for enhancing transport across biological membranes |
US6281201B1 (en) | 1997-06-12 | 2001-08-28 | Temple University- Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education | Base-modified derivatives of 2′,5′-oligoadenylate and antiviral uses thereof |
EP1012331B1 (en) | 1997-07-01 | 2006-03-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for the delivery of oligonucleotides via the alimentary canal |
JP2002511885A (en) | 1997-07-24 | 2002-04-16 | ザ パーキン―エルマー コーポレーション | Membrane permeable constructs for transport across lipid membranes |
WO1999006595A1 (en) | 1997-07-29 | 1999-02-11 | Polyprobe, Inc. | Dendritic nucleic acids exhibiting maximal self-assembly |
US6133246A (en) * | 1997-08-13 | 2000-10-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Antisense oligonucleotide compositions and methods for the modulation of JNK proteins |
WO1999014226A2 (en) | 1997-09-12 | 1999-03-25 | Exiqon A/S | Bi- and tri-cyclic nucleoside, nucleotide and oligonucleotide analogues |
US6794499B2 (en) | 1997-09-12 | 2004-09-21 | Exiqon A/S | Oligonucleotide analogues |
US6028183A (en) | 1997-11-07 | 2000-02-22 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Pyrimidine derivatives and oligonucleotides containing same |
US6007992A (en) | 1997-11-10 | 1999-12-28 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Pyrimidine derivatives for labeled binding partners |
US6407218B1 (en) | 1997-11-10 | 2002-06-18 | Cytimmune Sciences, Inc. | Method and compositions for enhancing immune response and for the production of in vitro mabs |
US20040146867A1 (en) | 2003-01-24 | 2004-07-29 | Slattum Paul M | Compounds and processes for single-pot attachment of a label to siRNA |
US6506559B1 (en) | 1997-12-23 | 2003-01-14 | Carnegie Institute Of Washington | Genetic inhibition by double-stranded RNA |
US6020475A (en) | 1998-02-10 | 2000-02-01 | Isis Pharmeuticals, Inc. | Process for the synthesis of oligomeric compounds |
JP2003525017A (en) | 1998-04-20 | 2003-08-26 | リボザイム・ファーマシューティカルズ・インコーポレーテッド | Nucleic acid molecules with novel chemical composition that can regulate gene expression |
CA2333380A1 (en) * | 1998-05-26 | 1999-12-02 | Icn Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Novel nucleosides having bicyclic sugar moiety |
US6096875A (en) | 1998-05-29 | 2000-08-01 | The Perlein-Elmer Corporation | Nucleotide compounds including a rigid linker |
US6300319B1 (en) | 1998-06-16 | 2001-10-09 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Targeted oligonucleotide conjugates |
US6326478B1 (en) | 1998-07-08 | 2001-12-04 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Process for the synthesis of oligomeric compounds |
US6277967B1 (en) | 1998-07-14 | 2001-08-21 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Carbohydrate or 2′-modified oligonucleotides having alternating internucleoside linkages |
US6242589B1 (en) | 1998-07-14 | 2001-06-05 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Phosphorothioate oligonucleotides having modified internucleoside linkages |
US6271358B1 (en) | 1998-07-27 | 2001-08-07 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | RNA targeted 2′-modified oligonucleotides that are conformationally preorganized |
US6043352A (en) | 1998-08-07 | 2000-03-28 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2'-O-Dimethylaminoethyloxyethyl-modified oligonucleotides |
US6335432B1 (en) | 1998-08-07 | 2002-01-01 | Bio-Red Laboratories, Inc. | Structural analogs of amine bases and nucleosides |
US20040009938A1 (en) | 1998-08-07 | 2004-01-15 | Muthiah Manoharan | Methods of enhancing renal uptake of oligonucleotides |
US6335437B1 (en) | 1998-09-07 | 2002-01-01 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for the preparation of conjugated oligomers |
US6365379B1 (en) | 1998-10-06 | 2002-04-02 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Zinc finger peptide cleavage of nucleic acids |
US6210892B1 (en) | 1998-10-07 | 2001-04-03 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Alteration of cellular behavior by antisense modulation of mRNA processing |
US6172216B1 (en) | 1998-10-07 | 2001-01-09 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Antisense modulation of BCL-X expression |
US6169177B1 (en) | 1998-11-06 | 2001-01-02 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Processes for the synthesis of oligomeric compounds |
AU776150B2 (en) | 1999-01-28 | 2004-08-26 | Medical College Of Georgia Research Institute, Inc. | Composition and method for (in vivo) and (in vitro) attenuation of gene expression using double stranded RNA |
DE19956568A1 (en) | 1999-01-30 | 2000-08-17 | Roland Kreutzer | Method and medicament for inhibiting the expression of a given gene |
US6465628B1 (en) | 1999-02-04 | 2002-10-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Process for the synthesis of oligomeric compounds |
ID30093A (en) | 1999-02-12 | 2001-11-01 | Sankyo Co | NEW ANALOGUE OF NUCLEOSIDE AND OLIGONUKLEOTIDE |
AU3369900A (en) | 1999-02-19 | 2000-09-04 | General Hospital Corporation, The | Gene silencing |
JP2002537343A (en) | 1999-02-23 | 2002-11-05 | アイシス・ファーマシューティカルス・インコーポレーテッド | Multi-particle formulation |
US6220025B1 (en) | 1999-03-08 | 2001-04-24 | Daimlerchrysler Corporation | Stator for torque converter |
US6121437A (en) | 1999-03-16 | 2000-09-19 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Phosphate and thiophosphate protecting groups |
IL145495A0 (en) | 1999-03-18 | 2002-06-30 | Exiqon As | Xylo-lna analogues |
US20020049173A1 (en) | 1999-03-26 | 2002-04-25 | Bennett C. Frank | Alteration of cellular behavior by antisense modulation of mRNA processing |
JP2002542263A (en) | 1999-04-21 | 2002-12-10 | ワイス | Methods and compositions for inhibiting the function of a polynucleotide sequence |
US6656730B1 (en) | 1999-06-15 | 2003-12-02 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligonucleotides conjugated to protein-binding drugs |
US6593466B1 (en) | 1999-07-07 | 2003-07-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Guanidinium functionalized nucleotides and precursors thereof |
US6033910A (en) | 1999-07-19 | 2000-03-07 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Antisense inhibition of MAP kinase kinase 6 expression |
US6284538B1 (en) | 1999-07-21 | 2001-09-04 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense inhibition of PTEN expression |
US6147200A (en) | 1999-08-19 | 2000-11-14 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2'-O-acetamido modified monomers and oligomers |
US6617442B1 (en) | 1999-09-30 | 2003-09-09 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Human Rnase H1 and oligonucleotide compositions thereof |
JP2003516124A (en) | 1999-10-15 | 2003-05-13 | ユニバーシティー オブ マサチューセッツ | RNA interference pathway genes as a means of targeted genetic interference |
US20020102267A1 (en) | 1999-10-21 | 2002-08-01 | Lu Peter S. | CLASP-5 transmembrane protein |
US6395437B1 (en) | 1999-10-29 | 2002-05-28 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Junction profiling using a scanning voltage micrograph |
ATE421584T1 (en) | 1999-11-02 | 2009-02-15 | Novartis Vaccines & Diagnostic | CPG RECEPTOR (CPG-R) AND RELATED METHODS |
GB9927444D0 (en) | 1999-11-19 | 2000-01-19 | Cancer Res Campaign Tech | Inhibiting gene expression |
DE10100586C1 (en) | 2001-01-09 | 2002-04-11 | Ribopharma Ag | Inhibiting gene expression in cells, useful for e.g. treating tumors, by introducing double-stranded complementary oligoRNA having unpaired terminal bases |
GB9930691D0 (en) | 1999-12-24 | 2000-02-16 | Devgen Nv | Improvements relating to double-stranded RNA inhibition |
ATE322493T1 (en) | 1999-12-30 | 2006-04-15 | Leuven K U Res & Dev | CYCLOHEXENE NUCLEIC ACIDS |
US6287860B1 (en) | 2000-01-20 | 2001-09-11 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense inhibition of MEKK2 expression |
US20050020525A1 (en) | 2002-02-20 | 2005-01-27 | Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. | RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using chemically modified short interfering nucleic acid (siNA) |
US20070026394A1 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2007-02-01 | Lawrence Blatt | Modulation of gene expression associated with inflammation proliferation and neurite outgrowth using nucleic acid based technologies |
WO2003070918A2 (en) | 2002-02-20 | 2003-08-28 | Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Incorporated | Rna interference by modified short interfering nucleic acid |
WO2001068836A2 (en) | 2000-03-16 | 2001-09-20 | Genetica, Inc. | Methods and compositions for rna interference |
DE60140676D1 (en) | 2000-03-30 | 2010-01-14 | Massachusetts Inst Technology | RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATORS WHICH ARE RNA SEQUENCE SPECIFIC |
US20030190635A1 (en) | 2002-02-20 | 2003-10-09 | Mcswiggen James A. | RNA interference mediated treatment of Alzheimer's disease using short interfering RNA |
US6559279B1 (en) | 2000-09-08 | 2003-05-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Process for preparing peptide derivatized oligomeric compounds |
US6426220B1 (en) | 2000-10-30 | 2002-07-30 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of calreticulin expression |
US20020081736A1 (en) | 2000-11-03 | 2002-06-27 | Conroy Susan E. | Nucleic acid delivery |
US20020132788A1 (en) | 2000-11-06 | 2002-09-19 | David Lewis | Inhibition of gene expression by delivery of small interfering RNA to post-embryonic animal cells in vivo |
EP1332150A1 (en) * | 2000-11-09 | 2003-08-06 | Jyoti Chattopadhyaya | Modified nucleosides and nucleotides and use thereof |
DE60130583T3 (en) | 2000-12-01 | 2018-03-22 | Europäisches Laboratorium für Molekularbiologie | SMALL RNA MOLECULES TRANSFERRING RNA INTERFERENCE |
EP1354038A2 (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2003-10-22 | J & J Research Pty Ltd | Double-stranded rna-mediated gene suppression |
DE10100588A1 (en) | 2001-01-09 | 2002-07-18 | Ribopharma Ag | Inhibiting expression of target genes, useful e.g. for treating tumors, by introducing into cells two double-stranded RNAs that are complementary to the target |
WO2003072705A2 (en) | 2002-02-20 | 2003-09-04 | Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. | Rna interference mediated inhibition of cyclin d1 gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (sina) |
US20030125241A1 (en) | 2001-05-18 | 2003-07-03 | Margit Wissenbach | Therapeutic uses of LNA-modified oligonucleotides in infectious diseases |
US20030207804A1 (en) | 2001-05-25 | 2003-11-06 | Muthiah Manoharan | Modified peptide nucleic acids |
US20030175906A1 (en) | 2001-07-03 | 2003-09-18 | Muthiah Manoharan | Nuclease resistant chimeric oligonucleotides |
CA2452458A1 (en) | 2001-07-03 | 2003-01-16 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Nuclease resistant chimeric oligonucleotides |
US20030158403A1 (en) | 2001-07-03 | 2003-08-21 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Nuclease resistant chimeric oligonucleotides |
DE10133858A1 (en) | 2001-07-12 | 2003-02-06 | Aventis Pharma Gmbh | Synthetic double-stranded oligonucleotides for targeted inhibition of gene expression |
WO2003020739A2 (en) | 2001-09-04 | 2003-03-13 | Exiqon A/S | Novel lna compositions and uses thereof |
ATE416183T1 (en) * | 2002-02-01 | 2008-12-15 | Univ Mcgill | OLIGONUCLEOTIDES WITH ALTERNATE SEGMENTS AND USES THEREOF |
US20030166282A1 (en) | 2002-02-01 | 2003-09-04 | David Brown | High potency siRNAS for reducing the expression of target genes |
AU2003216255A1 (en) | 2002-02-20 | 2003-09-09 | Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF MDR P-GLYCOPROTEIN GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA) |
US20040014957A1 (en) | 2002-05-24 | 2004-01-22 | Anne Eldrup | Oligonucleotides having modified nucleoside units |
DK1527176T4 (en) | 2002-08-05 | 2017-07-03 | Silence Therapeutics Gmbh | ADDITIONAL NEW FORMS OF INTERFERRING RNA MOLECULES |
EP1389637B1 (en) | 2002-08-05 | 2012-05-30 | Silence Therapeutics Aktiengesellschaft | Blunt-ended interfering RNA molecules |
US20040029275A1 (en) | 2002-08-10 | 2004-02-12 | David Brown | Methods and compositions for reducing target gene expression using cocktails of siRNAs or constructs expressing siRNAs |
WO2004044138A2 (en) * | 2002-11-05 | 2004-05-27 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Chimeric oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation |
AU2003287464A1 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2004-06-03 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2'-fluoro substituted oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulations |
CA2504929C (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2014-07-22 | Charles Allerson | Compositions comprising alternating 2'-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation |
US9150605B2 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2015-10-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions comprising alternating 2′-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation |
US7696345B2 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2010-04-13 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Polycyclic sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation |
DK2141234T3 (en) | 2003-03-21 | 2016-06-20 | Roche Innovation Ct Copenhagen As | Short interfering RNA (siRNA) analogues |
WO2004097049A1 (en) | 2003-03-31 | 2004-11-11 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligoribonucleotides and ribonucleases for cleaving rna |
ATE485394T1 (en) | 2003-06-02 | 2010-11-15 | Univ Massachusetts | METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR IMPROVING THE EFFECTIVENESS AND SPECIFICITY OF FNAI |
EP1644475A4 (en) | 2003-06-20 | 2009-06-03 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Double stranded compositions comprising a 3'-endo modified strand for use in gene modulation |
EP1677822B1 (en) * | 2003-09-18 | 2014-04-23 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 4'-thionucleosides and oligomeric compounds |
US20050164209A1 (en) | 2004-01-23 | 2005-07-28 | Bennett C. F. | Hepatocyte free uptake assays |
US20050221275A1 (en) | 2004-01-23 | 2005-10-06 | Bennett C F | Hepatocyte free uptake assays |
US20050273868A1 (en) | 2004-02-17 | 2005-12-08 | University Of Massachusetts | Methods and compositions for enhancing RISC activity in vitro and in vivo |
US8569474B2 (en) | 2004-03-09 | 2013-10-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Double stranded constructs comprising one or more short strands hybridized to a longer strand |
CN103186763B (en) | 2011-12-28 | 2017-07-21 | 富泰华工业(深圳)有限公司 | Face identification system and method |
-
2003
- 2003-11-04 CA CA2504929A patent/CA2504929C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-11-04 AU AU2003290598A patent/AU2003290598A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2003-11-04 WO PCT/US2003/035086 patent/WO2004044139A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2003-11-04 WO PCT/US2003/035064 patent/WO2004044133A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2003-11-04 WO PCT/US2003/035071 patent/WO2004044136A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2003-11-04 AU AU2003290597A patent/AU2003290597A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2003-11-04 AU AU2003290596A patent/AU2003290596B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2003-11-04 AU AU2003295387A patent/AU2003295387A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2003-11-04 WO PCT/US2003/035061 patent/WO2004043979A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2003-11-04 CA CA002505330A patent/CA2505330A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2003-11-04 EP EP03783131A patent/EP1578765A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2003-11-04 AU AU2003291755A patent/AU2003291755A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2003-11-04 US US10/701,007 patent/US8604183B2/en active Active
- 2003-11-04 AU AU2003287502A patent/AU2003287502B2/en not_active Expired
- 2003-11-04 EP EP15166425.7A patent/EP2957568B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-11-04 EP EP03781743.4A patent/EP1560840B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-11-04 WO PCT/US2003/035063 patent/WO2004044132A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2003-11-04 WO PCT/US2003/035146 patent/WO2004042029A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
-
2007
- 2007-10-12 US US11/871,436 patent/US20080039618A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2010
- 2010-05-05 US US12/774,566 patent/US8124745B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
Patent Citations (12)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6395474B1 (en) * | 1991-05-24 | 2002-05-28 | Ole Buchardt | Peptide nucleic acids |
US6329346B1 (en) * | 1991-05-25 | 2001-12-11 | Roche Diagnostics Gmbh | Oligo-2′-deoxynucleotides and their use as pharmaceutical agents with antiviral activity |
US6046306A (en) * | 1994-03-14 | 2000-04-04 | Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft | PNA synthesis using an amino protecting group which is labile to weak acids |
US6380169B1 (en) * | 1994-08-31 | 2002-04-30 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Metal complex containing oligonucleoside cleavage compounds and therapies |
US6150510A (en) * | 1995-11-06 | 2000-11-21 | Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh | Modified oligonucleotides, their preparation and their use |
US6107094A (en) * | 1996-06-06 | 2000-08-22 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligoribonucleotides and ribonucleases for cleaving RNA |
US6043060A (en) * | 1996-11-18 | 2000-03-28 | Imanishi; Takeshi | Nucleotide analogues |
US6268490B1 (en) * | 1997-03-07 | 2001-07-31 | Takeshi Imanishi | Bicyclonucleoside and oligonucleotide analogues |
US5955443A (en) * | 1998-03-19 | 1999-09-21 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Antisense modulation of PECAM-1 |
US6436640B1 (en) * | 1999-03-18 | 2002-08-20 | Exiqon A/S | Use of LNA in mass spectrometry |
US6083482A (en) * | 1999-05-11 | 2000-07-04 | Icn Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conformationally locked nucleosides and oligonucleotides |
US6294522B1 (en) * | 1999-12-03 | 2001-09-25 | Cv Therapeutics, Inc. | N6 heterocyclic 8-modified adenosine derivatives |
Cited By (500)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9550988B2 (en) | 2006-10-18 | 2017-01-24 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense compounds |
US20110237646A1 (en) * | 2008-08-07 | 2011-09-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of transthyretin expression for the treatment of cns related disorders |
US10772906B2 (en) | 2008-10-15 | 2020-09-15 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of Factor 11 expression |
US11376273B2 (en) | 2008-10-15 | 2022-07-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of factor 11 expression |
EP2447274A2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2012-05-02 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds and methods |
WO2010091308A2 (en) | 2009-02-06 | 2010-08-12 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds and methods |
EP3421040A1 (en) | 2010-01-08 | 2019-01-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of angiopoietin-like 3 expression |
WO2011085271A2 (en) | 2010-01-08 | 2011-07-14 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of angiopoietin-like 3 expression |
US20110172296A1 (en) * | 2010-01-12 | 2011-07-14 | Bennett C Frank | Modulation of transforming growth factor-beta 1 expression |
EP3628750A1 (en) | 2010-02-08 | 2020-04-01 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective reduction of allelic variants |
EP3208347A1 (en) | 2010-02-08 | 2017-08-23 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective reduction of allelic variants |
US8957040B2 (en) | 2010-02-08 | 2015-02-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective reduction of allelic variants |
EP3561060A1 (en) | 2010-02-08 | 2019-10-30 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective reduction of allelic variants |
EP3321361A1 (en) | 2010-02-08 | 2018-05-16 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective reduction of allelic variants |
WO2011097643A1 (en) | 2010-02-08 | 2011-08-11 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective reduction of allelic variants |
US9006198B2 (en) | 2010-02-08 | 2015-04-14 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective reduction of allelic variants |
US20110213011A1 (en) * | 2010-02-26 | 2011-09-01 | Dean Nicholas M | Modulation of smad3 expression |
EP3091027A1 (en) | 2010-04-28 | 2016-11-09 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 5' modified nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
WO2011139695A2 (en) | 2010-04-28 | 2011-11-10 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modified 5' diphosphate nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
WO2011139699A2 (en) | 2010-04-28 | 2011-11-10 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 5' modified nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
US9156873B2 (en) | 2010-04-28 | 2015-10-13 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modified 5′ diphosphate nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
EP3173419A1 (en) | 2010-04-28 | 2017-05-31 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modified nucleosides, analogs thereof and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
WO2011139702A2 (en) | 2010-04-28 | 2011-11-10 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modified nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
US11535849B2 (en) | 2010-04-29 | 2022-12-27 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of transthyretin expression |
WO2011139917A1 (en) | 2010-04-29 | 2011-11-10 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of transthyretin expression |
WO2011139911A2 (en) | 2010-04-29 | 2011-11-10 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Lipid formulated single stranded rna |
US8697860B1 (en) | 2010-04-29 | 2014-04-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Diagnosis and treatment of disease |
US9061044B2 (en) | 2010-04-29 | 2015-06-23 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of transthyretin expression |
US9399774B2 (en) | 2010-04-29 | 2016-07-26 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of transthyretin expression |
WO2011156278A1 (en) | 2010-06-07 | 2011-12-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
US8957200B2 (en) | 2010-06-07 | 2015-02-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
US8846637B2 (en) | 2010-06-08 | 2014-09-30 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Substituted 2′-amino and 2′-thio-bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
WO2011156202A1 (en) | 2010-06-08 | 2011-12-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Substituted 2 '-amino and 2 '-thio-bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
US9518259B2 (en) | 2010-06-15 | 2016-12-13 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating interaction between proteins and target nucleic acids |
WO2012012443A2 (en) | 2010-07-19 | 2012-01-26 | Bennett C Frank | Modulation of dystrophia myotonica-protein kinase (dmpk) expression |
EP3489360A2 (en) | 2010-07-19 | 2019-05-29 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of nuclear-retained rna |
EP3633038A2 (en) | 2010-07-19 | 2020-04-08 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of dystrophia myotonica-protein kinase (dmpk) expression |
US9765338B2 (en) | 2010-07-19 | 2017-09-19 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of dystrophia myotonica-protein kinase (DMPK) expression |
EP3031920A1 (en) | 2010-07-19 | 2016-06-15 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of dystrophia myotonica-protein kinase (dmpk) expression |
US9556434B2 (en) | 2010-10-20 | 2017-01-31 | Rosalind Franklin University Of Medicine And Science | Antisense oligonucleotides that target a cryptic splice site in Ush1c as a therapeutic for usher syndrome |
US9150864B2 (en) | 2010-11-08 | 2015-10-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating factor 12 expression |
WO2012068405A2 (en) | 2010-11-17 | 2012-05-24 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of alpha synuclein expression |
EP3521451A1 (en) | 2010-11-17 | 2019-08-07 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of alpha synuclein expression |
US9663783B2 (en) | 2010-11-17 | 2017-05-30 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of alpha synuclein expression |
US10815480B2 (en) | 2010-11-17 | 2020-10-27 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of alpha synuclein expression |
WO2012109395A1 (en) | 2011-02-08 | 2012-08-16 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleotides and uses thereof |
EP3467109A1 (en) | 2011-02-08 | 2019-04-10 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleotides and uses thereof |
EP3067421A1 (en) | 2011-02-08 | 2016-09-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleotides and uses thereof |
US10017764B2 (en) | 2011-02-08 | 2018-07-10 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleotides and uses thereof |
EP3466960A2 (en) | 2011-04-01 | 2019-04-10 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of signal transducer and activator of transcription 3 (stat3) expression |
WO2012142458A1 (en) | 2011-04-13 | 2012-10-18 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of ptp1b expression |
EP3816288A2 (en) | 2011-04-21 | 2021-05-05 | Glaxo Group Limited | Modulation of hepatitis b virus (hbv) expression |
EP3505528A1 (en) | 2011-04-21 | 2019-07-03 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of hepatitis b virus (hbv) expression |
EP3312189A1 (en) | 2011-04-21 | 2018-04-25 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of hepatitis b virus (hbv) expression |
WO2012149495A1 (en) | 2011-04-27 | 2012-11-01 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of apolipoprotein ciii (apociii) expression |
EP3357497A1 (en) | 2011-04-27 | 2018-08-08 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of apolipoprotein ciii (apociii) expression |
US9353371B2 (en) | 2011-05-02 | 2016-05-31 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense compounds targeting genes associated with usher syndrome |
WO2012170347A1 (en) | 2011-06-09 | 2012-12-13 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
EP3320922A1 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2018-05-16 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating kallikrein (klkb1) expression |
US9187749B2 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2015-11-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating factor 12 expression |
US9315811B2 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2016-04-19 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating kallikrein (KLKB1) expression |
WO2012174476A2 (en) | 2011-06-16 | 2012-12-20 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of fibroblast growth factor receptor 4 expression |
WO2013003808A1 (en) | 2011-06-29 | 2013-01-03 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating kallikrein (klkb1) expression |
US9322021B2 (en) | 2011-06-29 | 2016-04-26 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating kallikrein (KLKB1) expression |
EP3205725A1 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2017-08-16 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof |
EP4269584A2 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2023-11-01 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof |
EP3922722A1 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2021-12-15 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof |
US10202599B2 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2019-02-12 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof |
US11732261B2 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2023-08-22 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof |
US9752142B2 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2017-09-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Gapped oligomeric compounds comprising 5′-modified deoxyribonucleosides in the gap and uses thereof |
WO2013022967A1 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2013-02-14 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Gapped oligomeric compounds comprising 5'-modified deoxyribonucleosides in the gap and uses thereof |
EP3556859A1 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2019-10-23 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof |
WO2013022966A1 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2013-02-14 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Linkage modified gapped oligomeric compounds and uses thereof |
US9976138B2 (en) | 2011-08-29 | 2018-05-22 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compounds useful in conditions related to repeat expansion |
EP3640332A1 (en) | 2011-08-29 | 2020-04-22 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomer-conjugate complexes and their use |
US10023861B2 (en) | 2011-08-29 | 2018-07-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomer-conjugate complexes and their use |
EP3453761A1 (en) | 2011-08-29 | 2019-03-13 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomer-conjugate complexes and their use |
US9404114B2 (en) | 2011-09-20 | 2016-08-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of GCGR expression |
WO2013043817A1 (en) | 2011-09-20 | 2013-03-28 | Isis Phamaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of gcgr expression |
EP3401401A1 (en) | 2011-09-20 | 2018-11-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of gcgr expression |
US8865674B2 (en) | 2011-09-20 | 2014-10-21 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of GCGR expression |
WO2013063313A1 (en) | 2011-10-25 | 2013-05-02 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of gccr expression |
WO2013070786A1 (en) | 2011-11-07 | 2013-05-16 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of tmprss6 expression |
EP3650544A1 (en) | 2011-11-07 | 2020-05-13 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of tmprss6 expression |
US9725722B2 (en) | 2011-11-07 | 2017-08-08 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of TMPRSS6 expression |
US9243291B1 (en) | 2011-12-01 | 2016-01-26 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of predicting toxicity |
US9546368B2 (en) | 2011-12-22 | 2017-01-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating metastasis-associated-in-lung-adenocarcinoma-transcript-1 (MALAT-1) expression |
WO2013096837A1 (en) | 2011-12-22 | 2013-06-27 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating metastasis-associated-in-lung-adenocarcinoma-transcript-1(malat-1) expression |
WO2013106770A1 (en) | 2012-01-11 | 2013-07-18 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulation of ikbkap splicing |
US11066668B2 (en) | 2012-01-11 | 2021-07-20 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulation of IKBKAP splicing |
WO2013120003A1 (en) | 2012-02-08 | 2013-08-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of rna by repeat targeting |
EP3330278A1 (en) | 2012-02-08 | 2018-06-06 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of rna by repeat targeting |
US9340784B2 (en) | 2012-03-19 | 2016-05-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for modulating alpha-1-antitrypsin expression |
US10273474B2 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2019-04-30 | Washington University | Methods for modulating Tau expression for reducing seizure and modifying a neurodegenerative syndrome |
US11781135B2 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2023-10-10 | Washington University | Methods for treating Alzheimer's disease |
WO2013154799A1 (en) | 2012-04-09 | 2013-10-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Tricyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
US9221864B2 (en) | 2012-04-09 | 2015-12-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Tricyclic nucleic acid analogs |
WO2013154798A1 (en) | 2012-04-09 | 2013-10-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Tricyclic nucleic acid analogs |
EP3336189A1 (en) | 2012-04-20 | 2018-06-20 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleotides and uses thereof |
US11566245B2 (en) | 2012-04-20 | 2023-01-31 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleotides and uses thereof |
US9914922B2 (en) | 2012-04-20 | 2018-03-13 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleotides and uses thereof |
US11859180B2 (en) | 2012-05-17 | 2024-01-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense oligonucleotide compositions |
US11634711B2 (en) | 2012-05-17 | 2023-04-25 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression |
US9574193B2 (en) | 2012-05-17 | 2017-02-21 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression |
WO2013177248A2 (en) | 2012-05-22 | 2013-11-28 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of enhancer rna mediated gene expression |
US9518261B2 (en) | 2012-05-22 | 2016-12-13 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of enhancer RNA mediated gene expression |
WO2013177468A2 (en) | 2012-05-24 | 2013-11-28 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for modulating apolipoprotein(a) expression |
EP3822352A2 (en) | 2012-05-24 | 2021-05-19 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for modulating apolipoprotein(a) expression |
EP3825403A2 (en) | 2012-05-24 | 2021-05-26 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for modulating apolipoprotein(a) expression |
US9487780B2 (en) | 2012-06-01 | 2016-11-08 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense compounds targeting genes associated with fibronectin |
US9828602B2 (en) | 2012-06-01 | 2017-11-28 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense compounds targeting genes associated with fibronectin |
EP3461895A1 (en) | 2012-06-25 | 2019-04-03 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of ube3a-ats expression |
WO2014004572A2 (en) | 2012-06-25 | 2014-01-03 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of ube3a-ats expression |
US9617539B2 (en) | 2012-06-25 | 2017-04-11 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of UBE3A-ATS expression |
EP3770258A1 (en) | 2012-06-25 | 2021-01-27 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of ube3a-ats expression |
EP3693460A1 (en) | 2012-07-27 | 2020-08-12 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of renin-angiotensin system (ras) related diseases by angiotensinogen |
WO2014018930A1 (en) | 2012-07-27 | 2014-01-30 | Isis Pharmaceuticals. Inc. | Modulation of renin-angiotensin system (ras) related diseases by angiotensinogen |
US9403865B2 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2016-08-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method of preparing oligomeric compounds using modified capping protocols |
WO2014059238A2 (en) | 2012-10-11 | 2014-04-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Modulation of androgen receptor expression |
US9695418B2 (en) | 2012-10-11 | 2017-07-04 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleosides and uses thereof |
EP4052709A1 (en) | 2012-10-11 | 2022-09-07 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of treating kennedy's disease |
US9175291B2 (en) | 2012-10-11 | 2015-11-03 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Modulation of androgen receptor expression |
US9523094B2 (en) | 2012-10-11 | 2016-12-20 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of treating kennedy's disease |
EP4144845A1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2023-03-08 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense compounds and uses thereof |
EP3459549A1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2019-03-27 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof |
WO2014059341A2 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2014-04-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense compounds and uses thereof |
EP4086347A2 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2022-11-09 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof |
WO2014059356A2 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2014-04-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof |
US11236335B2 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2022-02-01 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof |
US10577604B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2020-03-03 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for monitoring C9ORF72 expression |
US10443052B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2019-10-15 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating C9ORF72 expression |
US9963699B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2018-05-08 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating C9ORF72 expression |
WO2014062686A1 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2014-04-24 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating c9orf72 expression |
US9029335B2 (en) | 2012-10-16 | 2015-05-12 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Substituted 2′-thio-bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
US10260089B2 (en) | 2012-10-29 | 2019-04-16 | The Research Foundation Of The State University Of New York | Compositions and methods for recognition of RNA using triple helical peptide nucleic acids |
WO2014070868A1 (en) | 2012-10-31 | 2014-05-08 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Cancer treatment |
EP3483273A1 (en) | 2012-10-31 | 2019-05-15 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Cancer treatment |
WO2014076195A1 (en) | 2012-11-15 | 2014-05-22 | Santaris Pharma A/S | Oligonucleotide conjugates |
US11155816B2 (en) | 2012-11-15 | 2021-10-26 | Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S | Oligonucleotide conjugates |
WO2014076196A1 (en) | 2012-11-15 | 2014-05-22 | Santaris Pharma A/S | Anti apob antisense conjugate compounds |
EP3406718A1 (en) | 2012-11-15 | 2018-11-28 | Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S | Oligonucleotide conjugates |
US10077443B2 (en) | 2012-11-15 | 2018-09-18 | Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S | Oligonucleotide conjugates |
WO2014080004A1 (en) | 2012-11-26 | 2014-05-30 | Santaris Pharma A/S | Compositions and methods for modulation of fgfr3 expression |
US9695475B2 (en) | 2012-12-11 | 2017-07-04 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Competitive modulation of microRNAs |
WO2014118272A1 (en) | 2013-01-30 | 2014-08-07 | Santaris Pharma A/S | Antimir-122 oligonucleotide carbohydrate conjugates |
WO2014118267A1 (en) | 2013-01-30 | 2014-08-07 | Santaris Pharma A/S | Lna oligonucleotide carbohydrate conjugates |
US9701708B2 (en) | 2013-01-31 | 2017-07-11 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method of preparing oligomeric compounds using modified coupling protocols |
EP3778618A1 (en) | 2013-02-04 | 2021-02-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof |
US9593333B2 (en) | 2013-02-14 | 2017-03-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of apolipoprotein C-III (ApoCIII) expression in lipoprotein lipase deficient (LPLD) populations |
EP3400947A1 (en) | 2013-02-14 | 2018-11-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of apolipoprotein c-iii (apociii) expression in lipoprotein lipase deficient (lpld) populations |
US11155815B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2021-10-26 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating Tau expression |
EP3766974A1 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2021-01-20 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating tau expression |
WO2014153236A1 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2014-09-25 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating tau expression |
US9644207B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2017-05-09 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating Tau expression |
US10590412B2 (en) | 2013-04-19 | 2020-03-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulation nucleic acids through nonsense mediated decay |
US9163239B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2015-10-20 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating apolipoprotein C-III expression |
US9932580B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2018-04-03 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating HBV expression |
US9932581B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2018-04-03 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating apolipoprotein C-III expression |
US11851655B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2023-12-26 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression |
WO2014179627A2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2014-11-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating hbv and ttr expression |
WO2014179625A1 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2014-11-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR MODULATING APOLIPOPROTEIN (a) EXPRESSION |
US9957504B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2018-05-01 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression |
US9127276B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2015-09-08 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugated antisense compounds and their use |
WO2014179629A2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2014-11-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods |
WO2014179626A2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2014-11-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating apolipoprotein c-iii expression |
US9145558B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2015-09-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating HBV expression |
US11299736B1 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2022-04-12 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugated antisense compounds and their use |
US9181550B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2015-11-10 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression |
US9181549B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2015-11-10 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugated antisense compounds and their use |
EP3524680A1 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2019-08-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating ttr expression |
EP3828275A1 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2021-06-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating ttr expression |
US10883104B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2021-01-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression |
EP3690049A1 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2020-08-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating apolipoprotein c-iii expression |
US9714421B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2017-07-25 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods |
US10683499B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2020-06-16 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating TTR expression |
EP3633039A1 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2020-04-08 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods |
EP3656386A1 (en) | 2013-06-21 | 2020-05-27 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating apolipoprotein c-iii expression for improving a diabetic profile |
US9909124B2 (en) | 2013-06-21 | 2018-03-06 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating apolipoprotein C-III expression for improving a diabetic profile |
EP3564374A1 (en) | 2013-06-21 | 2019-11-06 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulation of target nucleic acids |
EP3730619A1 (en) | 2013-06-21 | 2020-10-28 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulation of target nucleic acids |
WO2014205451A2 (en) | 2013-06-21 | 2014-12-24 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulation of target nucleic acids |
WO2014205449A2 (en) | 2013-06-21 | 2014-12-24 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating apolipoprotein c-iii expression for improving a diabetic profile |
EP3591054A1 (en) | 2013-06-27 | 2020-01-08 | Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S | Antisense oligomers and conjugates targeting pcsk9 |
EP3730614A2 (en) | 2013-07-02 | 2020-10-28 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of growth hormone receptor |
WO2015002971A2 (en) | 2013-07-02 | 2015-01-08 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of growth hormone receptor |
US10077236B2 (en) | 2013-07-15 | 2018-09-18 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Azacyclic constrained analogs of FTY720 |
US10793856B2 (en) | 2013-07-19 | 2020-10-06 | Biogen Ma Inc. | Compositions for modulating Tau expression |
EP3910060A1 (en) | 2013-07-19 | 2021-11-17 | Biogen MA Inc. | Compositions for modulating tau expression |
US11591595B2 (en) | 2013-07-19 | 2023-02-28 | Biogen Ma Inc. | Compositions for modulating Tau expression |
US9683235B2 (en) | 2013-07-19 | 2017-06-20 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating Tau expression |
WO2015010135A2 (en) | 2013-07-19 | 2015-01-22 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating tau expression |
US10435430B2 (en) | 2013-07-31 | 2019-10-08 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compounds useful in conditions related to repeat expansion |
US11634451B2 (en) | 2013-08-08 | 2023-04-25 | The Scripps Research Institute | Method for the site-specific enzymatic labelling of nucleic acids in vitro by incorporation of unnatural nucleotides |
US10626138B2 (en) | 2013-08-08 | 2020-04-21 | The Scripps Research Institute National Institutes Of Health (Nih), U.S. Dept Of Health And Human Services (Dhhs) | Method for the site-specific enzymatic labelling of nucleic acids in vitro by incorporation of unnatural nucleotides |
US10954519B2 (en) | 2013-08-09 | 2021-03-23 | lonis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulation of dystrophia myotonica-protein kinase (DMPK) expression |
WO2015021457A2 (en) | 2013-08-09 | 2015-02-12 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulation of dystrophia myotonica-protein kinase (dmpk) expression |
EP3995580A2 (en) | 2013-08-09 | 2022-05-11 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulation of dystrophia myotonica-protein kinase (dmpk) expression |
EP3715457A2 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2020-09-30 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of prekallikrein (pkk) expression |
US11053500B2 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2021-07-06 | lonis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of prekallikrein (PKK) expression |
WO2015031679A2 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2015-03-05 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of prekallikrein (pkk) expression |
US11840686B2 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2023-12-12 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of prekallikrein (PKK) expression |
US9670492B2 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2017-06-06 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of prekallikrein (PKK) expression |
EP3603677A1 (en) | 2013-09-13 | 2020-02-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of complement factor b |
US9943604B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2018-04-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Targeted therapeutic nucleosides and their use |
US11339393B2 (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2022-05-24 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating C9ORF72 expression |
US10221414B2 (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2019-03-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating C9ORF72 expression |
EP4166667A2 (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2023-04-19 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating c9orf72 expression |
US11162096B2 (en) | 2013-10-14 | 2021-11-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc | Methods for modulating expression of C9ORF72 antisense transcript |
US11193128B2 (en) | 2013-10-14 | 2021-12-07 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating expression of C9ORF72 antisense transcript |
US9758546B2 (en) | 2013-10-21 | 2017-09-12 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method for solution phase detritylation of oligomeric compounds |
EP3750997A1 (en) | 2013-12-02 | 2020-12-16 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense compounds and uses thereof |
EP3798306A1 (en) | 2013-12-12 | 2021-03-31 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement component irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2015100394A1 (en) | 2013-12-24 | 2015-07-02 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of angiopoietin-like 3 expression |
EP3770259A1 (en) | 2013-12-24 | 2021-01-27 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of angiopoietin-like 3 expression |
US11118183B2 (en) | 2013-12-24 | 2021-09-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of angiopoietin-like 3 expression |
EP3960860A2 (en) | 2014-02-11 | 2022-03-02 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Ketohexokinase (khk) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2015123264A1 (en) | 2014-02-11 | 2015-08-20 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Ketohexokinase (khk) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US10036019B2 (en) | 2014-03-17 | 2018-07-31 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bicyclic carbocyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
US11834660B2 (en) | 2014-03-19 | 2023-12-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating Ataxin 2 expression |
EP3978610A2 (en) | 2014-03-19 | 2022-04-06 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating ataxin 2 expression |
WO2015143246A1 (en) | 2014-03-19 | 2015-09-24 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating ataxin 2 expression |
US10308934B2 (en) | 2014-03-19 | 2019-06-04 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating Ataxin 2 expression |
US10533178B2 (en) | 2014-03-19 | 2020-01-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating Ataxin 2 expression |
US11111494B2 (en) | 2014-03-19 | 2021-09-07 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating Ataxin 2 expression |
US10006027B2 (en) | 2014-03-19 | 2018-06-26 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating Ataxin 2 expression |
US10968453B2 (en) | 2014-04-01 | 2021-04-06 | Biogen Ma Inc. | Compositions for modulating SOD-1 expression |
US10385341B2 (en) | 2014-04-01 | 2019-08-20 | Biogen Ma Inc. | Compositions for modulating SOD-1 expression |
US10669546B2 (en) | 2014-04-01 | 2020-06-02 | Biogen Ma Inc. | Compositions for modulating SOD-1 expression |
WO2015153800A2 (en) | 2014-04-01 | 2015-10-08 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating sod-1 expression |
EP3757214A1 (en) | 2014-04-01 | 2020-12-30 | Biogen MA Inc. | Compositions for modulating sod-1 expression |
EP4137573A2 (en) | 2014-04-01 | 2023-02-22 | Biogen MA Inc. | Compositions for modulating sod-1 expression |
US10513706B2 (en) | 2014-04-09 | 2019-12-24 | The Scripps Research Institute | Import of unnatural or modified nucleoside triphosphates into cells via nucleic acid triphosphate transporters |
EP3943607A1 (en) | 2014-04-09 | 2022-01-26 | The Scripps Research Institute | Import of unnatural or modified nucleoside triphosphates into cells via nucleic acid triphosphate transporters |
US11466279B2 (en) | 2014-04-09 | 2022-10-11 | The Scripps Research Institute | Import of unnatural or modified nucleoside triphosphates into cells via nucleic acid triphosphate transporters |
US10221416B2 (en) | 2014-04-24 | 2019-03-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising alpha-beta-constrained nucleic acid |
WO2015164693A1 (en) | 2014-04-24 | 2015-10-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising alpha-beta-constrained nucleic acid |
EP3647318A1 (en) | 2014-04-28 | 2020-05-06 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Linkage modified oligomeric compounds |
WO2015168172A1 (en) | 2014-04-28 | 2015-11-05 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Linkage modified oligomeric compounds |
US9926556B2 (en) | 2014-04-28 | 2018-03-27 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Linkage modified oligomeric compounds |
US10280423B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2019-05-07 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating complement factor B expression |
US9957292B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2018-05-01 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating angiopoietin-like 3 expression |
EP3811977A1 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2021-04-28 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method for synthesis of reactive conjugate clusters |
US10098959B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2018-10-16 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method for synthesis of reactive conjugate clusters |
US9994855B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2018-06-12 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating growth hormone receptor expression |
US10875884B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2020-12-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating angiopoietin-like 3 expression |
EP3845547A1 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2021-07-07 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Galnac3 conjugated modified oligonucleotide for modulating angiopoietin-like 3 expression |
US10793862B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2020-10-06 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating growth hormone receptor expression |
EP3974534A1 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2022-03-30 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating growth hormone receptor expression |
US11613752B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2023-03-28 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating PKK expression |
WO2015168618A2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2015-11-05 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating growth hormone receptor expression |
EP4219718A2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2023-08-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating complement factor b expression |
WO2015168589A2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2015-11-05 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating angiopoietin-like 3 expression |
US9382540B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2016-07-05 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc | Compositions and methods for modulating angiopoietin-like 3 expression |
EP4223315A2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2023-08-09 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method for synthesis of reactive conjugate clusters |
US11312964B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2022-04-26 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating growth hormone receptor expression |
EP3608406A1 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2020-02-12 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating complement factor b expression |
US11732265B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2023-08-22 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating complement factor B expression |
US10294477B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2019-05-21 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating PKK expression |
EP3757215A2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2020-12-30 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating growth hormone receptor expression |
EP3862362A2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2021-08-11 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugates of modified antisense oligonucleotides and their use for modulating pkk expression |
WO2015175510A1 (en) | 2014-05-12 | 2015-11-19 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for treating a serpinc1-associated disorder |
EP3739048A1 (en) | 2014-05-22 | 2020-11-18 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Angiotensinogen (agt) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2015179724A1 (en) | 2014-05-22 | 2015-11-26 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Angiotensinogen (agt) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US10570169B2 (en) | 2014-05-22 | 2020-02-25 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugated antisense compounds and their use |
WO2016040589A1 (en) | 2014-09-12 | 2016-03-17 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Polynucleotide agents targeting complement component c5 and methods of use thereof |
WO2016061487A1 (en) | 2014-10-17 | 2016-04-21 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Polynucleotide agents targeting aminolevulinic acid synthase-1 (alas1) and uses thereof |
EP3904519A1 (en) | 2014-10-30 | 2021-11-03 | Genzyme Corporation | Polynucleotide agents targeting serpinc1 (at3) and methods of use thereof |
WO2016069694A2 (en) | 2014-10-30 | 2016-05-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Polynucleotide agents targeting serpinc1 (at3) and methods of use thereof |
EP3647424A1 (en) | 2014-11-10 | 2020-05-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Hepatitis b virus (hbv) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2016077321A1 (en) | 2014-11-10 | 2016-05-19 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Hepatitis b virus (hbv) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US10364433B2 (en) | 2014-11-14 | 2019-07-30 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Modulation of AGPAT5 expression |
WO2016081444A1 (en) | 2014-11-17 | 2016-05-26 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Apolipoprotein c3 (apoc3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US10400243B2 (en) | 2014-11-25 | 2019-09-03 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of UBE3A-ATS expression |
EP4088741A1 (en) | 2014-12-08 | 2022-11-16 | The Board of Regents of the University of Texas System | Lipocationic polymers and uses thereof |
WO2016094342A1 (en) | 2014-12-08 | 2016-06-16 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System | Lipocationic polymers and uses thereof |
US9688707B2 (en) | 2014-12-30 | 2017-06-27 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bicyclic morpholino compounds and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
US10793855B2 (en) | 2015-01-06 | 2020-10-06 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating expression of C9ORF72 antisense transcript |
US10538763B2 (en) | 2015-01-16 | 2020-01-21 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulation of DUX4 |
WO2016130806A2 (en) | 2015-02-13 | 2016-08-18 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2016138353A1 (en) | 2015-02-26 | 2016-09-01 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Allele specific modulators of p23h rhodopsin |
US11129844B2 (en) | 2015-03-03 | 2021-09-28 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating MECP2 expression |
EP4056703A1 (en) | 2015-03-03 | 2022-09-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating mecp2 expression |
US10415038B2 (en) | 2015-04-03 | 2019-09-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating TMPRSS6 expression |
WO2016164746A1 (en) | 2015-04-08 | 2016-10-13 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene |
US9605263B2 (en) | 2015-04-16 | 2017-03-28 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating C9ORF72 expression |
WO2016168592A2 (en) | 2015-04-16 | 2016-10-20 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating c9orf72 expression |
US10407678B2 (en) | 2015-04-16 | 2019-09-10 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating expression of C9ORF72 antisense transcript |
EP3722424A1 (en) | 2015-04-16 | 2020-10-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating c9orf72 expression |
WO2016201301A1 (en) | 2015-06-12 | 2016-12-15 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement component c5 irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2016205323A1 (en) | 2015-06-18 | 2016-12-22 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Polynucleotde agents targeting hydroxyacid oxidase (glycolate oxidase, hao1) and methods of use thereof |
WO2016209862A1 (en) | 2015-06-23 | 2016-12-29 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Glucokinase (gck) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2017004261A1 (en) | 2015-06-29 | 2017-01-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modified crispr rna and modified single crispr rna and uses thereof |
EP4092119A2 (en) | 2015-07-10 | 2022-11-23 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of diacyglycerol acyltransferase 2 (dgat2) |
WO2017011286A1 (en) | 2015-07-10 | 2017-01-19 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Insulin-like growth factor binding protein, acid labile subunit (igfals) and insulin-like growth factor 1 (igf-1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2017040078A1 (en) | 2015-09-02 | 2017-03-09 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | PROGRAMMED CELL DEATH 1 LIGAND 1 (PD-L1) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2017048789A1 (en) | 2015-09-14 | 2017-03-23 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System | Lipocationic dendrimers and uses thereof |
EP3950003A1 (en) | 2015-09-14 | 2022-02-09 | The Board of Regents of the University of Texas System | Lipocationic dendrimers and uses thereof |
WO2017053722A1 (en) | 2015-09-24 | 2017-03-30 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of kras expression |
US11479530B2 (en) | 2015-09-24 | 2022-10-25 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Synthetic sphingolipid-like molecules, drugs, methods of their synthesis and methods of treatment |
US10995068B2 (en) | 2015-09-24 | 2021-05-04 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Synthetic sphingolipid-like molecules, drugs, methods of their synthesis and methods of treatment |
EP4285912A2 (en) | 2015-09-25 | 2023-12-06 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating ataxin 3 expression |
US10533175B2 (en) | 2015-09-25 | 2020-01-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating Ataxin 3 expression |
US11293025B2 (en) | 2015-09-25 | 2022-04-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating Ataxin 3 expression |
US10912792B2 (en) | 2015-10-08 | 2021-02-09 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating angiotensinogen expression |
US11260073B2 (en) | 2015-11-02 | 2022-03-01 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating C90RF72 |
WO2017079745A1 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2017-05-11 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugated antisense compounds for use in therapy |
US10557137B2 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2020-02-11 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression |
US11319536B2 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2022-05-03 | Ionis Pharmacueticals, Inc. | Modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression |
EP4119569A1 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2023-01-18 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugated antisense compounds for use in therapy |
US11058709B1 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2021-07-13 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of treating breast cancer |
US11761007B2 (en) | 2015-12-18 | 2023-09-19 | The Scripps Research Institute | Production of unnatural nucleotides using a CRISPR/Cas9 system |
WO2017120365A1 (en) | 2016-01-05 | 2017-07-13 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for reducing lrrk2 expression |
US11530411B2 (en) | 2016-01-05 | 2022-12-20 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for reducing LRRK2 expression |
US10907160B2 (en) | 2016-01-05 | 2021-02-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for reducing LRRK2 expression |
US11136577B2 (en) | 2016-03-09 | 2021-10-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for inhibiting PMP22 expression |
US10961271B2 (en) | 2016-03-16 | 2021-03-30 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of modulating KEAP1 |
WO2017161172A1 (en) | 2016-03-16 | 2017-09-21 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of modulating keap1 |
US10577607B2 (en) | 2016-03-16 | 2020-03-03 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of DYRK1B expression |
WO2017180835A1 (en) | 2016-04-13 | 2017-10-19 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for reducing c9orf72 expression |
WO2017184689A1 (en) | 2016-04-19 | 2017-10-26 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | High density lipoprotein binding protein (hdlbp/vigilin) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2017201076A1 (en) | 2016-05-16 | 2017-11-23 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System | Cationic sulfonamide amino lipids and amphiphilic zwitterionic amino lipids |
WO2017214518A1 (en) | 2016-06-10 | 2017-12-14 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | COMPLETMENT COMPONENT C5 iRNA COMPOSTIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF FOR TREATING PAROXYSMAL NOCTURNAL HEMOGLOBINURIA (PNH) |
US11713462B2 (en) | 2016-06-17 | 2023-08-01 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of GYS1 expression |
US11236339B2 (en) | 2016-06-17 | 2022-02-01 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of GYS1 expression |
US10696719B2 (en) | 2016-06-24 | 2020-06-30 | The Scripps Research Institute | Nucleoside triphosphate transporter and uses thereof |
US11834479B2 (en) | 2016-06-24 | 2023-12-05 | The Scripps Research Institute | Nucleoside triphosphate transporter and uses thereof |
EP4163293A1 (en) | 2016-06-24 | 2023-04-12 | The Scripps Research Institute | Novel nucleoside triphosphate transporter and uses thereof |
WO2017223528A1 (en) | 2016-06-24 | 2017-12-28 | The Scripps Research Institute | Novel nucleoside triphosphate transporter and uses thereof |
US10696720B2 (en) | 2016-06-24 | 2020-06-30 | The Scripps Research Institute | Nucleoside triphosphate transporter and uses thereof |
EP4206213A1 (en) | 2016-07-15 | 2023-07-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulation of smn2 |
WO2018014041A2 (en) | 2016-07-15 | 2018-01-18 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulation of smn2 |
US10407680B2 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2019-09-10 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing Tau expression |
WO2018064593A1 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2018-04-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing tau expression |
US11053498B2 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2021-07-06 | Biogen Ma Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing Tau expression |
EP4335923A2 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2024-03-13 | Biogen MA Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing tau expression |
US11400161B2 (en) | 2016-10-06 | 2022-08-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method of conjugating oligomeric compounds |
WO2018089805A1 (en) | 2016-11-10 | 2018-05-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing atxn3 expression |
US11583548B2 (en) | 2016-11-10 | 2023-02-21 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing ATXN3 expression |
WO2018098117A1 (en) | 2016-11-23 | 2018-05-31 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | SERPINA1 iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
US11033570B2 (en) | 2016-12-02 | 2021-06-15 | Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory | Modulation of Lnc05 expression |
WO2018112320A1 (en) | 2016-12-16 | 2018-06-21 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for treating or preventing ttr-associated diseases using transthyretin (ttr) irna compositions |
EP4309732A2 (en) | 2017-03-24 | 2024-01-24 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of pcsk9 expression |
WO2018195165A1 (en) | 2017-04-18 | 2018-10-25 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for the treatment of subjects having a hepatitis b virus (hbv) infection |
US11834689B2 (en) | 2017-07-11 | 2023-12-05 | The Scripps Research Institute | Incorporation of unnatural nucleotides and methods thereof |
US11701407B2 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2023-07-18 | Synthorx, Inc. | Cytokine conjugates for the treatment of proliferative and infectious diseases |
US11622993B2 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2023-04-11 | Synthorx, Inc. | Cytokine conjugates for the treatment of autoimmune diseases |
US10610571B2 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2020-04-07 | Synthorx, Inc. | Cytokine conjugates for the treatment of proliferative and infectious diseases |
US11197884B2 (en) | 2017-08-18 | 2021-12-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of the notch signaling pathway for treatment of respiratory disorders |
US10517889B2 (en) | 2017-09-08 | 2019-12-31 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of SMAD7 expression |
WO2019089922A1 (en) | 2017-11-01 | 2019-05-09 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US11230712B2 (en) | 2017-11-09 | 2022-01-25 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing SNCA expression |
WO2019099610A1 (en) | 2017-11-16 | 2019-05-23 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Kisspeptin 1 (kiss1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2019100039A1 (en) | 2017-11-20 | 2019-05-23 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Serum amyloid p component (apcs) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2019118916A1 (en) | 2017-12-14 | 2019-06-20 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugated antisense compounds and their use |
US11725208B2 (en) | 2017-12-14 | 2023-08-15 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugated antisense compounds and their use |
EP4257691A2 (en) | 2017-12-14 | 2023-10-11 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugated antisense compounds and their use |
WO2019126097A1 (en) | 2017-12-18 | 2019-06-27 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | High mobility group box-1 (hmgb1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US11459564B2 (en) | 2017-12-21 | 2022-10-04 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of frataxin expression |
US11359197B2 (en) | 2018-01-12 | 2022-06-14 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Antisense oligonucleotides targeting alpha-synuclein and uses thereof |
US11447775B2 (en) | 2018-01-12 | 2022-09-20 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Antisense oligonucleotides targeting alpha-synuclein and uses thereof |
WO2019140452A1 (en) | 2018-01-15 | 2019-07-18 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of dnm2 expression |
US10865414B2 (en) | 2018-01-15 | 2020-12-15 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of DNM2 expression |
US11149264B2 (en) | 2018-02-12 | 2021-10-19 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modified compounds and uses thereof |
US11332733B2 (en) | 2018-02-12 | 2022-05-17 | lonis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modified compounds and uses thereof |
US11919934B2 (en) | 2018-02-26 | 2024-03-05 | Synthorx, Inc. | IL-15 conjugates and uses thereof |
WO2019165453A1 (en) | 2018-02-26 | 2019-08-29 | Synthorx, Inc. | Il-15 conjugates and uses thereof |
US11241451B2 (en) | 2018-03-02 | 2022-02-08 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of IRF4 expression |
US11732260B2 (en) | 2018-03-02 | 2023-08-22 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for the modulation of amyloid-β precursor protein |
US11661601B2 (en) | 2018-03-22 | 2023-05-30 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating FMR1 expression |
US11365416B2 (en) | 2018-04-11 | 2022-06-21 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of EZH2 expression |
US11021710B2 (en) | 2018-05-09 | 2021-06-01 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing FXI expression |
US11434488B2 (en) | 2018-05-09 | 2022-09-06 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing ATXN3 expression |
WO2019217527A1 (en) | 2018-05-09 | 2019-11-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing fxi expression |
EP4324520A2 (en) | 2018-05-14 | 2024-02-21 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Angiotensinogen (agt) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2019222166A1 (en) | 2018-05-14 | 2019-11-21 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Angiotensinogen (agt) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US11833168B2 (en) | 2018-06-14 | 2023-12-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for increasing STMN2 expression |
US11332746B1 (en) | 2018-06-27 | 2022-05-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing LRRK2 expression |
US11873495B2 (en) | 2018-06-27 | 2024-01-16 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing LRRK2 expression |
US11926825B2 (en) | 2018-07-25 | 2024-03-12 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing ATXN2 expression |
US11078486B2 (en) | 2018-07-25 | 2021-08-03 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing ATXN2 expression |
WO2020036862A1 (en) | 2018-08-13 | 2020-02-20 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | HEPATITIS B VIRUS (HBV) dsRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2020041348A1 (en) | 2018-08-20 | 2020-02-27 | Rogcon, Inc. | Antisense oligonucleotides targeting scn2a for the treatment of scn1a encephalopathies |
WO2020053142A1 (en) | 2018-09-10 | 2020-03-19 | Universidad Del País Vasco | Novel target to treat a metabolic disease in an individual |
EP3620520A1 (en) | 2018-09-10 | 2020-03-11 | Universidad del Pais Vasco | Novel target to treat a metabolic disease in an individual |
WO2020060986A1 (en) | 2018-09-18 | 2020-03-26 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Ketohexokinase (khk) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2020061200A1 (en) | 2018-09-19 | 2020-03-26 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of pnpla3 expression |
US10913951B2 (en) | 2018-10-31 | 2021-02-09 | University of Pittsburgh—of the Commonwealth System of Higher Education | Silencing of HNF4A-P2 isoforms with siRNA to improve hepatocyte function in liver failure |
US11547718B2 (en) | 2018-11-14 | 2023-01-10 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of FOXP3 expression |
US11208650B2 (en) | 2018-11-15 | 2021-12-28 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of IRF5 expression |
WO2020106996A1 (en) | 2018-11-21 | 2020-05-28 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing prion expression |
WO2020132521A1 (en) | 2018-12-20 | 2020-06-25 | Praxis Precision Medicines, Inc. | Compositions and methods for the treatment of kcnt1 related disorders |
WO2020150431A1 (en) | 2019-01-16 | 2020-07-23 | Genzyme Corporation | Serpinc1 irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US11214803B2 (en) | 2019-01-31 | 2022-01-04 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of YAP1 expression |
US11077195B2 (en) | 2019-02-06 | 2021-08-03 | Synthorx, Inc. | IL-2 conjugates and methods of use thereof |
US11279932B2 (en) | 2019-02-27 | 2022-03-22 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of MALAT1 expression |
WO2020203880A1 (en) | 2019-03-29 | 2020-10-08 | 田辺三菱製薬株式会社 | Compound, method and pharmaceutical composition for dux4 expression adjustment |
WO2020205463A1 (en) | 2019-03-29 | 2020-10-08 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating ube3a-ats |
US11261446B2 (en) | 2019-03-29 | 2022-03-01 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating UBE3A-ATS |
US11879145B2 (en) | 2019-06-14 | 2024-01-23 | The Scripps Research Institute | Reagents and methods for replication, transcription, and translation in semi-synthetic organisms |
US11786546B2 (en) | 2019-07-26 | 2023-10-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating GFAP |
WO2021021673A1 (en) | 2019-07-26 | 2021-02-04 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating gfap |
WO2021022108A2 (en) | 2019-08-01 | 2021-02-04 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | CARBOXYPEPTIDASE B2 (CPB2) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2021022109A1 (en) | 2019-08-01 | 2021-02-04 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | SERPIN FAMILY F MEMBER 2 (SERPINF2) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2021030522A1 (en) | 2019-08-13 | 2021-02-18 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | SMALL RIBOSOMAL PROTEIN SUBUNIT 25 (RPS25) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2021030706A1 (en) | 2019-08-15 | 2021-02-18 | Synthorx, Inc. | Immuno oncology combination therapies with il-2 conjugates |
WO2021041206A1 (en) | 2019-08-23 | 2021-03-04 | Synthorx, Inc. | Il-15 conjugates and uses thereof |
WO2021050554A1 (en) | 2019-09-10 | 2021-03-18 | Synthorx, Inc. | Il-2 conjugates and methods of use to treat autoimmune diseases |
WO2021074772A1 (en) | 2019-10-14 | 2021-04-22 | Astrazeneca Ab | Modulators of pnpla3 expression |
WO2021076828A1 (en) | 2019-10-18 | 2021-04-22 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Solute carrier family member irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2021081026A1 (en) | 2019-10-22 | 2021-04-29 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2021087036A1 (en) | 2019-11-01 | 2021-05-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | HUNTINGTIN (HTT) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2021091986A1 (en) | 2019-11-04 | 2021-05-14 | Synthorx, Inc. | Interleukin 10 conjugates and uses thereof |
WO2021102373A1 (en) | 2019-11-22 | 2021-05-27 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Ataxin3 (atxn3) rnai agent compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2021119226A1 (en) | 2019-12-13 | 2021-06-17 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Human chromosome 9 open reading frame 72 (c9orf72) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2021126734A1 (en) | 2019-12-16 | 2021-06-24 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2021167841A1 (en) | 2020-02-18 | 2021-08-26 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Apolipoprotein c3 (apoc3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US11299737B1 (en) | 2020-02-28 | 2022-04-12 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating SMN2 |
WO2021178607A1 (en) | 2020-03-05 | 2021-09-10 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof for treating or preventing complement component c3-associated diseases |
WO2021178736A1 (en) | 2020-03-06 | 2021-09-10 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | KETOHEXOKINASE (KHK) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2021178778A1 (en) | 2020-03-06 | 2021-09-10 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of transthyretin (ttr) |
WO2021188611A1 (en) | 2020-03-18 | 2021-09-23 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for treating subjects having a heterozygous alanine-glyoxylate aminotransferase gene (agxt) variant |
WO2021195307A1 (en) | 2020-03-26 | 2021-09-30 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Coronavirus irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2021206922A1 (en) | 2020-04-07 | 2021-10-14 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Transmembrane serine protease 2 (tmprss2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2021206917A1 (en) | 2020-04-07 | 2021-10-14 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | ANGIOTENSIN-CONVERTING ENZYME 2 (ACE2) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2021222065A1 (en) | 2020-04-27 | 2021-11-04 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Apolipoprotein e (apoe) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2021222549A1 (en) | 2020-04-30 | 2021-11-04 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement factor b (cfb) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US11542504B2 (en) | 2020-05-01 | 2023-01-03 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating ATXN1 |
WO2021230286A1 (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2021-11-18 | 田辺三菱製薬株式会社 | Compound, method and pharmaceutical composition for regulating expression of ataxin 3 |
WO2021231685A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2021-11-18 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of transmembrane channel-like protein 1 (tmc1) |
WO2021231692A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2021-11-18 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of otoferlin (otof) |
WO2021231679A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2021-11-18 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of gap junction protein beta 2 (gjb2) |
WO2021231698A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2021-11-18 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of argininosuccinate lyase (asl) |
WO2021231680A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2021-11-18 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of methyl-cpg binding protein 2 (mecp2) |
WO2021231675A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2021-11-18 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of argininosuccinate synthetase (ass1) |
WO2021231673A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2021-11-18 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of leucine rich repeat kinase 2 (lrrk2) |
WO2021231691A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2021-11-18 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of retinoschisin 1 (rsi) |
US11408000B2 (en) | 2020-06-03 | 2022-08-09 | Triplet Therapeutics, Inc. | Oligonucleotides for the treatment of nucleotide repeat expansion disorders associated with MSH3 activity |
WO2021252557A1 (en) | 2020-06-09 | 2021-12-16 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Rnai compositions and methods of use thereof for delivery by inhalation |
WO2021257782A1 (en) | 2020-06-18 | 2021-12-23 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | XANTHINE DEHYDROGENASE (XDH) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2021263026A1 (en) | 2020-06-25 | 2021-12-30 | Synthorx, Inc. | Immuno oncology combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and anti-egfr antibodies |
US11732263B2 (en) | 2020-06-29 | 2023-08-22 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating PLP1 |
WO2022063782A1 (en) | 2020-09-22 | 2022-03-31 | Astrazeneca Ab | Method of treating fatty liver disease |
WO2022066847A1 (en) | 2020-09-24 | 2022-03-31 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Dipeptidyl peptidase 4 (dpp4) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022076291A1 (en) | 2020-10-05 | 2022-04-14 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | G protein-coupled receptor 75 (gpr75) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022076853A1 (en) | 2020-10-09 | 2022-04-14 | Synthorx, Inc. | Immuno oncology combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and pembrolizumab |
WO2022076859A1 (en) | 2020-10-09 | 2022-04-14 | Synthorx, Inc. | Immuno oncology therapies with il-2 conjugates |
WO2022087329A1 (en) | 2020-10-23 | 2022-04-28 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Mucin 5b (muc5b) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022103999A1 (en) | 2020-11-13 | 2022-05-19 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | COAGULATION FACTOR V (F5) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
US11447521B2 (en) | 2020-11-18 | 2022-09-20 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating angiotensinogen expression |
WO2022125490A1 (en) | 2020-12-08 | 2022-06-16 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Coagulation factor x (f10) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022122872A1 (en) | 2020-12-09 | 2022-06-16 | Ucl Business Ltd | Therapeutics for the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders |
WO2022150260A1 (en) | 2021-01-05 | 2022-07-14 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | COMPLEMENT COMPONENT 9 (C9) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2022174101A1 (en) | 2021-02-12 | 2022-08-18 | Synthorx, Inc. | Skin cancer combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and cemiplimab |
WO2022174000A2 (en) | 2021-02-12 | 2022-08-18 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Superoxide dismutase 1 (sod1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof for treating or preventing superoxide dismutase 1- (sod1-) associated neurodegenerative diseases |
WO2022174102A1 (en) | 2021-02-12 | 2022-08-18 | Synthorx, Inc. | Lung cancer combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and an anti-pd-1 antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof |
WO2022182864A1 (en) | 2021-02-25 | 2022-09-01 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Prion protein (prnp) irna compositions and methods and methods of use thereof |
WO2022182574A1 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2022-09-01 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | KETOHEXOKINASE (KHK) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2022187435A1 (en) | 2021-03-04 | 2022-09-09 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Angiopoietin-like 3 (angptl3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022192519A1 (en) | 2021-03-12 | 2022-09-15 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Glycogen synthase kinase 3 alpha (gsk3a) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022212231A2 (en) | 2021-03-29 | 2022-10-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Huntingtin (htt) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022212153A1 (en) | 2021-04-01 | 2022-10-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Proline dehydrogenase 2 (prodh2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022231999A1 (en) | 2021-04-26 | 2022-11-03 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Transmembrane protease, serine 6 (tmprss6) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022232343A1 (en) | 2021-04-29 | 2022-11-03 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Signal transducer and activator of transcription factor 6 (stat6) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022245583A1 (en) | 2021-05-18 | 2022-11-24 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Sodium-glucose cotransporter-2 (sglt2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022246023A1 (en) | 2021-05-20 | 2022-11-24 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing |
WO2022256283A2 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2022-12-08 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods for restoring protein function using adar |
WO2022256395A1 (en) | 2021-06-02 | 2022-12-08 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022256538A1 (en) | 2021-06-03 | 2022-12-08 | Synthorx, Inc. | Head and neck cancer combination therapy comprising an il-2 conjugate and cetuximab |
WO2022256534A1 (en) | 2021-06-03 | 2022-12-08 | Synthorx, Inc. | Head and neck cancer combination therapy comprising an il-2 conjugate and pembrolizumab |
WO2022256290A2 (en) | 2021-06-04 | 2022-12-08 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | HUMAN CHROMOSOME 9 OPEN READING FRAME 72 (C9ORF72) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2022260939A2 (en) | 2021-06-08 | 2022-12-15 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for treating or preventing stargardt's disease and/or retinal binding protein 4 (rbp4)-associated disorders |
US11753644B2 (en) | 2021-06-18 | 2023-09-12 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing IFNAR1 expression |
WO2022271836A2 (en) | 2021-06-22 | 2022-12-29 | AcuraStem, Inc. | Pikfyve antisense oligonucleotides |
WO2023278410A1 (en) | 2021-06-29 | 2023-01-05 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing |
WO2023278407A1 (en) | 2021-06-29 | 2023-01-05 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing |
WO2023003805A1 (en) | 2021-07-19 | 2023-01-26 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for treating subjects having or at risk of developing a non-primary hyperoxaluria disease or disorder |
WO2023004049A1 (en) | 2021-07-21 | 2023-01-26 | AcuraStem, Inc. | Unc13a antisense oligonucleotides |
WO2023003995A1 (en) | 2021-07-23 | 2023-01-26 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Beta-catenin (ctnnb1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2023009687A1 (en) | 2021-07-29 | 2023-02-02 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-coa reductase (hmgcr) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2023014677A1 (en) | 2021-08-03 | 2023-02-09 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Transthyretin (ttr) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2023014765A1 (en) | 2021-08-04 | 2023-02-09 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR SILENCING ANGIOTENSINOGEN (AGT) |
WO2023019246A1 (en) | 2021-08-13 | 2023-02-16 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Factor xii (f12) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US11833221B2 (en) | 2021-09-01 | 2023-12-05 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds for reducing DMPK expression |
WO2023044370A2 (en) | 2021-09-17 | 2023-03-23 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Irna compositions and methods for silencing complement component 3 (c3) |
WO2023044094A1 (en) | 2021-09-20 | 2023-03-23 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Inhibin subunit beta e (inhbe) modulator compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2023069603A1 (en) | 2021-10-22 | 2023-04-27 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for disrupting nrf2-keap1 protein interaction by adar mediated rna editing |
WO2023076451A1 (en) | 2021-10-29 | 2023-05-04 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement factor b (cfb) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2023076450A2 (en) | 2021-10-29 | 2023-05-04 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | HUNTINGTIN (HTT) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2023086295A2 (en) | 2021-11-10 | 2023-05-19 | University Of Rochester | Antisense oligonucleotides for modifying protein expression |
WO2023086292A2 (en) | 2021-11-10 | 2023-05-19 | University Of Rochester | Gata4-targeted therapeutics for treatment of cardiac hypertrophy |
WO2023104964A1 (en) | 2021-12-09 | 2023-06-15 | Ucl Business Ltd | Therapeutics for the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders |
WO2023122573A1 (en) | 2021-12-20 | 2023-06-29 | Synthorx, Inc. | Head and neck cancer combination therapy comprising an il-2 conjugate and pembrolizumab |
WO2023122762A1 (en) | 2021-12-22 | 2023-06-29 | Camp4 Therapeutics Corporation | Modulation of gene transcription using antisense oligonucleotides targeting regulatory rnas |
WO2023122750A1 (en) | 2021-12-23 | 2023-06-29 | Synthorx, Inc. | Cancer combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and cetuximab |
WO2023141314A2 (en) | 2022-01-24 | 2023-07-27 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Heparin sulfate biosynthesis pathway enzyme irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2023212625A1 (en) | 2022-04-28 | 2023-11-02 | AcuraStem Incorporated | Syf2 antisense oligonucleotides |
WO2023240277A2 (en) | 2022-06-10 | 2023-12-14 | Camp4 Therapeutics Corporation | Methods of modulating progranulin expression using antisense oligonucleotides targeting regulatory rnas |
WO2024039776A2 (en) | 2022-08-18 | 2024-02-22 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Universal non-targeting sirna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2024050261A1 (en) | 2022-08-29 | 2024-03-07 | University Of Rochester | Antisense oligonucleotide-based anti-fibrotic therapeutics |
WO2024059165A1 (en) | 2022-09-15 | 2024-03-21 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 17b-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 13 (hsd17b13) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US8124745B2 (en) | Polycyclic sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation | |
US7696345B2 (en) | Polycyclic sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation | |
US7919612B2 (en) | 2′-substituted oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulations | |
US9096636B2 (en) | Chimeric oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation | |
US20040161844A1 (en) | Sugar and backbone-surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation | |
CA2504554A1 (en) | 2'-substituted oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulations | |
US20040147022A1 (en) | 2'-methoxy substituted oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulations | |
US20050032067A1 (en) | Non-phosphorous-linked oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation | |
US20220288100A1 (en) | 2'-methoxy substituted oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulations | |
US20050032069A1 (en) | Oligomeric compounds having modified bases for binding to adenine and guanine and their use in gene modulation | |
US20040171031A1 (en) | Sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation | |
US20040171032A1 (en) | Non-phosphorous-linked oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation | |
EP1560839A2 (en) | Chimeric oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation | |
US20050032068A1 (en) | Sugar and backbone-surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation | |
US7812149B2 (en) | 2′-Fluoro substituted oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulations | |
US20050053976A1 (en) | Chimeric oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation | |
US20040254358A1 (en) | Phosphorous-linked oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |